Federal National Mortgage Association Fannie Mae: Form 10-K for the period ended Dec 31, 2025

About Fannie Mae

Fannie Mae is a leading source of financing for residential mortgages in the United States. We provided $409.3 billion in

liquidity to the mortgage market in 2025, which enabled the financing of approximately 1.5 million home purchases,

refinancings, and rental units.

We are a government-sponsored, stockholder-owned corporation, chartered by Congress to provide liquidity and

stability to the U.S. housing market and to promote access to mortgage credit. We primarily do this by buying residential

mortgage loans that are originated by lenders. We place these loans into trusts and issue guaranteed mortgage-backed

securities (“MBS” or “Fannie Mae MBS”) that global investors buy from us. We do not originate mortgage loans or lend

money directly to borrowers.

We provide a guaranty on the MBS that we issue. If a borrower fails to make a payment on a mortgage loan that is

included in a Fannie Mae MBS, we pay the shortfall amount to the MBS investor. In exchange for providing this

guaranty, we receive a guaranty fee. Guaranty fees are the primary source of our revenues.

Because we assume the credit risk for mortgage loans in our MBS, our earnings are affected by the credit performance

of these loans. Credit risk management is therefore key to our business and financial results. To help manage our

mortgage credit risk exposure, and in response to capital and other requirements, we transfer some of our credit risk

exposure to third parties through credit risk transfer and mortgage insurance. For a discussion of how we manage credit

risk, see “MD&A—Single-Family Business—Single-Family Mortgage Credit Risk Management” and “MD&A—Multifamily

Business—Multifamily Mortgage Credit Risk Management.”

We support both single-family and multifamily housing. Our Single-Family business provides financing for properties

that have four or fewer residential units. Our Multifamily business provides financing for residential buildings with five or

more units. As of September 30, 2025 (the latest date for which information is available), Fannie Mae owned or

guaranteed an estimated 25% of single-family mortgage debt outstanding and an estimated 21% of multifamily

mortgage debt outstanding in the United States.

We have been in conservatorship since 2008. The Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”) is our conservator. During

conservatorship, our Board has no fiduciary duties to the company or its stockholders, as they owe their fiduciary duties

of care and loyalty solely to FHFA as conservator. Since March 17, 2025, the FHFA Director has served as the Chair of

our Board, and FHFA’s General Counsel has also served as a member of our Board. Conservatorship and our

agreements with the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“Treasury”) significantly restrict our business activities and

stockholder rights. For more information about the impact of conservatorship and these agreements on our business,

stockholders, and our uncertain future, see “Conservatorship and Treasury Agreements” and “Risk Factors—GSE and

Conservatorship Risk.”

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 2

Business | Financial Results Summary

Financial Results Summary

Please read this summary together with our MD&A, our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes

included in this report.

2025 vs. 2024

• Net income was $14.4 billion for 2025, a decrease of $2.6 billion from 2024, primarily driven by a $1.8 billion

shift from a benefit for credit losses in 2024 to a provision for credit losses in 2025, as well as a $1.7 billion

decrease in fair value gains.

• Net revenues totaled $29.0 billion in 2025, down $105 million from 2024, primarily driven by a $708

million decrease in net interest income from portfolios, partially offset by a $405 million increase in net

interest income from base guaranty fees.

• Provision for credit losses was $1.6 billion in 2025, consisting of a $1.3 billion single-family provision

for credit losses and a $283 million multifamily provision for credit losses. The single-family provision

was primarily driven by current-year loan acquisitions and by loan delinquencies, while the multifamily

provision was primarily driven by increased delinquencies.

• Non-interest expense was $9.6 billion in 2025, a decrease of $141 million from 2024, primarily due to a

$99 million decrease in other expense and a $40 million reduction in administrative expenses.

• Net worth increased by $14.4 billion in 2025 to $109.0 billion as of December 31, 2025.

2024 vs. 2023

• Net income of $17.0 billion was down slightly in 2024 compared with net income of $17.4 billion in 2023. This

was primarily driven by a decrease in benefit for credit losses.

• Net revenues of $29.1 billion in 2024 were relatively flat compared with 2023 net revenues of $29.0

billion.

• Benefit for credit losses. In 2024, we continued to realize a benefit for credit losses, which represents a

$938 million single-family benefit for credit losses, largely offset by a $752 million multifamily provision

for credit losses. The $186 million benefit in 2024 was $1.5 billion lower than the $1.7 billion benefit in

2023. This decline was primarily driven by a lower single-family benefit due to stronger alignment

between actual home price growth and our forecast in 2024 than in 2023. This decline was also driven

by a higher multifamily provision primarily attributable to an incremental decline in property values,

rising delinquencies and the investigation of lending transactions with suspected fraud.

• Non-interest expense of $9.7 billion in 2024 stayed relatively flat with 2023 expenses of $9.8 billion.
• Net worth increased by $17.0 billion in 2024 to $94.7 billion as of December 31, 2024.

For more information on the drivers of our financial results, see “MD&A—Consolidated Results of Operations.” In

addition, see “Key Market Economic Indicators” for a description on how our financial results can be impacted by

varying macroeconomic conditions such as changes in interest rates and home prices.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 3

Business | Business Segments

Business Segments

We have two reportable business segments: Single-Family and Multifamily. The chart below outlines the primary

business activities and drivers of revenues and expense for each of our business segments.

Single-Family Business Segment

(1) See “MD&A—Business Segment Financial Results” for a discussion of other drivers of our single-family and multifamily financial results.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 4

Business | Business Segments

See “MD&A—Single-Family Business” and “MD&A—Multifamily Business” for more information on the primary business

activities and business metrics of our Single-Family and Multifamily businesses. See “MD&A—Business Segment

Financial Results” for more information on the financial results of our Single-Family and Multifamily businesses.

Competition

We conduct business in the U.S. residential mortgage markets and the global securities markets. According to the

Federal Reserve, total U.S. residential mortgage debt outstanding was estimated to be approximately $17.0 trillion as of

September 30, 2025 (the latest date for which information is available). We remained the largest guarantor of residential

mortgage debt outstanding in the United States as of September 30, 2025, owning or guaranteeing mortgage assets

representing approximately 24% of total U.S. residential mortgage debt outstanding, compared with 25% as of

September 30, 2024. See “MD&A—Single-Family Business—Single-Family Competition” and “MD&A—Multifamily

Business—Multifamily Competition” for information on the competition faced by our business segments, including our

primary competitors for each segment.

Mortgage Securitizations

Overview

We securitize most of the single-family and multifamily mortgage loans we acquire into fixed-income mortgage-backed

securities that trade in the global capital markets. Securitization refers to the process of converting income-generating

assets into securities that can be sold to investors. Payments from those assets are regularly distributed to investors as

security holders.

Our Fannie Mae MBS guaranty insulates investors in our MBS from mortgage borrower credit risk. If any borrower

whose loan is in one of our MBS trusts fails to make a monthly payment, we pay those shortfall amounts to the MBS

investors. In exchange for providing this guaranty, we receive a guaranty fee. Guaranty fees are intended to cover the

expected credit losses, administrative costs, cost of capital and return on capital targets associated with the loans

included in the MBS we guarantee. For single-family loans, guaranty fees also include the TCCA fees we are required to

pay to Treasury.

We create Fannie Mae MBS by placing mortgage loans in a trust and issuing securities backed by those mortgage

loans. Our multifamily MBS generally have only one multifamily loan per MBS trust, while our single-family MBS have

multiple loans per MBS trust. We act as trustee of our MBS trusts.

Types of Mortgage Securitization Transactions

We engage in three broad categories of mortgage securitization transactions:

• Lender Swap Transactions: A mortgage lender delivers mortgage loans to us in exchange for Fannie Mae

MBS backed by those mortgage loans. The lender may choose to hold the MBS they receive or sell the MBS to

other investors.

• Portfolio Securitization Transactions: A lender sells us mortgage loans for cash. When we have acquired

enough mortgage loans or in response to MBS investor requests for Fannie Mae MBS with certain

characteristics, we deliver those loans to an MBS trust in exchange for Fannie Mae MBS, which we then sell to

MBS investors. Most of the single-family mortgage loans we buy for cash are from small to mid-sized lenders.

This acquisition type allows us to give small and mid-sized lenders competitive pricing while also providing

servicing and funding options that lenders can tailor to their needs.

• Structured Securitization Transactions: We create structured Fannie Mae MBS in response to requests from

lenders and dealers. In these transactions, the lender or dealer owns a mortgage-related asset (typically one or

more MBS) and transfers that asset for a structured Fannie Mae MBS we issue. The process for issuing

structured Fannie Mae MBS is similar to the process for our lender swap securitizations described above. We

receive a transaction fee from the lender or dealer for the issuance of the structured MBS securities.

U.S. Financial Technology

Certain aspects of the securitization process for our single-family Fannie Mae MBS issuances are performed by U.S.

Financial Technology, LLC (“U.S. FinTech”), formerly named Common Securitization Solutions, LLC. U.S. FinTech is a

limited liability company we own jointly with Freddie Mac. We do not use U.S. FinTech for multifamily Fannie Mae MBS.

See “Risk Factors—GSE and Conservatorship Risk” for a discussion of risks posed by our reliance on U.S. FinTech to

securitize the single-family MBS we issue and for ongoing administrative functions for our single-family MBS. See “Note

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 5

Business | Mortgage Securitizations

2, Conservatorship, Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement and Related Matters—Related Parties” for a

description of our transactions with U.S. FinTech.

Human Capital

Overview

Our employees are key to ensuring our long-term success and meeting our objectives. Our comprehensive human

capital management strategy is focused on attracting, engaging, retaining and developing our workforce. We had

approximately 7,000 employees as of December 2025. We believe many employees and potential recruits are attracted

by our mission and the compelling nature of our work, despite our uncertain future and limitations on the compensation

we can offer. See “Risk Factors—GSE and Conservatorship Risk” for a discussion of how restrictions on our

compensation and uncertainty with respect to our future affects our ability to recruit and retain executives and other

employees.

See “Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance—Corporate Governance—Human Capital Management

Oversight” for information on oversight of human capital management by our Board of Directors’ Compensation and

Human Capital Committee.

Attracting and Retaining Employees

We offer a total rewards package that delivers a variety of cash and non-cash rewards designed to motivate employees

and improve company performance. The employee benefits that we offer promote personal and family wellness and

encourage involvement in personally meaningful endeavors, including those that echo our mission. These benefits

include: caregiving and bereavement leave; paid leave to engage in volunteer activities; and broad mental, physical and

financial well-being benefits.

In addition, we foster a purpose-driven culture focused on employee engagement, development, and well-being. We

sponsor programs and activities to cultivate a collaborative work environment by focusing on leadership principles,

talent development, enterprise accessibility, team and group dynamics, and a communications strategy that reinforces

the practice of working collectively to achieve innovative solutions.

Engaging and Developing Employees

We are committed to maintaining an engaged workforce as we believe it is critical to the ongoing achievement of the

company’s goals. We monitor employee engagement through regular surveys. These surveys are designed to gather

valuable insights and practical suggestions that inform decision-making and support meaningful improvements across

the company.

We focus on succession planning and talent development to be able to attract and retain talent, improve promotion

readiness and cultivate bench strength. We invest in our employees’ development to support their career aspirations.

We provide training and opportunities that enable employees to develop business, technical, leadership and other

critical skills we need to achieve our objectives and fulfill our mission. We believe succession planning mitigates risk to

the company posed by leadership departures.

Conservatorship and Treasury Agreements

Conservatorship

In September 2008, FHFA was appointed as our conservator pursuant to authority provided by the Federal Housing

Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992, as amended (the “GSE Act”). Conservatorship is a statutory

process designed to preserve and conserve our assets and property and put the company in a sound and solvent

condition. Our conservatorship has no specified termination date.

FHFA Authority As Conservator

FHFA, as conservator, succeeded to:

• all rights, titles, powers and privileges of Fannie Mae, and of any stockholder, officer or director of Fannie Mae

with respect to Fannie Mae and its assets; and

• title to the books, records and assets of any other legal custodian of Fannie Mae.

As conservator, FHFA has broad authority over our business and operations, including the authority to:

• direct us to enter into contracts or enter into contracts on our behalf; and

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 6

Business | Conservatorship and Treasury Agreements

• transfer or sell our assets or liabilities.

The GSE Act provides special protections for mortgage loans and mortgage-related assets we hold in trust. Specifically,

mortgage loans and mortgage-related assets that have been transferred to a Fannie Mae MBS trust must be held by the

conservator for the beneficial owners of such MBS and cannot be used to satisfy the company’s general creditors.

Board Authority in Conservatorship

While we are operating in conservatorship, our directors:

• serve on behalf of the conservator;
• exercise their authority as directed by and with the approval (where required) of the conservator;
• owe their fiduciary duties of care and loyalty solely to the conservator, and not to either the company or our

stockholders; and

• are elected by the conservator, not by our stockholders.

As conservator, FHFA has issued an order authorizing our Board of Directors to exercise specified functions and

authorities, and instructions regarding matters for which conservator decision or notification is required. The conservator

retains the authority to amend or withdraw its order and instructions at any time. For more information on the functions

and authorities of our Board of Directors during conservatorship, see “Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate

Governance—Corporate Governance—Conservatorship and Board Authorities.”

Stockholder Authority in Conservatorship

The conservator has suspended stockholder meetings since conservatorship, and our common stockholders are not

empowered to vote on directors or any other matters. The conservator also eliminated dividends on our common and

preferred stock (other than dividends on the senior preferred stock) during the conservatorship.

Treasury Agreements

FHFA, as conservator, entered into a senior preferred stock purchase agreement with Treasury on our behalf in

September 2008. In connection with that agreement, we issued Treasury one million shares of Variable Liquidation

Preference Senior Preferred Stock, Series 2008-2, which we refer to as the “senior preferred stock,” and a warrant to

purchase shares equal to 79.9% of our common stock, on a fully diluted basis, for a nominal price. The senior preferred

stock purchase agreement and the terms of the senior preferred stock have been amended multiple times since 2008

by FHFA (acting on our behalf) and Treasury. Treasury and FHFA (acting on our behalf) may further amend the senior

preferred stock purchase agreement, senior preferred stock and warrant at any time.

Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement and Senior Preferred Stock

The senior preferred stock purchase agreement and accompanying stock certificate as amended to date include key

provisions that impact us, including those described in the table below.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 7

Business | Conservatorship and Treasury Agreements

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 8

Business | Conservatorship and Treasury Agreements

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 9

Business | Conservatorship and Treasury Agreements

Covenants

The senior preferred stock purchase agreement contains covenants that prohibit us (and, in one instance, FHFA) from

taking several actions without the prior written consent of Treasury or require us to take specified actions, including the

following described in the table below.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 10

Business | Conservatorship and Treasury Agreements

Common Stock Warrant

As a result of the senior preferred stock purchase agreement, in September 2008, we, through FHFA in its capacity as

conservator, issued to Treasury a warrant to purchase shares of our common stock equal to 79.9% of the total number

of shares of our common stock outstanding on a fully diluted basis on the date the warrant is exercised, for an exercise

price of $0.00001 per share. The warrant may be exercised in whole or in part at any time on or before September 7,

See “Risk Factors—GSE and Conservatorship Risk” for a description of the risks to our business relating to the

uncertainties regarding the future of our company and business, the conservatorship, the senior preferred stock

purchase agreement, as well as the adverse effects of the conservatorship, the senior preferred stock and the warrant

on the rights of holders of our common stock and other series of preferred stock.

Legislation and Regulation

As a federally chartered financial institution, we are subject to substantial government regulation and oversight. FHFA,

our primary regulator, regulates our safety and soundness and our mission, and is also our conservator. FHFA is an

independent federal agency with general supervisory and regulatory authority over Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and the

Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”). The U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”) and FHFA

regulate us with respect to fair lending matters, and the SEC and Treasury regulate other aspects of our business. In

addition, regulations by other agencies that affect the mortgage industry or the markets for our MBS, debt securities or

credit risk transfer securities could have a significant impact on us. See “Risk Factors—Legal and Regulatory Risk.”

Our Charter

Our charter, which is an act of Congress, sets forth our purposes and establishes the parameters under which we

operate, including specifying limitations on our business. We describe certain provisions of our charter below.

• Purposes. Our charter states that our operations should be financed by private capital to the maximum extent

feasible and authorizes us to:

• provide stability in the secondary market for residential mortgages;
• respond appropriately to the private capital market;
• provide ongoing assistance to the secondary market for residential mortgages (including activities

relating to mortgages on housing for low- and moderate-income families involving a reasonable

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 11

Business | Legislation and Regulation

economic return that may be less than the return earned on other activities) by increasing the liquidity

of mortgage investments and improving the distribution of investment capital available for residential

mortgage financing; and

• promote access to mortgage credit throughout the nation (including central cities, rural areas and

underserved areas) by increasing the liquidity of mortgage investments and improving the distribution

of investment capital available for residential mortgage financing.

• Loan acquisitions and conforming loan limit. We may purchase and securitize mortgage loans secured by

single-family and multifamily properties. Single-family conventional (not government-insured or government-

guaranteed) mortgage loan acquisitions are subject to an annually adjusted maximum original principal balance

limit, known as the “conforming loan limit.” The national conforming loan limit for single-family mortgages

secured by one-unit properties is $832,750 for 2026 and was $806,500 for 2025. Higher limits apply for single-

family mortgages secured by two- to four-unit properties and in four states and territories (Alaska, Hawaii,

Guam and the U.S. Virgin Islands). Higher limits of up to 150% of the base loan limit also apply in certain high-

cost areas.

• Credit enhancement requirements. Credit enhancement is generally required on any single-family conventional

mortgage loan that we purchase or securitize that has an LTV ratio over 80% at the time of purchase. The

Charter Act provides three options for meeting this credit enhancement requirement: (1) obtain insurance or a

guaranty by a qualified insurer on the portion of the unpaid principal balance (“UPB”) of the loan that exceeds

80% of the value of the collateral property; (2) the seller agrees to repurchase or replace the loan in the event

of default; or (3) the seller retains at least a 10% participation interest in the loan. We primarily meet this credit

enhancement requirement by obtaining mortgage insurance.

• Additional limitations. We may not originate mortgage loans. Similarly, we may not advance funds to a

mortgage seller on an interim basis, using mortgage loans as collateral, pending the sale of the mortgages in

the secondary market.

• Exemption for our securities offerings. Our securities offerings are exempt from registration requirements under

the Securities Act of 1933. As a result, we do not file registration statements or prospectuses with the SEC for

our securities offerings. However, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) provides that our

equity securities are not exempt securities under the Exchange Act. Consequently, we are required to file

periodic and current reports with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form

10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K.

• Exemption from specified taxes. We are exempt from taxation by states, territories, counties, municipalities and

local taxing authorities, except for taxation by those authorities on our real property. We are not exempt from

the payment of federal corporate income taxes.

Capital Requirements

FHFA’s enterprise regulatory capital framework establishes both leverage and risk-based minimum capital

requirements, as well as a requirement that we hold prescribed capital buffers above these minimum capital

requirements that can be drawn down in periods of financial stress:

• Minimum leverage capital requirement. The minimum leverage capital requirement is to maintain tier 1 capital

equal to at least 2.5% of adjusted total assets.

• Minimum risk-based capital requirements. The minimum risk-based capital requirements are to maintain

common equity tier 1 capital, tier 1 capital, and adjusted total capital equal to at least 4.5%, 6.0%, and 8.0%,

respectively, of risk-weighted assets.

• Buffer requirements. The buffer requirements consist of:
• a prescribed leverage buffer amount, or PLBA, that represents the amount of tier 1 capital we are

required to hold above the minimum leverage capital requirement; and

• a prescribed capital conservation buffer amount, or PCCBA, that consists of three risk-based capital

buffers—a stability capital buffer, a stress capital buffer and a countercyclical capital buffer—and that

must be comprised entirely of common equity tier 1 capital.

In general, once we are required to be in compliance with the capital buffers, if our capital levels fall below the

prescribed buffer amounts, we must restrict capital distributions, such as stock repurchases and dividends, as

well as discretionary bonus payments to executives, until the buffer amounts are restored.

The enterprise regulatory capital framework also provides the following:

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 12

Business | Legislation and Regulation

• Specific minimum risk-weights, or “floors,” on single-family and multifamily risk-weighted exposures, which can

increase the amount of capital required for loans that would otherwise have lower risk weights;

• Specific floors on the risk-weights applicable to retained portions of credit risk transfer transactions, which

decreases the capital relief obtained from these transactions;

• Risk-based capital requirements related to market risk and operational risk, in addition to credit risk;
• A countercyclical adjustment to mark-to-market LTV ratios of single-family mortgage exposures when home

prices are meaningfully above or below their long-term trend;

• A requirement to publish quarterly capital reports;
• Requirements to submit capital plans to FHFA;
• Prior notice and approval requirements for certain capital actions, including capital distributions; and
• Additional elements based on U.S. banking regulations, such as the phased implementation of the advanced

approaches as an alternative to the standardized approach for measuring risk-weighted assets.

Our current capital levels are significantly below the levels that would be required under the enterprise regulatory capital

framework. As of December 31, 2025, our available capital for purposes of our risk-based adjusted total capital

requirement was a deficit of $22 billion, resulting in a $215 billion shortfall to our risk-based adjusted total capital

requirement, including buffers, of $193 billion. Our capital shortfall as of December 31, 2025 to our minimum risk-based

adjusted total capital requirement excluding buffers was $135 billion. Even though we had positive net worth under U.S.

generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) of $109.0 billion as of December 31, 2025, we had a $22 billion

deficit in available capital primarily because available capital for purposes of the enterprise regulatory capital framework

excludes the $120.8 billion stated value of the senior preferred stock. See “MD&A—Liquidity and Capital Management

• Capital Management—Capital Requirements” and “Note 13, Regulatory Capital Requirements” for more information

about our capital requirements and metrics under the enterprise regulatory capital framework as of December 31, 2025.

See “Risk Factors—GSE and Conservatorship Risk” for information on risks relating to our capital requirements.

The enterprise regulatory capital framework has a transition period for compliance. We are currently subject to the

requirements to publish quarterly capital reports, submit capital plans to FHFA, and provide prior notice to, and obtain

approval from, FHFA for certain capital actions; however, we are not required to comply with the minimum capital

requirements or the buffer requirements while in conservatorship. The compliance date for the minimum capital

requirements will be the date of termination of our conservatorship or such later date as FHFA may order. The

compliance date for the buffer requirements will be the date of termination of our conservatorship. The compliance date

for the advanced approaches requirements is January 2028 or such later date as FHFA may order.

Stress Testing

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) requires certain financial

companies to conduct annual stress tests to determine whether the companies have the capital necessary to absorb

losses as a result of adverse economic conditions. Under FHFA regulations, each year we are required to conduct a

stress test using two different scenarios of financial conditions provided by FHFA—baseline and severely adverse—and

to publish a summary of our stress test results for the severely adverse scenario by August 15. In August 2024, FHFA

temporarily waived the requirement that we publish the severely adverse scenario by August 15, 2024. On August 15,

2025, we published on our website the results of the severely adverse scenarios for 2024 and 2025.

Receivership and Resolution Planning

Under the GSE Act, the FHFA Director must place us into receivership if he determines that our assets are less than our

obligations (that is, we have a net worth deficit) or if we have not been paying our debts as they become due, in either

case, for a period of 60 days. FHFA has clarified that the 60-day measurement period will commence no earlier than the

SEC filing deadline for our Form 10-K or Form 10-Q for the relevant period.

Under the GSE Act we could also be put into receivership at the discretion of the FHFA Director if the statutory grounds

for the discretionary appointment of a receiver are met. This includes: a substantial dissipation of assets or earnings due

to unsafe or unsound practices; the existence of an unsafe or unsound condition to transact business; an inability to

meet our obligations in the ordinary course of business; a weakening of our condition due to unsafe or unsound

practices or conditions; critical undercapitalization; undercapitalization and no reasonable prospect of becoming

adequately capitalized; the likelihood of losses that will deplete substantially all of our capital; or by consent. In the

senior preferred stock purchase agreement, as amended in January 2025, FHFA agreed that it would not exercise this

discretionary authority to place us into receivership without Treasury’s prior written consent.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 13

Business | Legislation and Regulation

FHFA’s resolution planning rule requires that we develop a plan for submission to FHFA that would assist FHFA’s

planning for our rapid and orderly resolution if FHFA is appointed as our receiver. The rule also addresses procedural

requirements regarding the frequency and timing for submission of resolution plans to FHFA.

The appointment of FHFA as receiver would immediately terminate the conservatorship. Placement into receivership

would likely have a material adverse effect on holders of our common stock and preferred stock, and could have a

material adverse effect on holders of our debt securities, Fannie Mae MBS and credit risk transfer securities. Should we

be placed into receivership, different assumptions would be required to determine the carrying value of our assets,

which would likely lead to substantially different financial results. For more information on the risks to our business

relating to receivership and uncertainties regarding the future of our business, see “Risk Factors—GSE and

Conservatorship Risk.”

Portfolio Standards

The GSE Act requires FHFA to establish standards governing our portfolio holdings, to ensure that they are backed by

sufficient capital and consistent with our mission and safe and sound operations. FHFA is also required to monitor our

portfolio and, in some circumstances, may require us to dispose of or acquire assets. In 2010, FHFA adopted, as the

regulatory standard for our portfolio holdings, the mortgage assets limit specified in the senior preferred stock purchase

agreement described under “Conservatorship and Treasury Agreements—Treasury Agreements—Covenants,” as it may

be amended from time to time. The rule is effective for as long as we remain subject to the senior preferred stock

purchase agreement.

Affordable Housing Allocations

The GSE Act requires us to set aside in each fiscal year an amount equal to 4.2 basis points for each dollar of the UPB

of our new business purchases and to pay this amount to specified HUD and Treasury funds in support of affordable

housing. We are prohibited from passing through the cost of these allocations to the originators of the mortgage loans

that we purchase or securitize. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence—

Transactions with Related Persons—Transactions with Treasury—Treasury Interest in Affordable Housing Allocations”

for information on our contribution for 2025 new business purchases.

Housing Goals

Our housing goals, which are established by FHFA in accordance with the GSE Act, require that a specified portion of

mortgage loans we acquire meet specified standards relating to affordability or location.

If we do not meet a housing goal, FHFA will determine whether the goal was feasible. If FHFA finds that the goal was

feasible, we may at FHFA’s discretion become subject to a housing plan that could require us to take additional steps

that could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. A housing plan must describe the

actions we would take to meet the goal in the next calendar year and be approved by FHFA. The potential penalties for

failure to comply with housing plan requirements include a cease-and-desist order and civil money penalties.

As described in “Risk Factors—GSE and Conservatorship Risk,” the actions we may take to meet our housing goals, as

well as our Duty to Serve underserved markets described below, may materially adversely affect our business, results of

operations and financial condition.

Single-Family Housing Goals

For single-family housing goals, our acquisitions are measured against the lower of benchmarks set by FHFA or the

level of goal-eligible originations in the primary mortgage market. The single-family benchmarks are expressed as a

percentage of the total number of goal-eligible single-family mortgages acquired each year.

2024 Single-Family Housing Goals

In October 2025, FHFA notified us that it had determined that we met five of our six 2024 single-family housing goals

and subgoals. FHFA determined that we missed the single-family very low-income home purchase goal. FHFA found

this goal was feasible, but did not require us to submit a housing plan because we missed the goal by a narrow margin.

The table below displays more information about our 2024 single-family housing goals and our performance against

these goals.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 14

Business | Legislation and Regulation

2024 Single-Family Housing Goals Performance(1)

(1) The FHFA benchmarks and our results are expressed as a percentage of the total number of goal-eligible single-family mortgages

acquired during the year. The single-family market level is the percentage of goal-eligible single-family mortgages originated in the primary

mortgage market during the year.

(2) Home purchase mortgages on single-family, owner-occupied properties to borrowers with incomes no greater than 80% of area median

income.

(3) Home purchase mortgages on single-family, owner-occupied properties to borrowers with incomes no greater than 50% of area median

income.

(4) The benchmark level for the low-income areas housing goal is set annually by FHFA based on the sum of (a) the benchmark level for the

minority census tracts home purchase subgoal described in footnote 5 below, (b) the benchmark level for the low-income census tracts

home purchase subgoal described in footnote 6 below, plus (c) an adjustment factor reflecting the additional incremental share of home

purchase mortgages on single-family, owner-occupied properties to borrowers with incomes no greater than 100% of area median income

who are located in federally-declared disaster areas. FHFA set the disaster areas increment for 2024 at 5%, resulting in a low-income

areas home purchase goal benchmark of 19% for 2024.

(5) Home purchase mortgages on single-family, owner-occupied properties to borrowers with incomes no greater than 100% of area median

income in minority census tracts. Minority census tracts are those that have a minority population of at least 30% and a median income of

less than 100% of area median income.

(6) (i) Home purchase mortgages on single-family, owner-occupied properties to borrowers (regardless of income) in low-income census tracts

that are not minority census tracts, and (ii) home purchase mortgages on single-family, owner-occupied properties to borrowers with

incomes greater than 100% of area median income in low-income census tracts that are also minority census tracts. Low income census

tracts are those where the median income is no greater than 80% of area median income.

(7) Refinance mortgages on single-family, owner-occupied properties to borrowers with incomes no greater than 80% of area median income.

2025 Single-Family Housing Goals

In December 2024, FHFA published a final rule establishing single-family and multifamily housing goals for Fannie Mae

and Freddie Mac for 2025 through 2027. As described in “2026-2028 Single-Family Housing Goals” below, in December

2025, FHFA established new single-family housing goals for 2026 through 2028. Also see “Multifamily Housing Goals”

below for a discussion of our multifamily housing goals.

The table below sets forth the single-family housing goal benchmarks for 2025 established pursuant to FHFA’s

December 2024 final rule.

(1) The FHFA benchmarks are expressed as a percentage of the total number of goal-eligible single-family mortgages acquired during the

year. See the “2024 Single-Family Housing Goals Performance” table above for the definitions of each housing goal and subgoal.

(2) FHFA set the disaster areas increment for 2025 at 5%, resulting in a low-income areas home purchase goal benchmark of 21% for 2025.

FHFA’s final rule establishing 2025-2027 housing goals established new measurement buffers to help determine

whether a housing plan would be required for failing to meet certain single-family housing goals during this period.

Under the rule, FHFA generally would not require that we submit a housing plan if our performance meets or exceeds

the market level for the goal minus a specified measurement buffer.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 15

Business | Legislation and Regulation

We believe we met all of our 2025 single-family housing goal benchmarks. FHFA will make a final determination

regarding our 2025 single-family housing goals performance later in 2026, after the release of 2025 data reported under

the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act.

2026-2028 Single-Family Housing Goals

In December 2025, FHFA published a final rule establishing single-family and multifamily housing goals for Fannie Mae

and Freddie Mac for 2026 through 2028, replacing goals previously established for 2026 and 2027.

Under FHFA’s final rule, FHFA will continue to evaluate our performance against the single-family housing goals using a

two-part approach that compares the goals-qualifying share of our single-family mortgage acquisitions against both a

benchmark level and a market level. To meet a single-family housing goal or subgoal, the percentage of our mortgage

acquisitions that meet each goal or subgoal must equal or exceed either the benchmark level set in advance by FHFA or

the market level for that year. The market level is determined retrospectively each year based on actual goals-qualifying

originations in the overall market as measured by Home Mortgage Disclosure Act data for that year. Typically, this data

is made available by the third quarter of the following year.

Compared with the prior rule, the final rule lowered the benchmark levels for the low-income home purchase goal, very

low-income home purchase goal and low-income refinance goal, as well as combined the minority census tracts home

purchase subgoal and low-income census tracts home purchase subgoal into a single low-income areas home

purchase subgoal. FHFA set the benchmark level for the modified subgoal at 16%, which is the sum of the benchmark

levels set in the prior rule for the two prior subgoals.

The table below sets forth FHFA’s single-family housing goal benchmarks for 2026 through 2028.

(1) The FHFA benchmarks are expressed as a percentage of the total number of goal-eligible single-family mortgages acquired during the

year. See the “2024 Single-Family Housing Goals Performance” table above for the definitions of the low-income home purchase goal,

very low-income home purchase goal, and low-income refinance goal.

(2) The sum of (a) the benchmark level for the low-income areas home purchase subgoal, and (b) an additional amount that will be determined

separately by FHFA that takes into account families in disaster areas with incomes no greater than 100% of area median income. FHFA

sets this overall low-income areas home purchase goal benchmark annually.

(3) Home purchase mortgages on single-family, owner-occupied properties with: (a) borrowers in census tracts with tract median income of no

greater than 80% of area median income; or (b) borrowers with income no greater than 100% of area median income in census tracts

where (i) tract income is less than 100% of area median income, and (ii) minorities comprise at least 30% of the tract population.

FHFA’s December 2025 final rule establishing 2026-2028 housing goals removed the measurement buffers that had

been established in FHFA’s December 2024 final rule.

Multifamily Housing Goals

Our multifamily housing goals are based on the percentage share of the goal-eligible units in our annual multifamily loan

acquisitions that are affordable to each income category.

2024 Multifamily Housing Goals

In October 2025, FHFA notified us that it had determined that we met all of our 2024 multifamily housing goals and

subgoals.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 16

Business | Legislation and Regulation

The table below displays more information about our 2024 multifamily housing goals and our performance against these

goals.

2024 Multifamily Housing Goals Performance

(1) Affordable to low-income families, defined as families with incomes less than or equal to 80% of area median income.

(2) Affordable to very low-income families, defined as families with incomes less than or equal to 50% of area median income.

(3) Units in small multifamily properties (defined as properties with 5 to 50 units) affordable to low-income families.

2025-2028 Multifamily Housing Goals

The table below sets forth the multifamily housing goal and subgoal benchmarks for 2025 through 2028. FHFA’s

December 2025 final rule establishing 2026 through 2028 housing goals did not change the multifamily housing goal or

subgoal benchmarks for 2026 through 2028 from the 2025 benchmarks.

(1)See the “2024 Multifamily Housing Goals Performance” table above for the definitions of each housing goal and subgoal. The very low-

income goal was previously a subgoal.

We believe we met all of our 2025 multifamily housing goals. FHFA will make a final determination regarding our 2025

multifamily housing goals performance later in the year.

Duty to Serve Underserved Markets

The GSE Act requires that we serve very low-, low-, and moderate-income families in three specified underserved

markets: manufactured housing, affordable housing preservation and rural housing. FHFA requires that we adopt an

underserved markets plan for each underserved market covering a three-year period that sets forth the activities and

objectives we will undertake to meet our Duty to Serve in that market.

FHFA has also established an annual process for evaluating our achievements under the plans, with performance

results to be reported to Congress annually. If FHFA determines that we failed to meet the requirements of an

underserved markets plan, FHFA may require us to submit a housing plan for FHFA approval that could require us to

take additional steps. In October 2025, FHFA reported its determination that we complied with our 2024 Duty-to-Serve

requirements. We believe we also met our 2025 Duty-to-Serve obligations. In 2026, FHFA will determine our

performance with respect to our 2025 Duty-to-Serve obligations.

Fair Lending

The GSE Act requires the Secretary of HUD to assure that we meet our fair lending obligations and HUD is our primary

regulator for purposes of compliance with fair lending laws. Among other things, HUD periodically reviews and

comments on our underwriting and appraisal guidelines to ensure consistency with the Fair Housing Act. In addition,

FHFA, as our primary regulator, has broad supervisory authority to monitor and enforce our compliance with fair lending

laws. In May 2024, FHFA published a final rule relating to fair lending, fair housing and other matters; however, in

February 2026, FHFA published a final rule repealing the 2024 rule. In the adopting release for the final 2026 rule, FHFA

noted that repeal of the 2024 rule does not diminish FHFA’s duty or commitment to ensure that we carry out our

statutory mission, nor does it change our statutory requirements to comply with applicable fair lending and fair housing

laws.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 17

Business | Legislation and Regulation

Guaranty Fees and Pricing

Our guaranty fees and pricing are subject to regulatory, legislative and conservatorship requirements, including FHFA

guidance and instruction. These requirements include the following:

• Upfront Fees. FHFA, as conservator, must approve changes to the single-family national loan-level price

adjustments (or upfront fees) that we charge and can direct us to make other changes to our guaranty fee

pricing for new single-family acquisitions.

• Base Fees. We can change our base single-family guaranty fee pricing, subject to minimum base guaranty fees

set by FHFA. These minimum fees generally apply to our acquisitions of 30-year and 15-year single-family

fixed-rate loans in lender swap transactions. FHFA has instructed us to provide at least 60 days’ notice of any

single-family base guaranty fee increase of more than 1 basis point. In January 2025, FHFA instructed us to not

implement any broad-based increases to base single-family guaranty fees until further notice.

• Return Targets. For new single-family and multifamily acquisitions, FHFA has instructed us to meet minimum

return on equity targets based on the enterprise regulatory capital framework requirements (including buffers)

assuming those requirements were in effect today. Our minimum single-family and multifamily acquisition return

thresholds are currently aligned with Freddie Mac’s thresholds, though our capital requirements are not fully

aligned. FHFA also has instructed us to establish a long-term target for returns at the enterprise level. These

return targets affect the guaranty fees we charge.

• TCCA Fees. Pursuant to the Temporary Payroll Tax Cut Continuation Act of 2011, as amended by the

Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act of 2021, until October 1, 2032, we are required to collect 10 basis points

in guaranty fees on all single-family mortgages delivered to us on or after April 1, 2012 and pay these amounts

to Treasury. We include these amounts in net interest income and recognize the expense in legislative

assessments in our consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income. See “Certain

Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence—Transactions with Related Persons—

Transactions with Treasury—Obligation to Pay TCCA Fees to Treasury” for additional discussion of our TCCA

fees.

• UMBS®. Our ability to change our single-family guaranty fee pricing is limited by the FHFA rule described in

“FHFA Rule on Uniform Mortgage-Backed Securities” below.

In addition, under the senior preferred stock purchase agreement, we are not permitted to charge different single-family

guaranty fees based on the business characteristics of the seller, including their size, charter type or volume of business

with us.

New Products and Activities

The GSE Act requires us to notify FHFA before undertaking a new activity and to obtain prior approval before offering a

new product to the market, subject to certain exclusions. The FHFA rule implementing these provisions established a

process for the review of new activities and products by FHFA and defined a new product as any new activity that FHFA

determines merits public notice and comment about whether it is in the public interest. FHFA may approve a new

product proposed by us if FHFA determines that the new product is authorized under our charter, in the public interest

and consistent with safety and soundness. FHFA may place conditions or limitations on a new product or activity.

Executive Compensation

The amount and type of compensation we may pay our executives is subject to legal and regulatory restrictions,

particularly while we are in conservatorship, as described in “Executive Compensation—Compensation Discussion and

Analysis—Restrictions on Executive Compensation.”

FHFA Rule on Uniform Mortgage-Backed Securities

We and Freddie Mac issue single-family uniform mortgage-backed securities, or “UMBS.” We and Freddie Mac are

required to align our programs, policies and practices that affect the prepayment rates of to-be-announced (“TBA”)

market-eligible MBS pursuant to an FHFA rule. The rule is intended to ensure that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac’s

programs, policies and practices that have a material effect on MBS cash flows remain aligned regardless of whether

we and Freddie Mac are in conservatorship. The rule provides a non-exhaustive list of covered programs, policies and

practices, including: single-family guaranty fees; eligibility standards for sellers, servicers, and mortgage insurers;

distressed loan servicing requirements; removal of mortgage loans from securities; servicer compensation; and

proposals that could materially change the credit risk profile of our single-family mortgages. FHFA may mandate

additional alignment efforts in the future that affect our business and our MBS. As a result of this rule, we must evaluate

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 18

Business | Legislation and Regulation

each potential change to our programs, policies and practices, and if the change may cause misalignment, submit

information relating to the change to FHFA for evaluation and approval.

Quality Control Standards for Automated Valuation Models Final Rule

In August 2024, FHFA and five other federal regulatory agencies published a final rule to implement the quality control

standards mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act for the use of automated valuation models (referred to as “AVMs”) by

mortgage originators and secondary market issuers in determining the collateral worth of a mortgage secured by a

consumer’s principal dwelling. Under the final rule, institutions that engage in certain credit decisions or securitization

determinations must adopt policies, practices, procedures and control systems to: ensure that AVMs used in these

transactions to determine the value of mortgage collateral adhere to quality control standards designed to ensure a high

level of confidence in the estimates produced by AVMs; protect against the manipulation of data; seek to avoid conflicts

of interest; require random sample testing and reviews; and comply with applicable nondiscrimination laws. The rule

became effective in October 2025.

Where You Can Find Additional Information

Our website address is www.fanniemae.com (http://www.fanniemae.com). Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10‑Q, current

reports on Form 8-K, and all other SEC reports and amendments to those reports, are available free of charge on our

website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file the material with, or furnish it to, the SEC.

Materials that we file with or furnish to the SEC are also available from the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov (http://www.sec.gov). Fannie Mae

may make new and important information about the company available on its website. References in this report to our

website or to the SEC’s website do not incorporate information appearing on those websites into this report or the

company’s other filings with the SEC unless we explicitly state that we are incorporating the information.

Forward-Looking Statements

This report includes statements that constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the

Exchange Act. In addition, we and our senior management may from time to time make forward-looking statements in

our other filings with the SEC, our other publicly available written statements and orally to analysts, investors, the news

media and others. Forward-looking statements often include words such as “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,”

“believe,” “seek,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “project,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “likely,” “may,” “will” or similar words.

Examples of forward-looking statements in this report include, among others, statements relating to our beliefs and

expectations regarding the following matters:

• economic, mortgage market and housing market conditions (including expectations regarding economic growth,

home price growth, multifamily property values, the unemployment rate, loan origination volumes, interest rates

and multifamily property net operating income), the factors that will affect those conditions, and the impact of

those conditions on our business and financial results;

• the impact of hedge accounting on the volatility of our financial results;
• our future net worth;
• the future aggregate liquidation preference of our senior preferred stock;
• our future dividend payments on the senior preferred stock;
• our business plans and strategies, and their impact, including our plans, expectations and beliefs relating to:

our use of, and the potential benefits and risks of, artificial intelligence; new credit score models; human capital

management and succession planning; problem loan management; and repair costs;

• the impact of changes in our pricing;
• the factors that will attract prospective private investors in our equity securities and the impact of such factors

on our ability to raise, and the cost of raising, sufficient capital to exit conservatorship and on our business;

• the credit performance of loans in our guaranty book of business (including future loan delinquencies and

foreclosures) and the factors that will affect such performance;

• the effects of our credit risk transfer transactions, as well as the factors that will affect our engagement in future

credit risk transfer transactions;

• the factors that will affect the competition we face;
• our holdings of agency MBS and how we intend to fund our purchases of agency MBS, and the impact of such

holdings and purchases;

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 19

Business | Forward-Looking Statements

• how we intend to repay our debt obligations and the factors that will affect our access to debt funding;
• the factors that will affect our credit ratings and the impact of changes to our credit ratings;
• the impact of legislation and regulation on our business, financial results or financial condition;
• our housing goals and duty-to-serve performance;
• our payments to HUD and Treasury funds under the GSE Act;
• legal and regulatory proceedings;
• the risks to our business;
• the risk of default or loss relating to specified counterparties;
• the frequency and severity of flooding and other weather-related perils; and
• cyber attacks and other cybersecurity threats, and the impact of our cybersecurity defense tools and systems

safeguards.

Forward-looking statements reflect our management’s current expectations, forecasts or predictions of future conditions,

events or results based on various assumptions and management’s estimates of trends and economic conditions in the

markets in which we are active and that otherwise impact our business plans. Forward-looking statements are not

guarantees of future performance. By their nature, forward-looking statements are subject to significant risks and

uncertainties and changes in circumstances. Our actual results and financial condition may differ, possibly materially,

from the anticipated results and financial condition indicated in these forward-looking statements.

There are a number of factors that could cause actual conditions, events or results to differ materially from those

described in our forward-looking statements, including, among others, the following:

• growth, deterioration and the overall health and stability of the U.S. economy, including U.S. gross domestic

product (“GDP”), unemployment rates, personal income, inflation and other indicators thereof;

• the impact of trade, fiscal, monetary, regulatory and immigration policies;
• deterioration in a specific sector of the U.S. economy or in one or more regional areas of the United States;
• future interest rates and credit spreads;
• the timing and level of, as well as regional variation in, home price changes;
• the size and our share of the U.S. mortgage market (including the volume of mortgage originations) and the

factors that affect them, including population growth and household formation;

• changes in fiscal or monetary policy of the U.S. or other countries, and the impact of such changes on domestic

and international financial markets;

• domestic, regional and global political risks and uncertainties;
• developments that may be difficult to predict, including: market conditions that result in changes in our deferred

guaranty fee income or changes in net interest income from our portfolios; fluctuations in the estimated fair

value of our assets and liabilities; and developments that affect our loss reserves, such as changes in interest

rates or home prices;

• disruptions or instability in the housing and credit markets;
• changes in the demand for Fannie Mae MBS, our debt securities or our credit risk transfer securities, in general

or from one or more major groups of investors;

• constraints on our entry into new credit risk transfer transactions;
• a decrease in our credit ratings;
• limitations on our ability to access the debt capital markets;
• changes in our funding needs or our sources or uses of funds;
• the size, composition, quality and performance of our guaranty book of business and retained mortgage

portfolio;

• how long loans in our guaranty book of business remain outstanding;
• our and our competitors’ future guaranty fee pricing and the impact of that pricing on our competitive

environment and guaranty fee revenues;

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 20

Business | Forward-Looking Statements

• the competitive environment in which we operate, including the impact of legislative, regulatory or other

developments on levels of competition in our industry and other factors affecting our market share;

• the impact of interdependence between the single-family mortgage securitization programs of Fannie Mae and

Freddie Mac in connection with UMBS;

• significant challenges we face in retaining and hiring qualified executives and other employees;
• our conservatorship, including any changes to or termination (by receivership or otherwise) of the

conservatorship and its effect on our business;

• the investment by Treasury, including the impact of past or potential future changes to the terms of the senior

preferred stock purchase agreement, senior preferred stock or warrant, and their effect on our business,

including current or future restrictions or requirements imposed on us by the terms of the senior preferred stock

purchase agreement, the senior preferred stock, or the warrant, as well as the extent that these or other

restrictions on our business and activities are applied to us through other mechanisms even if we cease to be

subject to these agreements and instruments;

• uncertainty regarding our future, including relating to: our exit from conservatorship; our ability to raise, earn or

retain the capital needed to meet our capital requirements; our future capital structure; and our future dividend

requirements;

• the impact of the enterprise regulatory capital framework on our business and financial results;
• future legislative and regulatory requirements or changes, governmental initiatives, or executive orders

affecting us, such as the enactment of housing finance reform legislation, including changes that limit our

business activities or our footprint, impose new mandates on us, or affect our ability to change our pricing;

• future legislative and regulatory requirements or changes, governmental initiatives, or executive orders

affecting macroeconomic conditions, such as changes to trade, fiscal, monetary, tax, or immigration policies;

• actions by FHFA, Treasury, the Federal Reserve, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”), the

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”), HUD,

the CFPB, the SEC or other regulators, Congress, the Executive Branch, or state or local governments that

affect our business;

• changes in the structure and regulation of the financial services industry;
• the possibility that changes in leadership at FHFA or the Administration will result in additional changes that

affect our company or our business;

• actions we may be required to take by FHFA, in its role as our conservator or as our regulator, such as changes

in the type of business we do, actions relating to UMBS or our resecuritization of Freddie Mac-issued securities,

or credit risk management actions;

• limitations on our business imposed by FHFA, in its role as our conservator or as our regulator;
• adverse effects from activities we undertake to support the mortgage market and help borrowers, renters,

lenders and servicers, including actions we may take to reach additional underserved borrowers, or from

pursuing new business activities;

• a default by the United States government on its obligations;
• a shutdown of the United States government;
• significant changes in forbearance, modification and foreclosure activity;
• the volume and pace of any future nonperforming and reperforming loan sales and their impact on our financial

results and serious delinquency rates;

• changes in borrower behavior;
• actions we may take to mitigate losses, and the effectiveness of our loss mitigation strategies, management of

our REO inventory and pursuit of contractual remedies;

• environmental disasters, terrorist attacks, widespread health emergencies or pandemics, infrastructure failures,

or other disruptive or catastrophic events;

• the expiration of the National Flood Insurance Program (“NFIP”) on September 30, 2026, without re-

authorization, including the impact of any disruptions in the payment of claims and of delays in obtaining or

renewing coverage;

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 21

Business | Forward-Looking Statements

• earthquakes or other natural disasters, including those for which we may be uninsured or under-insured or that

may affect our counterparties or the hazard insurers insuring properties underlying our guaranty book of

business;

• severe weather events, fires, floods, hail, wind or other natural disaster-related events or impacts, including

those for which we may be uninsured or under-insured or that may affect our counterparties or the hazard

insurers insuring properties underlying our guaranty book of business, and other natural disaster-related risks;

• defaults by one or more of our counterparties or by the hazard insurers insuring properties underlying our

guaranty book of business;

• resolution or settlement agreements we may enter into with our counterparties;
• our need to rely on third parties to achieve some of our corporate objectives, including our reliance on

mortgage servicers;

• our reliance on U.S. FinTech and the common securitization platform U.S. FinTech operates for a majority of

our single-family securitization activities; provisions in the limited liability company agreement with U.S. FinTech

that permit FHFA to appoint members to the U.S. FinTech Board of Managers, which limit the ability of Fannie

Mae and Freddie Mac to control decisions of the U.S. FinTech Board of Managers; and changes FHFA may

require in our relationship with or in our support of U.S. FinTech;

• the effectiveness of our risk management processes and related controls;
• the effectiveness of our business resiliency plans and systems;
• the stability and adequacy of the systems and infrastructure that impact our operations, including ours and

those of U.S. FinTech, our other counterparties and other third parties;

• our reliance on models and future updates we make to our models, including the data and assumptions used

by these models;

• opportunities and risks presented by the use or anticipated use of artificial intelligence technologies and other

emerging technologies by us or third parties, including generative artificial intelligence and agentic artificial

intelligence;

• cyber attacks or other cybersecurity breaches or threats impacting us, the third parties with which we do

business or our regulators;

• changes in GAAP, guidance by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), SEC guidance, and our

accounting policies; and

• the other factors described in “Risk Factors.”

Readers are cautioned not to unduly rely on the forward-looking statements we make and to place these forward-

looking statements into proper context by carefully considering the factors identified above and those discussed in “Risk

Factors” in this report. These forward-looking statements are representative only as of the date they are made, and we

undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or

otherwise, except as required under the federal securities laws.

The risks we face could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and

net worth, and could cause our actual results to differ materially from our past results or the results contemplated by any

forward-looking statements we make. If any such risk occurs, the market price of our stock could decline and you may

lose all or part of your investment. We believe the risks described below and in the other sections of this report

referenced below are the most significant we face; however, these are not the only risks we face. We face additional

risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial that may also materially

adversely affect us. Refer to “MD&A—Risk Management,” “MD&A—Single-Family Business” and “MD&A—Multifamily

Business” for more detailed descriptions of the primary risks to our business and how we seek to manage those risks.

Risk Factors Summary

The summary of risks below provides an overview of the principal risks we are exposed to in the normal course of our

business activities. This summary does not contain all of the information that may be important to you, and you should

read the more detailed discussion of risks that follows this summary.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 22

Risk Factors | Risk Factors Summary

GSE and Conservatorship Risk

• The future of our company is uncertain.
• We are significantly undercapitalized and may be unable to fully satisfy our regulatory capital requirements.
• FHFA, as our conservator, controls our business activities. We may be required by FHFA to take actions that

are difficult to implement, reduce our profitability, create additional challenges in meeting regulatory capital

requirements, or expose us to additional risk.

• Our business activities are significantly affected by the senior preferred stock purchase agreement.
• Our regulator is authorized or required to place us into receivership under specified conditions, which would

result in our liquidation. Amounts recovered by our receiver may not be sufficient to pay claims outstanding

against us, repay the liquidation preference of our preferred stock or to provide any proceeds to common

stockholders.

• Our business and results of operations may be materially adversely affected if we are unable to retain and

recruit well-qualified executives and other employees. The conservatorship, the uncertainty of our future, and

compensation limits put us at a disadvantage in competing for talent.

• Our higher capital requirements relative to our primary competitor could materially negatively affect our

business.

• Pursuing our housing mission requirements may materially adversely affect our business, results of operations

and financial condition.

• The conservatorship and agreements with Treasury adversely affect our common and preferred stockholders.
• The liquidity and market value of our MBS could be materially adversely affected by developments in the

secondary mortgage market or the UMBS market, or by legislative, regulatory or industry developments, which

could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial results and financial condition.

• Our issuance of UMBS and structured securities backed by Freddie Mac-issued securities exposes us to

operational and counterparty credit risk.

• Our reliance on U.S. FinTech and the common securitization platform exposes us to significant third-party risk.
• We are limited in our ability to diversify our business.
• An active trading market in our equity securities may cease to exist, which would adversely affect the market

price and liquidity of our common and preferred stock.

Credit Risk

• We may incur significant future provisions for credit losses and write-offs on the loans in our book of business,

which could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

• The credit enhancements we use provide only limited protection against potential future credit losses. These

transactions also increase our expenses.

• We may suffer material losses if borrowers suffer property damage as a result of hazards for which the

borrowers have no or insufficient insurance.

• The occurrence of major natural or other disasters in the United States or its territories could materially

increase our provision for credit losses and our write-offs.

• One or more of our institutional counterparties may fail to fulfill their contractual obligations to us, resulting in

financial losses, business disruption and decreased ability to manage risk.

• Our financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected if mortgage servicers fail

to perform their obligations to us.

• We may incur losses as a result of claims under our mortgage insurance policies not being paid in full or at all.
• We could experience additional financial losses due to mortgage fraud.

Operational and Model Risk

• A failure in our operational systems or infrastructure, or those of third parties or the financial services industry,

could cause material business disruptions, materially adversely affect our business, liquidity, results of

operations and financial condition, and materially harm our reputation.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 23

Risk Factors | Risk Factors Summary

• A cyber attack or other cybersecurity incident relating to our systems or those of third parties with which we do

business could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial results and financial condition.

• Material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting could result in errors in our reported results

or disclosures that are not complete or accurate.

• Failure of our models to produce reliable outputs may materially adversely affect our ability to manage risk and

make effective business decisions, as well as create regulatory and reputational risk.

Liquidity Risk

• Limitations on our ability to access the debt capital markets could have a material adverse effect on our ability

to fund our operations, and our liquidity contingency plans may be difficult or impossible to execute during a

sustained liquidity crisis.

• A decrease in the credit ratings on our senior unsecured debt could increase our borrowing costs and have an

adverse effect on our ability to issue debt on reasonable terms, particularly if such a decrease were not based

on a similar action on the credit ratings of the U.S. government. A decrease in our credit ratings could also

require that we post additional collateral for our derivatives contracts.

Market and Industry Risk

• Changes in interest rates or limitations on our ability to manage interest-rate risk successfully could materially

adversely affect our financial results and condition, and increase our interest-rate risk.

• Changes in spreads could materially impact the fair value of our net assets, and therefore our results of

operations and net worth.

• Our business and financial results are affected by general economic conditions, including home prices and

employment trends, and changes in economic conditions or financial markets may materially adversely affect

our business and financial condition. Volatility or uncertainty in global, regional or domestic political conditions

also can significantly affect economic conditions and financial markets.

Legal and Regulatory Risk

• Regulatory changes in the financial services industry and shifts in monetary policy may negatively impact our

business.

• Legislative, regulatory or judicial actions, and changes in interpretations of laws, regulations or accounting

standards, could negatively impact our business, results of operations, financial condition, liquidity or net worth.

• We face risk of non-compliance with our legal and regulatory obligations, which could have a material adverse

impact on our business, financial results and financial condition.

• Our business and financial results could be materially adversely affected by legal or regulatory proceedings.

General Risk

• In many cases, our accounting policies and methods, which are fundamental to how we report our financial

condition and results of operations, require management to make judgments and estimates about matters that

are inherently uncertain. Management also relies on models in making these estimates.

GSE and Conservatorship Risk

The future of our company is uncertain.

The company faces an uncertain future, including how long we will continue to exist in our current form, what changes

may occur to our business model during or following conservatorship, the extent of our role in the market, the level of

government support for our business, how long we will be in conservatorship, what form we will have, what ownership

interest, if any, our current common and preferred stockholders will hold in us, and whether we will continue to exist. The

conservatorship has been in place since 2008, is indefinite in duration, and the timing, conditions and likelihood of our

emerging from conservatorship are uncertain. Our conservatorship could terminate through a receivership. Actions

taken by the conservator or by a receiver could substantially dilute or eliminate any value associated with our existing

common stock and preferred stock. Termination of the conservatorship, other than in connection with a mandatory

receivership, requires Treasury’s consent under the senior preferred stock purchase agreement.

We believe that our return on equity based on our regulatory capital requirements may not be sufficient to attract

prospective private investors in our equity securities, which we believe may limit our options to raise, or increase the

cost of raising, sufficient capital to exit conservatorship. Increasing our returns to a level sufficient to attract private

equity investors may require increases in our pricing or changes in other aspects of our business or regulatory oversight

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 24

Risk Factors | GSE and Conservatorship Risk

that could affect our competitive position, our loan acquisition volumes and market share, the mix of loans that we

acquire or the type of business we do, including the level of support we provide to low- and moderate-income borrowers

and renters. Our ability to increase our returns may be limited given our conservatorship status, our business model, our

role in the U.S. housing market, and the limitations on our ability to change our guaranty fees and pricing described in

“Business—Legislation and Regulation—Guaranty Fees and Pricing.” In addition, we believe that Treasury’s ownership

of our senior preferred stock and Treasury’s potential additional substantial equity ownership in our company, along with

restrictions imposed on our business and future dividends and fees we will be required to pay to Treasury under the

current terms of the senior preferred stock purchase agreement and senior preferred stock, reduces our attractiveness

to prospective equity investors.

If we exit conservatorship, specified regulatory exemptions that currently apply to us or our securities would no longer

apply, such as the rule implementing the Dodd-Frank Act’s credit risk retention requirement and the Federal Reserve

Board’s single-counterparty credit limits rule. The expiration of these exemptions could result in significant changes to

our business and materially adversely affect our financial results and condition.

In recent months, the Administration has made public comments suggesting it is considering various options for the

future of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The Administration and Congress may consider housing finance reforms or

legislation that could result in significant changes in our structure, our financial condition, the amount of capital we hold,

and our role in the market, including proposals that would result in Fannie Mae’s liquidation or dissolution, or its merger

or consolidation under common ownership with Freddie Mac. In addition, Congress may consider legislation, federal

agencies such as FHFA may consider regulations or administrative actions, or the Administration may issue executive

orders that directly or indirectly increase the competition we face, reduce our market share, further restrict our ability to

change our loan pricing, further expand our obligations to provide funds to Treasury, further constrain our business

operations, or subject us to other obligations or restrictions that may adversely affect our business. We cannot predict

the likelihood, timing or nature of housing finance reform legislation or other legislation, regulations or administrative

actions that will impact our activities or relating to our future, nor can we predict the extent of such impact.

We are significantly undercapitalized and may be unable to fully satisfy our regulatory capital requirements.

As of December 31, 2025, we had a $22 billion deficit in available capital for purposes of our risk-based adjusted total

capital requirement, and a $215 billion shortfall to our risk-based adjusted total capital requirement including buffers. We

may be unable to fully satisfy our capital requirements under the enterprise regulatory capital framework, as dividends

on the senior preferred stock may resume before we reach full capitalization. Our efforts to build capital to meet our

requirements can be significantly affected by the amount, type and pricing of our new loan acquisitions, which can drive

increases in our required capital that offset or even outpace increases in our available capital. Other factors that can

result in increases in our capital requirements include the size and performance of our guaranty book and retained

mortgage portfolio, the level of our participation in credit risk transfer transactions, and economic conditions. For more

information on the enterprise regulatory capital framework and our capital metrics as of December 31, 2025, see

“Business—Legislation and Regulation—Capital Requirements” and “MD&A—Liquidity and Capital Management—

Capital Management—Capital Requirements.”

FHFA, as our conservator, controls our business activities. We may be required by FHFA to take actions that

are difficult to implement, reduce our profitability, create additional challenges in meeting regulatory capital

requirements, or expose us to additional risk.

In conservatorship, our business is not managed with a strategy to maximize stockholder value. Our directors owe their

fiduciary duties of care and loyalty solely to the conservator. Thus, while we are in conservatorship, the Board has no

fiduciary duties to the company or its stockholders. Our directors are also elected by the conservator, not by our

stockholders. The Supreme Court has interpreted FHFA’s authority as conservator expansively, noting that “when the

FHFA acts as a conservator, it may aim to rehabilitate the regulated entity in a way that, while not in the best interests of

the regulated entity, is beneficial to the Agency and, by extension, the public it serves.” As conservator, FHFA can direct

us to enter into contracts or enter into contracts on our behalf, and generally has the power to transfer or sell any of our

assets or liabilities. Since March 17, 2025, the FHFA Director has served as the Chair of our Board, and FHFA’s General

Counsel has also served as a member of our Board. The Board of Directors has delegated to the Chair of the Board the

authority to approve or take any action on behalf of the Board or any Board Committee or Board Committee Chair, other

than the Audit Committee or Audit Committee Chair. Following this delegation, the Chair of the Board has approved

certain Board and Board Committee actions on behalf of the Board and certain of its Committees, including a number of

Board and executive officer appointments and compensation decisions, and may continue to do so in the future.

Our strategic direction is subject to FHFA review and approval. FHFA has also required us to meet specified annual

corporate performance objectives referred to as the conservatorship scorecard. We face a variety of different, and

sometimes competing, business objectives and FHFA-mandated activities. FHFA has and may require us to undertake

activities that are costly or difficult to implement and that increase our operational risk. FHFA also has required us to

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 25

Risk Factors | GSE and Conservatorship Risk

make changes to our business that have adversely affected our financial results and could require us to make additional

changes at any time. FHFA may require us to undertake some activities that: reduce our profitability or net worth; create

additional challenges in meeting regulatory capital requirements; expose us to additional credit, market, funding,

operational, model, legal, strategic, reputational, and other risks; or provide additional support for the mortgage market

that serves our mission, but adversely affects our financial results. For example, if FHFA directs us to begin acquiring

new or novel loan products, it could result in increased credit risk, operational risk, model risk and market risk, and

adversely affect our financial results.

FHFA can prevent us from engaging in business activities or transactions that we believe would benefit our business

and financial results, and from time to time has done so. For example, FHFA can both prevent us from making, and

direct us to make, changes to our guaranty fee pricing, and has currently set minimum return thresholds for our loan

acquisitions, as described in “Business—Legislation and Regulation—Guaranty Fees and Pricing.” These factors

constrain our ability to address changing market conditions, pursue certain strategic objectives, manage the mix of

loans we acquire, and compete with Freddie Mac and other market competitors for the acquisition of loans.

With FHFA’s broad powers as conservator, changes in leadership at FHFA have resulted in significant changes to the

goals, directions and regulations that FHFA establishes for us, and could result in significant additional changes to these

goals, directions and regulations. These changes could have a material impact on our financial results and condition.

The President has the power to remove the FHFA Director.

Our business activities are significantly affected by the senior preferred stock purchase agreement.

Even if we are released from conservatorship, we would remain subject to the terms of the senior preferred stock

purchase agreement with Treasury, under which we issued the senior preferred stock and warrant, unless those terms

are waived or amended. The senior preferred stock purchase agreement can only be waived or amended with the

consent of Treasury. The agreement includes a number of covenants that significantly restrict our business activities.

We believe these restrictions under the senior preferred stock purchase agreement adversely affect our ability to attract

capital from the private sector. For more information about the covenants in the senior preferred stock purchase

agreement, see “Business—Conservatorship and Treasury Agreements—Treasury Agreements—Covenants.”

Our regulator is authorized or required to place us into receivership under specified conditions, which would

result in our liquidation. Amounts recovered by our receiver may not be sufficient to pay claims outstanding

against us, repay the liquidation preference of our preferred stock or to provide any proceeds to common

stockholders.

The FHFA Director is required to place us into receivership if he makes a written determination that our assets are less

than our obligations or if we have not been paying our debts as they become due, in either case, for a period of 60 days

after the SEC filing deadline for any of our Form 10-Ks or Form 10-Qs. Although Treasury committed to providing us

funds in accordance with the terms of the senior preferred stock purchase agreement, if we need funding from Treasury

to avoid triggering FHFA’s obligation to place us into receivership, Treasury may not be able to provide sufficient funds

to us within the required 60 days if it has exhausted its borrowing authority, if there is a government shutdown, or if the

funding we need exceeds the amount available to us under the agreement. In addition, with the prior written consent of

Treasury, we could be put into receivership at the discretion of the FHFA Director at any time for the reasons set forth in

the GSE Act, including if our board of directors or stockholders consent to the appointment of a receiver or, if under the

definitions in the GSE Act, we are undercapitalized with no reasonable prospect of becoming adequately capitalized or

we are critically undercapitalized. Under the GSE Act, FHFA succeeded to all of the rights, titles, powers and privileges

of our board of directors and stockholders.

A receivership would terminate our conservatorship. In addition to the powers FHFA has as our conservator, the

appointment of FHFA as our receiver would terminate all rights and claims that our stockholders and creditors may have

against our assets or under our charter arising from their status as stockholders or creditors, except for their right to

payment, resolution or other satisfaction of their claims as permitted under the GSE Act. If we are placed into

receivership and do not or cannot fulfill our MBS guaranty obligations, there may be significant delays of any payments

to our MBS holders, and the MBS holders could become unsecured creditors of ours with respect to claims made under

our guaranty to the extent the mortgage collateral underlying the Fannie Mae MBS is insufficient to satisfy the claims of

the MBS holders.

In the event of a liquidation of our assets by FHFA as receiver, only after payment of secured claims, administrative

expenses of the receiver and the immediately preceding conservator, other obligations of the company (other than

obligations to stockholders), and the liquidation preference of the senior preferred stock, would any liquidation proceeds

be available to repay the liquidation preference on any other series of preferred stock. Finally, only after the liquidation

preference on all series of preferred stock is repaid would any liquidation proceeds be available for distribution to the

holders of our common stock. In the event of such a liquidation, we can make no assurances that there would be

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 26

Risk Factors | GSE and Conservatorship Risk

sufficient proceeds to make any distribution to holders of our preferred stock or common stock, other than to the holder

of our senior preferred stock. As described in “Business—Conservatorship and Treasury Agreements—Treasury

Agreements—Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement and Senior Preferred Stock,” under the current terms of the

senior preferred stock, until the capital reserve end date, the liquidation preference of the senior preferred stock

increases each quarter by the amount of the increase in our net worth, if any, during the immediately prior fiscal quarter.

The aggregate liquidation preference of the senior preferred stock was $227.0 billion as of December 31, 2025, and we

expect it will continue to increase as we increase our net worth.

Our business and results of operations may be materially adversely affected if we are unable to retain and

recruit well-qualified executives and other employees. The conservatorship, the uncertainty of our future, and

compensation limits put us at a disadvantage in competing for talent.

Our business is highly dependent on the talents and efforts of our executives and other employees. The

conservatorship, the uncertainty of our future, and limitations on executive compensation have had, and are likely to

continue to have, an adverse effect on our ability to retain and recruit talent. Departures in key management positions

and challenges in finding replacements could materially harm our ability to manage our business effectively, to

successfully implement strategic initiatives, and ultimately could adversely affect our financial performance.

Actions taken by Congress, FHFA and Treasury to date, or that may be taken by them or other government agencies in

the future, have had and are expected to continue to have an adverse effect on our retention and recruitment of

executives. We are subject to significant restrictions on the amount and type of compensation we may pay as a result of

the senior preferred stock purchase agreement and conservatorship, as described in more detail in “Executive

Compensation—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Restrictions on Executive Compensation.” For example,

during conservatorship direct annual compensation for our chief executive officer (“CEO”) role is limited to base salary

at an annual rate of $600,000 and our senior executives are prohibited from receiving bonuses. The cap on our CEO

compensation continues to make retention and succession planning for this position difficult, and it may make it difficult

to attract qualified candidates for this critical role in the future.

In addition to restrictions on our compensation, our ability to retain and recruit executives and other employees has

been and may continue to be adversely affected by the uncertainty of potential action by the Administration or Congress

with respect to our business, as described in the risk factors above.

We face competition from the financial services and technology industries, and from businesses outside of these

industries, for qualified executives and other employees. If future competition for executive and employee talent is

strong and if we are unable to attract, promote and retain executives and other employees with the necessary skills and

talent, we would face increased risks for operational failures. In the future, if there are several high-level departures at

approximately the same time, our ability to conduct our business could be materially adversely affected, which could

have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Our higher capital requirements relative to our primary competitor could materially negatively affect our

business.

We have higher capital requirements than our primary competitor, Freddie Mac, driven primarily by our larger share of

U.S. residential mortgage debt outstanding. These higher capital requirements relative to Freddie Mac could materially

negatively affect our ability to compete with Freddie Mac for the acquisition of mortgage loans, our market share, and

the profitability and credit characteristics of the loans we acquire.

Pursuing our housing mission requirements may materially adversely affect our business, results of operations

and financial condition.

We are required by the GSE Act and FHFA regulation to support the housing market in ways that could materially

adversely affect our financial results and condition. For example, we are subject to housing goals that require a portion

of the mortgage loans we acquire to meet specified standards relating to affordability or location. We also have a duty to

serve very low-, low-, and moderate-income families in three specified underserved markets: manufactured housing,

affordable housing preservation and rural housing.

We are taking actions to support the housing market that could materially adversely affect our profitability and our ability

to meet our targeted return requirements established by FHFA. For example, we are acquiring loans to meet our

housing mission requirements that generally offer lower expected returns than the returns earned on non-mission-

related loans, which negatively affects our ability to meet our targeted return requirements established by FHFA. In

addition, some of the loans we are acquiring to meet our housing mission requirements pose a higher credit risk than

the other loans we purchase, which could materially increase our provision for credit losses and our write-offs.

If we do not meet our housing goals or Duty-to-Serve requirements, and FHFA finds that the goals or requirements were

feasible, FHFA may require us to submit a housing plan describing the actions we will take to improve our performance.

The actions we take under the housing plan could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 27

Risk Factors | GSE and Conservatorship Risk

financial condition. The potential penalties for failure to comply with housing plan requirements relating to our housing

goals include a cease-and-desist order and civil money penalties. See “Business—Legislation and Regulation” for more

information on our housing goals and Duty to Serve underserved markets.

The conservatorship and agreements with Treasury adversely affect our common and preferred stockholders.

The material adverse effects on our stockholders of the conservatorship and under the current terms of our agreements

with Treasury include the following:

No voting rights during conservatorship. During conservatorship, our common stockholders do not have the ability to

elect directors or to vote on other matters unless the conservator delegates this authority to them.

No dividends on common or preferred stock, other than senior preferred stock. Our conservator announced in

September 2008 that we would not pay any dividends on the common stock or on any series of preferred stock, other

than the senior preferred stock, while we are in conservatorship. In addition, under the current terms of the senior

preferred stock purchase agreement, dividends may not be paid to common or preferred stockholders (other than on the

senior preferred stock) without the prior written consent of Treasury, regardless of whether we are in conservatorship.

Our profits directly increase the liquidation preference of the senior preferred stock and we will be required to pay

dividends on the senior preferred stock in the future. The senior preferred stock ranks senior to our common stock and

all other series of our preferred stock, as well as any capital stock we issue in the future, as to both dividends and

distributions upon liquidation. Accordingly, if we are liquidated, the senior preferred stock is entitled to its then-current

liquidation preference, before any distribution is made to the holders of our common stock or other preferred stock.

Under the current terms of the senior preferred stock, until the capital reserve end date, the liquidation preference of the

senior preferred stock increases each quarter by the amount of the increase in our net worth, if any, during the

immediately prior fiscal quarter. We expect the aggregate liquidation preference of the senior preferred stock will

continue to increase as we increase our net worth. In addition, the current terms of the senior preferred stock provide

that, following the capital reserve end date, we will be required to pay dividends on the senior preferred stock of the

lesser of (1) a 10% annual rate on the then-current liquidation preference of the senior preferred stock and (2) an

amount equal to the incremental increase in our net worth during the immediately prior fiscal quarter. The current terms

of the senior preferred stock also provide that dividends will resume when our net worth exceeds the amount of adjusted

total capital necessary for us to meet the capital requirements and buffers set forth in the enterprise regulatory capital

framework, which we expect will occur before the capital reserve end date because our net worth is calculated

differently than, and is higher than, our available capital under the enterprise regulatory capital framework. As of

December 31, 2025, the amount of adjusted total capital necessary for us to meet the capital requirements and buffers

set forth in the enterprise regulatory capital framework was $193 billion, our net worth was $109.0 billion and we had an

available capital deficit of $22 billion. See “Business—Conservatorship and Treasury Agreements—Treasury

Agreements—Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement and Senior Preferred Stock” for more information on the

dividend provisions and aggregate liquidation preference of the senior preferred stock.

Exercise of the Treasury warrant would substantially dilute the investment of current common stockholders. If Treasury

exercises its warrant to purchase shares of our common stock equal to 79.9% of the total number of shares of our

common stock outstanding on a fully diluted basis, the ownership interest in the company of our then-existing common

stockholders will be substantially diluted.

We are not managed for the benefit of stockholders. Because we are in conservatorship, we are not managed with a

strategy to maximize stockholder returns.

The senior preferred stock purchase agreement, senior preferred stock and warrant can only be waived or amended

with the consent of Treasury. For additional description of the conservatorship and our agreements with Treasury, see

“Business—Conservatorship and Treasury Agreements.”

The liquidity and market value of our MBS could be materially adversely affected by developments in the

secondary mortgage market or the UMBS market, or by legislative, regulatory or industry developments, which

could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial results and financial condition.

The success of UMBS is largely predicated on the fungibility of UMBS issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. If

investors stop viewing Fannie Mae-issued UMBS and Freddie Mac-issued UMBS as fungible, or if investors prefer

Freddie Mac-issued UMBS over Fannie Mae-issued UMBS, it could adversely affect the liquidity and market value of

Fannie Mae MBS, the volume of our UMBS issuances and our guaranty fee revenues. Our competitiveness in

purchasing single-family loans from our lenders and the volume and profitability of our single-family business activity are

affected by the price performance of UMBS issued by us relative to comparable Freddie Mac-issued UMBS. If our

UMBS were to trade at a material discount relative to comparable Freddie Mac-issued UMBS, or at a minor discount for

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 28

Risk Factors | GSE and Conservatorship Risk

a prolonged period of time, due to prepayment performance, credit profile or other factors, such a difference in relative

pricing may create an incentive for lenders to conduct more of their single-family business with Freddie Mac.

To support the fungibility of Fannie Mae-issued UMBS and Freddie Mac-issued UMBS, FHFA adopted a rule to align

Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac programs, policies and practices that affect the prepayment rates of TBA-eligible

mortgage-backed securities. However, these alignment efforts may not be successful and the prepayment rates on

Fannie Mae-issued UMBS and Freddie Mac-issued UMBS could materially diverge in a manner that is disadvantageous

for us.

It is possible that a liquid market for our UMBS may not be sustained, which could materially adversely affect their price

performance and our single-family market share. A significant reduction in our market share, and thus in the volume of

loans that we securitize, or a reduction in the trading volume of our UMBS, could materially reduce the liquidity of our

UMBS. While we may decide to employ various strategies to support the liquidity and price performance of our UMBS,

any such strategies may fail or may result in our incurring costs that materially adversely affect our business and

financial results. We may cease any such activities at any time, or FHFA could require us to do so, which could

materially adversely affect the liquidity and price performance of our UMBS.

In addition, we have experienced, and may continue to experience, price differences with Freddie Mac on individual new

production pools of TBA-eligible mortgages, particularly with respect to specified pools and our multi-lender securities.

From time to time, we may need to adjust our pricing for a particular new production pool category, introduce new

initiatives, or change our loan acquisition strategy to maintain alignment and competitiveness with Freddie Mac with

respect to the acquisition of such pools. Depending on the amount of pricing adjustments in any period, it is possible

that those adjustments could adversely affect our guaranty fee revenues for that period.

The continued support of FHFA, Treasury, the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association, and certain other

regulatory bodies is critical to the success of UMBS. If any of these entities were to cease its support, the liquidity and

market value of Fannie Mae-issued UMBS could be adversely affected. Furthermore, if either we or Freddie Mac exits

conservatorship, it is unclear whether our and Freddie Mac’s programs, policies and practices in support of UMBS and

resecuritizations of each other’s securities would be sustained.

Our issuance of UMBS and structured securities backed by Freddie Mac-issued securities exposes us to

operational and counterparty credit risk.

When we resecuritize Freddie Mac-issued UMBS or other Freddie Mac securities, our guaranty of principal and interest

extends to the underlying Freddie Mac security. Although we have an indemnification agreement with Freddie Mac, in

the event Freddie Mac were to fail (for credit or operational reasons) to make a payment due on its securities underlying

a Fannie Mae-issued structured security, we would be obligated under our guaranty to fund any shortfall and make the

entire payment on the related Fannie Mae-issued structured security on that payment date. A failure by Freddie Mac to

meet these obligations could have a material adverse effect on our earnings and financial condition, and we could be

dependent on Freddie Mac and on the senior preferred stock purchase agreements that we and Freddie Mac each have

with Treasury to avoid a liquidity event or a default under our guaranty. Our current risk exposure to Freddie Mac-issued

securities is provided in “MD&A—Guaranty Book of Business.” In addition, the market value and liquidity profile of

single-family Fannie Mae MBS could be affected by financial and operational incidents relating to Freddie Mac, even if

those incidents do not directly relate to Fannie Mae or Fannie Mae MBS.

Our reliance on U.S. FinTech and the common securitization platform exposes us to significant third-party risk.

We rely on U.S. FinTech and its common securitization platform for the operation of a majority of our single-family

securitization activities. Although we jointly own U.S. FinTech with Freddie Mac, there are limitations on our ability to

control the company.

The U.S. FinTech Board of Managers currently has seven members—the U.S. FinTech CEO, one member appointed by

Fannie Mae, two members appointed by Freddie Mac, and three members appointed by FHFA, which includes the

Board Chair. Fannie Mae and FHFA each has the right to appoint one additional board member. If FHFA appoints an

additional board member, the four U.S. FinTech board members that we and Freddie Mac have the right to appoint

could be outvoted by the other five board members on any matter during conservatorship and on a number of significant

matters after conservatorship.

Board actions must be approved by a majority vote and the board may not take any actions absent the Chair’s consent.

Once either Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac has exited conservatorship and is not in receivership, the Board Chair and any

board members appointed by FHFA may be removed by a unanimous vote of the Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac

members and the U.S. FinTech CEO. Although the limited liability company agreement would require our approval for

certain “material decisions” if either we or Freddie Mac have exited conservatorship, the U.S. FinTech Board of

Managers may approve a number of actions even after conservatorship over the objection of the board members we

appoint, including: approval of the annual budget and strategic plan for U.S. FinTech (so long as it does not involve a

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 29

Risk Factors | GSE and Conservatorship Risk

material business change); withdrawal of capital by a member; and requiring capital contributions necessary to support

U.S. FinTech’s ordinary business operations. It is possible that FHFA may require us to make additional changes to the

U.S. FinTech limited liability company agreement, or may otherwise impose restrictions or provisions relating to U.S.

FinTech or UMBS, that may adversely affect us.

We do not currently pay service fees to U.S. FinTech under our customer services agreement; its operations are funded

entirely through capital contributions from Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac pursuant to the limited liability company

agreement. During conservatorship, FHFA can direct us to enter into an amendment of the customer services

agreement, or enter such an amendment on our behalf, that could provide for a fee structure that would survive an exit

from conservatorship absent a further amendment to the customer services agreement, which a majority of the board

would have to approve. Although implementation of any fee changes could require a further amendment to the customer

services agreement, we might not have significant leverage to negotiate that amendment and the associated fee

changes given our dependence on U.S. FinTech.

Our securitization activities are complex and present significant operational and technological challenges and risks. Any

measures we take to mitigate these challenges and risks might not be sufficient to prevent a disruption to our

securitization activities. Our business activities could be adversely affected and the market for single-family Fannie Mae

MBS could be disrupted if the common securitization platform were to fail or otherwise become unavailable to us or if

U.S. FinTech were unable to perform its obligations to us. Any such failure or unavailability could have a significant

adverse impact on our business and could adversely affect the liquidity or market value of our single-family MBS. In

addition, a failure by U.S. FinTech to maintain effective controls and procedures could result in material errors in our

reported results or in disclosures that are materially incomplete or materially inaccurate.

We are limited in our ability to diversify our business.

As a federally chartered corporation, we are subject to the limitations imposed by the Charter Act, extensive regulation,

supervision and examination by FHFA, and regulation by other federal agencies, including Treasury, HUD and the SEC.

The Charter Act defines our permissible business activities. For example, we may not originate mortgage loans or

purchase single-family loans in excess of the conforming loan limits, and our business is limited to the U.S. housing

finance sector. FHFA, as our regulator, may impose and has imposed additional limitations on our business. For

example, the GSE Act requires us to obtain prior approval from FHFA for new products and to provide advance notice to

FHFA of new activities. As described in “Business—Legislation and Regulation—Guaranty Fees and Pricing,” we are

also subject to a number of limitations on the guaranty fees we are permitted to charge, which is our primary source of

revenue. As a result of the limitations on our ability to diversify our operations, our financial condition and results of

operations depend almost entirely on conditions in a single sector of the U.S. economy, specifically, the U.S. housing

market. Weak or unstable conditions in the U.S. housing market can therefore have a significant adverse effect on our

business that we cannot mitigate through diversification. For a discussion of current U.S. housing market conditions,

see “MD&A—Key Market Economic Indicators.”

An active trading market in our equity securities may cease to exist, which would adversely affect the market

price and liquidity of our common and preferred stock.

Our common stock and preferred stock are now traded exclusively in the over-the-counter market, and are not currently

listed on any securities exchanges. We cannot predict the actions of market makers, investors or other market

participants, and can offer no assurances that the market for our securities will be stable. If there is no active trading

market in our equity securities, the market price and liquidity of the securities will be adversely affected. In addition, the

market price of our common stock and preferred stock has been and may continue to be subject to significant volatility,

which may be due to other factors described in these “Risk Factors,” as well as speculation regarding our future,

economic and political conditions generally, liquidity in the over-the-counter market in which our stock trades, and other

factors, many of which are beyond our control. Such factors could cause the market price of our common stock and

preferred stock to decline significantly from their current levels, which may result in significant losses to holders of our

common stock and preferred stock.

Credit Risk

We may incur significant future provisions for credit losses and write-offs on the loans in our book of business,

which could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We are exposed to a significant amount of mortgage credit risk on our $4.1 trillion guaranty book of business. Borrowers

may fail to make required payments on mortgage loans we own or guaranty. This exposes us to the risk of credit losses.

We have experienced significant provisions for credit losses that have materially adversely affected our financial results

in certain prior periods, and this could occur again in a future period.

In general, significant home price or multifamily property value declines or increased loan delinquencies could materially

increase our provision for credit losses and our write-offs. Loan delinquencies, among other factors, are influenced by

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 30

Risk Factors | Credit Risk

income growth rates and unemployment levels, which affect borrowers’ ability to make their mortgage payments.

Changes in home prices or multifamily property values affect the amount of equity that borrowers have in their

properties. As home prices and multifamily property values increase, the severity of losses we incur on defaulted loans

that we hold or guarantee decreases because the amount we can recover from the properties securing the loans

increases. Conversely, declines in home prices and multifamily property values increase the losses we incur on

defaulted loans. If home prices or multifamily property values decline rapidly and a large number of borrowers default on

their loans, we could experience significant credit losses on our book of business, which could materially adversely

affect our results of operations and financial condition.

The credit performance of the loans in our guaranty book of business may decline compared to recent performance,

particularly if we experience national or regional declines in home prices, weakening economic conditions or higher

unemployment, resulting in materially higher provisions for credit losses and write-offs. In addition, borrowers affected

by a government shutdown or by a requirement to resume making their student loan payments may find it difficult to

make payments on their mortgage loans.

We have loans in our single-family guaranty book of business that are typically associated with higher levels of credit

risk, such as loans with high LTV ratios, high debt-to-income (“DTI”) ratios and lower FICO credit scores. Similarly, we

have loans in our multifamily guaranty book of business that may present higher credit risk, such as loans with high LTV

ratios and lower debt service coverage ratios (“DSCRs”). We present detailed information about the risk characteristics

of our single-family conventional guaranty book of business in “MD&A—Single-Family Business” and our multifamily

guaranty book of business in “MD&A—Multifamily Business.” At any time, the risk characteristics of the loans we

acquire may change due to new or revised guidance from FHFA or due to other federal government policy changes

established through legislation, rulemaking or other actions.

Changes in interest rates can also affect our credit losses, as we describe in a risk factor below in “Market and Industry

Risk.”

The credit enhancements we use provide only limited protection against potential future credit losses. These

transactions also increase our expenses.

While we use certain credit enhancements to mitigate some of our potential future credit losses, we may not be able to

obtain as much protection from our credit enhancements as we would like for a number of reasons, including:

• Some of the credit enhancements we use, such as mortgage insurance, Credit Insurance Risk TransferTM

(“CIRTTM”) transactions and DUS lender loss-sharing arrangements, are subject to the risk that the

counterparties may not meet their obligations to us, which we discuss in a risk factor below.

• Our Connecticut Avenue Securities® (“CAS”) and CIRT credit risk transfer transactions have limited terms, after

which they provide limited or no further credit protection on the covered loans.

• Our credit risk transfer transactions are not designed to shield us from all losses because we retain a portion of

the risk of future losses on loans covered by these transactions, including all or a portion of the first loss

position in most transactions.

• In the event of a sufficiently severe economic downturn or other adverse market conditions, we may not be able

to enter into new back-end credit risk transfer transactions for our recent acquisitions on economically

advantageous terms.

• Mortgage insurance does not protect us from all losses on covered loans. For example, mortgage insurance

does not cover property damage that is not already covered by the hazard or flood insurance we require, and

such damage may result in a reduction to, or a denial of, mortgage insurance benefits.

In addition, the costs associated with credit risk transfer transactions are significant and may increase. For a discussion

of how we use credit risk transfer transactions to reduce our credit risk and manage our capital requirements, see

“MD&A—Single-Family Business—Single-Family Mortgage Credit Risk Management—Single-Family Credit

Enhancement and Transfer of Mortgage Credit Risk” and “MD&A—Multifamily Business—Multifamily Mortgage Credit

Risk Management—Multifamily Transfer of Mortgage Credit Risk.”

We may suffer material losses if borrowers suffer property damage as a result of hazards for which the

borrowers have no or insufficient insurance.

We require borrowers to obtain and maintain property insurance to cover the risk of damage to their homes or

properties resulting from hazards such as fire, hail, wind and, for properties in a Federal Emergency Management

Agency (“FEMA”)-designated Special Flood Hazard Area, flooding. However, insurance would not cover property

damage from hazards for which we do not generally require insurance, such as earthquake damage or flood damage on

a property located outside a Special Flood Hazard Area. There may be instances in which borrowers’ claims under

insurance policies are not paid, borrowers’ insurance is insufficient to cover their losses, borrowers fail to use insurance

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 31

Risk Factors | Credit Risk

proceeds to make improvements to the property commensurate with the value of the damaged improvements, or

borrowers fail to maintain insurance and suffer property damage. Additionally, hazard insurers may experience

significant financial strain and be unable to make payments on related claims during a period in which significant

numbers of mortgaged properties are damaged by natural or other disasters. Since we generally permit borrowers to

select and obtain required hazard insurance policies, our requirements for hazard insurance coverage are verified by

the lender or servicer, as applicable. For single-family loans, we require a minimum financial strength rating for

nongovernmental hazard insurers that must be provided by S&P Global, Demotech, AM Best or KBRA, while for

multifamily loans the rating must be provided by AM Best. We do not independently verify the financial condition of

these hazard insurers and rely on these rating agencies for their assessment of the financial condition of these insurers.

To the extent that borrowers suffer property damage as a result of a hazard that is uninsured or underinsured, or the

hazard insurer does not pay their claim, the borrowers may not pay their mortgage loans. If borrowers fail to make

required payments on mortgage loans we own or guarantee, we could experience significant provisions for credit losses

and write-offs on the loans in our book of business.

We estimate that, as of December 31, 2025, only a small portion of loans in our guaranty book of business were located

in a Special Flood Hazard Area, for which we require flood insurance: 3.2% of loans in our single-family guaranty book

of business and 7.3% of loans in our multifamily guaranty book of business. We believe that only a small portion of

borrowers outside of these areas obtain flood insurance. The risk of significant flooding in places outside a Special

Flood Hazard Area is expected to increase due to a number of factors. Furthermore, FEMA flood maps may not

accurately reflect the extent of flood risks in certain areas, and do not indicate how the risk will change in the future.

Single-family borrowers who obtain flood insurance generally rely on the National Flood Insurance Program (“NFIP”),

which requires periodic congressional reauthorization. If Congress fails to extend or re-authorize the program, FEMA

may not have sufficient funds to pay claims for flood damage, and borrowers may not be able to renew their flood

insurance coverage or obtain new policies through the NFIP. In addition, NFIP insurance does not cover temporary

living expenses, and the maximum limit of coverage available under NFIP for a single-family residential property is

$250,000, which may not be sufficient to cover all losses.

Increases in the intensity or frequency of floods or other weather-related disasters may amplify many of these risks. In

some areas, some insurers have ceased writing new coverage or have significantly increased insurance premiums for

certain perils or conditions. As coverage becomes unavailable or prohibitively expensive in an area, home prices or

multifamily property values may experience considerable negative impacts, and borrowers may face greater financial

strain. Ultimately, the desirability of areas that frequently experience hurricanes, wildfires, or other natural disasters or

face chronic weather-related risks such as persistent drought or excessive heat, may diminish over time. This could

adversely affect those regions’ economies, home prices and multifamily property values, which may negatively impact

our financial results or condition. In addition, investors may place greater weight on climate-related risks when making

investment decisions, which could increase our cost or ability to transfer credit risk.

Efforts to address these risks could also affect our business. Changing policies, such as introducing new building codes,

carbon taxes, and energy efficiency requirements, coupled with changing market preferences could increase housing

and compliance costs, impacting borrowers’ ability to pay their mortgage loans.

The occurrence of major natural or other disasters in the United States or its territories could materially

increase our provision for credit losses and our write-offs.

We conduct our business in the single-family and multifamily residential mortgage markets and own or guarantee the

performance of mortgage loans throughout the United States and its territories. The occurrence of a major disruptive

event, such as a major natural or environmental disaster, terrorist attack, cyber attack, pandemic, or similar event, in the

United States or its territories could negatively impact our provision for credit losses and our write-offs on loans in the

affected geographic area or, depending on the magnitude, scope and nature of the event, nationally, in a number of

ways.

A major disruptive event that either damages or destroys single-family or multifamily real estate securing mortgage

loans in our book of business or negatively impacts the ability of borrowers to make principal and interest payments on

mortgage loans in our book of business could increase our delinquency rates, default rates and average loan loss

severity of our book of business in the affected region or regions. The amount of losses we incur following a major

disruptive event is affected by the availability of federal, state, or local assistance to borrowers affected by the event. If

such assistance is unavailable or severely limited following a major disruptive event, it could impact borrowers’ ability to

repay their mortgage loans and adversely affect our business and financial results.

Further, a major disruptive event or a long-lasting increase in the vulnerability of an area to disasters may significantly

discourage housing activity, including homebuilding or home buying and affect borrowers’ ability or willingness to make

payments on their mortgages. It could also deteriorate housing conditions or the general economy in the affected

region, lowering mortgage originations, negatively affecting home prices and multifamily property values, negatively

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 32

Risk Factors | Credit Risk

impacting the availability, quality and affordability of insurance, and increasing delinquency and default rates. Any of

these outcomes could generate significant provisions for credit losses and write-offs.

Recent years have seen frequent and severe natural disasters in the U.S., including wildfires, hurricanes and severe

flooding. Population growth and an increase in people living in high-risk areas, such as coastal areas vulnerable to

severe storms and flooding, have also increased the impact of these events. Although our financial exposure from these

events is mitigated to the extent our book of business is geographically diverse, we remain exposed to risk, particularly

in connection with the risk of geographically widespread weather events and changes in weather patterns, as well as

geographic areas where our book of business is more heavily concentrated. For a description of the geographic

concentration of our single-family guaranty book of business, see “MD&A—Single-Family Business—Single-Family

Mortgage Credit Risk Management—Single-Family Guaranty Book Diversification and Monitoring,” and for our

multifamily guaranty book of business, see “MD&A—Multifamily Business—Multifamily Mortgage Credit Risk

Management—Multifamily Guaranty Book Diversification and Monitoring.” While many weather‑related perils are

expected to increase in frequency or severity, impacts of such changes remain uncertain. As a result, any continuation

or increase in recent weather trends or their unpredictability, or any single natural disaster of significant scope or

intensity, could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

Additionally, we do not differentiate our single-family guaranty fee pricing based on geographic area; therefore, we do

not charge higher upfront guaranty fees on single-family loans in geographic areas that may be more susceptible to

natural disaster-related or other major disruptive events. Charging differentiated single-family upfront guaranty fees on

loans in certain geographic areas would require the approval of FHFA as conservator. For a discussion on natural

disaster risk management, see “MD&A—Risk Management—Natural Disaster Risk Management.”

One or more of our institutional counterparties may fail to fulfill their contractual obligations to us, resulting in

financial losses, business disruption and decreased ability to manage risk.

We rely on our institutional counterparties to provide services and credit enhancements that are critical to our business.

We face the risk that one or more of our institutional counterparties may fail to fulfill their contractual obligations to us. If

an institutional counterparty defaults on its obligations to us, it could also negatively impact our ability to operate our

business, as we outsource some of our critical functions to third parties, such as mortgage servicing, single-family

Fannie Mae MBS issuance and administration, and certain technology functions.

Our primary exposures to institutional counterparties are with:

• credit guarantors that provide credit enhancements on the mortgage assets in our guaranty book of business,

including mortgage insurers, reinsurers, and multifamily lenders with risk-sharing arrangements;

• mortgage lenders that sell loans to us and mortgage lenders and other counterparties that service our loans;

and

• the institutions that issue the investments held in our corporate liquidity portfolio.

We also have direct counterparty exposure to: derivatives counterparties; central counterparty clearing institutions;

custodial depository institutions; mortgage originators, investors and dealers; debt security dealers; and document

custodians. We also have counterparty credit risk exposure to Freddie Mac arising from our resecuritization of Freddie

Mac-issued securities, and to the MERS® System.

The concentration of our counterparties in similar or related businesses heightens our counterparty risk exposure. We

routinely enter into a high volume of transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including brokers

and dealers, mortgage lenders and commercial banks, and mortgage insurers, resulting in a significant credit

concentration with respect to this industry. We may also have multiple exposures to particular counterparties, as many

of our counterparties perform several types of services for us. For example, our lenders or their affiliates may also act

as derivatives counterparties, mortgage servicers, custodial depository institutions or document custodians. Accordingly,

if one of these counterparties were to become insolvent or otherwise default on its obligations to us, it could harm our

business and financial results in a variety of ways.

An institutional counterparty may default on its obligations to us for a number of reasons, such as changes in financial

condition that affect its credit rating, changes in its servicer rating, a reduction in liquidity, operational failures, a

cybersecurity incident, or insolvency. In the event of a bankruptcy or receivership of one of our counterparties, we may

be required to establish evidence of our ownership rights to the assets these counterparties hold on our behalf to the

satisfaction of the bankruptcy court or receiver, which could result in a delay in accessing these assets causing a

decline in their value. Counterparty defaults or limitations on their ability to do business with us could result in significant

financial losses or hamper our ability to do business or manage the risks to our business. In addition, if we are unable to

replace a defaulting counterparty that performs services critical to our business, it could adversely affect our ability to

conduct our operations and manage risk.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 33

Risk Factors | Credit Risk

We have significant exposure to institutions in the financial services industry relating to derivatives, funding, short-term

lending, securities, and other transactions. We depend on our ability to enter into derivatives transactions with our

derivatives counterparties in order to manage the duration and prepayment risk of our retained mortgage portfolio. If we

lose access to our derivatives counterparties, it could adversely affect our ability to manage these risks.

We use clearinghouses to facilitate many of our derivative trades. If the clearinghouse or the clearing member we use to

access the clearinghouse defaults, we could lose margin that we have posted with the clearing member or

clearinghouse. We are also a clearing member of two divisions of Fixed Income Clearing Corporation (“FICC”), a central

counterparty (“CCP”). One FICC division clears our trades involving securities purchased under agreements to resell,

securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and other non-mortgage related securities. The other division clears

our forward purchase and sale commitments of mortgage-related securities, including dollar roll transactions. As a

clearing member of FICC, we are exposed to the risk of losses if the CCP or one or more of the CCP’s clearing

members fails to perform its obligations, because each FICC clearing member is required to absorb a portion of the

losses incurred by other clearing members if they fail to meet their obligations to the clearinghouse. We could also incur

losses associated with replacing transactions cleared through FICC in the event of a default by, or the financial or

operational failure of, FICC. For more information, see “MD&A—Risk Management—Institutional Counterparty Credit

Risk Management—Other Counterparties—Central Counterparty Clearing Institutions.”

We also have indirect counterparty exposure to many different types of entities that provide services and credit

enhancements to our direct counterparties, such as hazard insurers.

Our financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected if mortgage servicers fail

to perform their obligations to us.

We generally delegate the servicing of the mortgage loans in our guaranty book of business to mortgage servicers.

Functions performed by mortgage servicers on our behalf include collecting from borrowers and delivering to Fannie

Mae principal and interest payments, administering escrow accounts, monitoring and reporting delinquencies,

performing default prevention and loss mitigation activities, and other functions. A servicer’s inability or other failure to

perform these functions or to follow our requirements could negatively impact our ability to, among other things: manage

our book of business; collect amounts due to us; actively manage troubled loans; and implement our homeownership

assistance, foreclosure prevention and other loss mitigation efforts.

A decline in a servicer’s performance, such as delayed or missed opportunities for loan workouts, foreclosure

alternatives or foreclosures, could significantly affect our ability to mitigate credit losses and could materially adversely

affect the overall credit performance of the loans in our guaranty book of business. Servicers may experience financial

and other difficulties due to the advances they are required to make on our behalf on delinquent mortgages, including

mortgages subject to forbearance plans. We could be materially adversely affected if our servicers lack appropriate

controls, experience a failure in their controls, or experience a disruption in their ability to service loans, including as a

result of legal or regulatory actions, ratings downgrades, liquidity constraints, operational failures or cybersecurity

incidents. We have experienced losses as a result of servicers’ failure to perform their obligations.

As of December 31, 2025, over half of our single-family guaranty book and over half of our multifamily guaranty book

were serviced by non-depository servicers. The generally lower financial strength and liquidity of non-depository

mortgage servicers compared with depository mortgage servicers may negatively affect their ability to fully satisfy their

financial obligations or to properly service the loans on our behalf. Non-depository servicers also are generally not

subject to the same level of regulatory oversight as our mortgage servicer counterparties that are depository institutions.

Replacing a mortgage servicer can result in potentially significant increases in our costs, as well as increased

operational risks. If a mortgage servicer fails, it could result in a temporary disruption in servicing and loss mitigation

activities relating to the loans serviced by that mortgage servicer, particularly if there is a loss of experienced servicing

personnel. We may also face challenges in transferring a large servicing portfolio. Although we have contingency plans

in the event of a failure of one or more of our mortgage servicers, there can be no assurance that we will be able to

successfully execute against those plans in times of severe economic stress in the mortgage servicing industry.

The actions we have taken to mitigate our risk exposure to mortgage servicers may not be sufficient to prevent us from

experiencing significant financial losses or business interruptions in the event they cannot fulfill their obligations to us.

We may incur losses as a result of claims under our mortgage insurance policies not being paid in full or at all.

We rely heavily on mortgage insurers to provide insurance against borrower defaults on single-family conventional

mortgage loans with LTV ratios over 80% at the time of acquisition. Although our primary mortgage insurer

counterparties currently approved to write new business must meet risk-based asset requirements, there is still a risk

that these mortgage insurers may fail to fulfill their obligations to pay our claims under mortgage insurance policies. If a

currently approved mortgage insurer fails to meet its obligations to pay our claims, our credit losses could increase. In

addition, if a regulator determines that a currently approved mortgage insurer lacks sufficient capital to pay all claims

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 34

Risk Factors | Credit Risk

when due, the regulator could take action that might affect the timing and amount of claim payments made to us by our

currently approved mortgage insurer counterparties. We face similar risks with respect to our credit insurance risk

transfer counterparties.

With respect to our currently approved primary mortgage insurers, we do not differentiate pricing based on the mortgage

insurer’s strength or operational performance. Additionally, we would not suspend or terminate a primary mortgage

insurer’s status as an eligible insurer unless there were a material violation of our private mortgage insurer eligibility

requirements. Further, we generally do not select the provider of primary mortgage insurance on a specific loan,

because the selection is usually made by the lender at the time the loan is originated. Accordingly, we have limited

ability to manage our concentration risk with respect to primary mortgage insurers.

On at least a quarterly basis, we assess our mortgage insurer counterparties’ respective abilities to fulfill their

obligations to us, and our loss reserves take into account this assessment. If our assessment indicates their ability to

pay claims has deteriorated significantly or if our projected claim amounts have increased, we could experience a

material increase in our provision for credit losses and write-offs.

We could experience additional financial losses due to mortgage fraud.

We use a process of delegated underwriting in which single-family and multifamily lenders make specific

representations and warranties about the characteristics of the mortgage loans we purchase and securitize. As a result,

while we have implemented certain quality control processes, we do not independently verify all borrower information

that is provided to us. This exposes us to an increased risk that one or more of the parties involved in a transaction

(such as the borrower, borrower’s attorney, sponsor, seller, broker, appraiser, property inspector, title agent, lender or

servicer) will engage in fraud by misrepresenting facts about a mortgage loan. Similarly, we rely on delegated servicing

of loans and use of a variety of external resources to assist in asset management functions, including managing our

REO inventory. For a discussion of how we mitigate this risk, see “MD&A—Single-Family Business” and “MD&A—

Multifamily Business.” The use of artificial intelligence technologies by malicious actors could potentially increase the

risks we face from mortgage fraud, as it could make mortgage fraud harder to detect. We have experienced financial

losses resulting from mortgage fraud, including institutional fraud perpetrated by counterparties. In the future, we may

experience additional financial losses as a result of mortgage fraud that could be material to our financial results.

Operational and Model Risk

A failure in our operational systems or infrastructure, or those of third parties or the financial services industry,

could cause material business disruptions, materially adversely affect our business, liquidity, results of

operations and financial condition, and materially harm our reputation.

Shortcomings or failures in our internal processes, people, or systems, third parties, or external events, could

significantly disrupt our business or have a material adverse effect on our risk management, liquidity, financial statement

reliability, financial condition and results of operations. Such a failure could result in legislative or regulatory intervention

or sanctions, liability to counterparties, financial losses, business disruptions and damage to our reputation. For

example, our business is highly dependent on our ability to manage and process, on a daily basis, an extremely large

number of transactions, many of which are highly complex, across numerous and diverse markets that continuously and

rapidly change and evolve. These transactions are subject to various legal, accounting and regulatory standards. Our

financial, accounting, data processing or other operating systems and facilities may fail to operate properly or become

disabled or damaged as a result of a number of factors, including events that are wholly or partially beyond our control,

adversely affecting our ability to process these transactions or manage associated data with reliability and integrity. For

example, third-party changes have negatively affected the functionality and availability of certain of our systems for

certain periods of time, and this could happen again in the future and materially negatively affect our ability to conduct

our business. In addition, we rely on information provided by third parties in processing many of our transactions; that

information may be incorrect or we may fail to properly manage or analyze it or properly monitor its data quality.

We rely upon business processes that are highly dependent on people, technology, data and the use of numerous

complex systems and models to manage our business and produce information upon which our financial statements

and risk reporting are prepared. This reliance increases the risk that we may be exposed to financial, reputational or

other losses because of inadequately designed internal processes or data management architecture, inflexible

technology or the failure of our systems. In addition, our use of third-party service providers for some of our business

and technology functions increases the risk that an operational failure by a third party will adversely affect us. For

example, we use third-party service providers for cloud infrastructure services. We and our customers, suppliers and

other third parties have experienced interruptions in access to our platforms as a result of connectivity issues with third-

party cloud-based platforms and related data centers and could experience disruptions again if there is a lapse of

service, interruption of internet service provider connectivity or damage to third-party cloud-based platforms or any

related data centers. The risk of these disruptions is exacerbated by key fourth-party relationships, in which some of our

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 35

Risk Factors | Operational and Model Risk

third-party service providers have engaged subcontractors to provide key services and our ability to assess the fourth

party’s operational controls is limited.

We have implemented and continue to enhance our technology, infrastructure, operational controls, governance and

organizational structure to reduce operational risks, but these actions may not fully mitigate these risks. Moreover, some

of our initiatives designed to reduce our operational risk over the long term, particularly those relating to the

implementation of new technology and the ongoing transition to third-party cloud-based platforms, increase our

operational risk over the short term as we implement the changes, as many involve significant changes to our business

processes, controls, systems and infrastructure. If we fail to implement these initiatives in a well-managed, secure and

effective manner, or have gaps in our controls or governance of our cloud-based infrastructure, we may experience

significant unplanned service disruptions or unforeseen costs, which could result in material harm to our business and

results of operations. The high level and pace of organizational change we experienced in 2025 may increase our

operational risk, as well as change our organizational environment in ways that could have a material adverse impact on

our business and risk management processes.

Our ability to manage and aggregate data may be limited by the effectiveness of our policies, programs, processes,

systems and practices that govern how data is acquired, validated, stored, protected, processed and shared. Failure to

manage data effectively and to aggregate data in an accurate and timely manner may limit our ability to manage current

and emerging risks, as well as to manage changing business needs. The increasing use of new third-party and open

source artificial intelligence tools poses additional risks relating to the protection of data, including the potential

exposure of significant proprietary confidential information to unauthorized recipients and the misuse of our intellectual

property. Third-party service providers or other external parties, or our employees, may use artificial intelligence in ways

we have not authorized that may increase our risk of a material loss of our confidential data or intellectual property, or

that create material operational or reputational risks for us.

We use artificial intelligence and machine learning technology to help manage some of the operational risks we face.

Our use of this technology presents risks, including the potential for outages, inefficiencies, data loss, and bias or errors

in the technology’s analysis and conclusions while the technology and our use of the technology matures. Additionally,

the use of artificial intelligence within products or services that we use or that are used by our third-party service

providers may pose similar risks. As a new technology, use of artificial intelligence without sufficient controls,

governance, and risk management may result in increased risks across all of our risk categories. Further, we may be

negatively impacted if we, or our third-party service providers, do not timely develop and apply artificial intelligence, or if

our initiatives in these areas are deficient or fail. Our competitors may be more timely or successful in developing or

integrating artificial intelligence technologies, which could materially adversely impact our business, financial results and

financial condition.

We also face the risk of operational failure, termination or capacity constraints of any of the clearing agents, paying

agents, exchanges, clearinghouses or other financial intermediaries, including the Federal Reserve, we use to facilitate

our securities and derivatives transactions. Moreover, the consolidation and interconnectivity among clearing agents,

exchanges and clearing houses increases the risk of operational failure, on both an individual basis and an industry-

wide basis. Any such failure, termination or constraint could adversely affect our ability to effect transactions or manage

our exposure to risk.

Most of our employees and business operations functions are consolidated in two metropolitan areas: Washington, DC

and Dallas, Texas. A major disruptive event at or affecting either location (such as severe weather, natural disaster,

utility failure, civil unrest, terrorist attack or active shooter) could significantly adversely impact our ability to conduct

normal business operations. Moreover, because of the concentration of our employees in the Washington, DC and

Dallas metropolitan areas, a regional disruption, particularly a disruption with a sustained impact, in one of these areas

could prevent our employees from accessing our facilities, working remotely, or communicating with or traveling to other

locations. Accordingly, the occurrence of one or more major disruptive events could materially adversely affect our ability

to conduct our business and lead to financial losses.

A cyber attack or other cybersecurity incident relating to our systems or those of third parties with which we do

business could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial results and financial condition.

Our operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information (including

personal information) in our computer systems and networks, and those of third parties with which we do business.

Cybersecurity risks for large institutions like us have continued to increase, in part because of the proliferation of new

technologies and the use of the Internet, telecommunications and cloud technologies to conduct financial transactions,

and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, “hacktivists,” terrorists, and other external

parties, including nation-states and foreign state-sponsored threat actors. A number of financial services companies,

consumer-based companies, software and information technology service providers, and other organizations have

reported the unauthorized access or disclosure of client, customer or other confidential information (including personal

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 36

Risk Factors | Operational and Model Risk

information), as well as cybersecurity incidents involving the dissemination, theft or destruction of corporate information

or other assets. There have also been many highly publicized cyber attacks where threat actors have requested

“ransom” payments in exchange for not disclosing stolen customer information or for restoring access to the company’s

systems. In addition, there have been cyber attacks against companies where threat actors have misled company

personnel into granting unauthorized access or making unauthorized transfers of funds to the actors’ accounts. Global

events and geopolitical instability have also led to increased nation-state targeting of financial institutions in the U.S. and

abroad.

We have been, and expect to continue to be, the target of cyber attacks and other cybersecurity threats, such as

computer viruses, malware, ransomware, denial of service attacks, phishing and other social engineering attacks, and

data breaches, from various actors, including foreign state-sponsored threat actors, cyber criminals and others. We also

have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, incidents such as server malfunctions, system outages, and

software or hardware failures. We could also be materially adversely affected by cybersecurity incidents that target the

infrastructure of the Internet and critical service providers, as such incidents could cause widespread unavailability of

websites, applications and application programming interfaces (“APIs”), and degrade website, application and API

performance. Despite our efforts to protect the integrity of our systems and information, we may not be able to

anticipate, detect or recognize all cybersecurity threats, or to implement effective preventative measures against all

cybersecurity threats, especially because the techniques used in cyber attacks are increasingly sophisticated, change

frequently, and in some cases are not recognized until launched or even later.

Our risk and exposure to cyber attacks and other cybersecurity incidents remain heightened because of, among other

things:

• the evolving nature and increasing frequency of these threats, including the emergence of powerful new

technologies to assist threat actors in cyber attacks, such as generative artificial intelligence, machine learning

and quantum computing;

• the persistence, sophistication and intensity of cybersecurity threats;
• our prominent size and scale and our role in the financial services industry;
• the outsourcing of some of our business operations;
• our use of, as well as our third parties’ use of, automation, artificial intelligence and robotics;
• a shortage of qualified cybersecurity professionals in the industry;
• our ongoing migration to cloud-based systems;
• our use of employee-owned devices for business communication;
• hybrid or remote working arrangements at our company and many third parties;
• the interconnectivity and interdependence of external parties to our systems; and
• the current global economic and political environment.

We routinely identify cybersecurity threats as well as vulnerabilities in our systems and work to address or mitigate

those we have identified. We also become aware of vulnerabilities in the systems of third parties with which we do

business. Some cybersecurity vulnerabilities take a substantial amount of time and coordination to resolve or mitigate.

We continue to have cybersecurity vulnerabilities that we have identified but not resolved or mitigated. In addition,

efforts to resolve or mitigate some of our cybersecurity vulnerabilities may be unsuccessful and some cybersecurity

vulnerabilities may not be possible to resolve. We may also have cybersecurity vulnerabilities that we have not yet

identified.

Cyber attacks can originate from a variety of sources, including external parties who are, or who are affiliated with,

foreign governments or are involved with organized crime or terrorist organizations. Cybersecurity risks also derive from

human error, fraud or malice on the part of our employees or third parties. Threat actors have attempted, and we expect

will continue to attempt, to induce employees, lenders, servicers, vendors, service providers, counterparties or other

users of our systems to disclose confidential and other information (including personal information) or provide access to

our systems or network, or to our data or that of our counterparties or borrowers, and these types of risks may be

difficult to detect or prevent.

The increasing sophistication of artificial intelligence technologies poses a greater risk of identity fraud, as threat actors

may exploit artificial intelligence to create convincing false identities or manipulate verification processes. Hybrid or

remote working arrangements at our company and many third parties also increases the risk associated with worker

identity fraud. Failure to manage these risks or to implement effective countermeasures could lead to unauthorized

transactions, financial losses, loss of confidential and other information (including personal information), reputational

damage and increased regulatory scrutiny that have a material impact on our business, financial results or financial

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 37

Risk Factors | Operational and Model Risk

condition. In addition, to the extent that new computing technologies, such as quantum computing, vastly increase the

speed and computing power available to threat actors, it increases the risk that encryption and other protective

measures we take may be defeated. Emerging technologies may also assist threat actors in finding cybersecurity

vulnerabilities, as well as in obfuscating their cyber attacks.

Cybersecurity incidents from time to time could result in the theft of important assets or the unauthorized disclosure,

gathering, monitoring, misuse, corruption, loss or destruction of confidential and other information (including personal

information) that belongs to us, our lenders, our servicers, our counterparties, third-party service providers or borrowers

that is processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our computer systems and networks. These incidents could

also result in damage to our systems or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our, our lenders’, our

counterparties’ or third parties’ operations, systems or networks, which could disrupt our day-to-day business activities

and negatively affect our ability to effect business transactions and manage our exposure to risk. We have experienced

cybersecurity incidents and some of these incidents have resulted in disruptions to our systems and/or those of our

lenders, counterparties and other third parties, as well as financial losses. While to date the impact of these incidents

has not been material to our business strategy, business, financial results or financial condition, cybersecurity incidents

could result in financial losses, loss of lenders, servicers and business opportunities, reputational damage, damage to

our competitive position, litigation, regulatory fines, penalties or intervention, reimbursement or other compensatory

costs or other harms that have a material adverse impact on our business strategy, business, financial results or

financial condition.

Cyber attacks or other cybersecurity incidents can persist for an extended period of time without detection. It may take

considerable time to complete an investigation of a cybersecurity incident and obtain full and reliable information. While

we are investigating a cybersecurity incident, we may not know the full impact of the incident or how to remediate it, and

actions and decisions that are taken or made may further increase the negative impact of the incident. In addition,

announcing that a cyber attack or cybersecurity incident has occurred may worsen the impact of the attack or incident,

and may increase the risk of additional cyber attacks. All or any of these challenges could further increase the costs and

consequences of a cybersecurity incident, as well as hinder our ability to obtain and provide rapid, complete and reliable

information about a cybersecurity incident. We may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify or

add to our protective measures and to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures arising from

cybersecurity risks.

Although we maintain insurance coverage relating to cybersecurity risks, our insurance may not be sufficient to provide

adequate loss coverage (including if the insurer denies future claims) and may not continue to be available to us on

economically reasonable terms, or at all. Further, we cannot ensure that any indemnification or limitation of liability

provisions in our agreements with lenders, servicers, service providers, vendors, counterparties and other third parties

with which we do business would be enforceable or adequate or would otherwise protect us from liabilities or damages

with respect to a particular claim in connection with a cybersecurity incident.

Third parties with which we do business and our regulators are also sources of cybersecurity risk. Because we are

interconnected with and dependent on third-party vendors, lenders, servicers, exchanges, clearing houses, fiscal and

paying agents, and other financial intermediaries, including U.S. FinTech, we could be materially adversely impacted if

any of them is subject to a successful cyber attack or other cybersecurity incident. Some of the third parties with which

we do business have experienced, and we expect will continue to experience, cybersecurity incidents. While third-party

cybersecurity incidents have not had a material impact on our business to date, the inability of a third party with which

we do business to meet its obligations to us as a result of a cybersecurity incident, our response to such an incident, or

other consequences of the incident could materially adversely affect our business.

We routinely transmit and receive personal, confidential and proprietary information by electronic means. We also share

this type of information with regulatory agencies and their vendors. We outsource certain functions and these

relationships allow for the external storage and processing of our information, as well as lender, servicer, counterparty

and borrower information, including on cloud-based systems. In addition, our lenders and servicers maintain personal,

confidential and proprietary information, including borrower personal information. While we engage in actions to mitigate

our exposure resulting from our information-sharing activities with lenders, servicers, regulatory agencies, vendors,

service providers, counterparties and other third parties to protect against cybersecurity incidents, we cannot ensure

that these third parties have appropriate controls in place to protect the confidentiality of the information. An interception,

misuse or mishandling of personal, confidential or proprietary information being sent to, received from, or maintained by

a lender, servicer, regulatory agency, vendor, service provider, counterparty or other third party could result in legal

liability, fines, regulatory action and reputational harm that have a material adverse impact on our business, financial

results or financial condition.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 38

Risk Factors | Operational and Model Risk

Material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting could result in errors in our reported

results or disclosures that are not complete or accurate.

Management has determined that, as of the date of this filing, we have ineffective disclosure controls and procedures

that result in a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, our independent registered

public accounting firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP, has expressed an adverse opinion on our internal control over financial

reporting because of the material weakness. Our ineffective disclosure controls and procedures and material weakness

could result in errors in our reported results or disclosures that are not complete or accurate, which could have a

material adverse effect on our business and operations.

Our material weakness relates specifically to the impact of the conservatorship on our disclosure controls and

procedures. Because we are under the control of FHFA, some of the information that we may need to meet our

disclosure obligations may be solely within the knowledge of FHFA. As our conservator, FHFA has the power to take

actions without our knowledge that could be material to our stockholders and other stakeholders, and could significantly

affect our financial performance or our continued existence as an ongoing business. Because FHFA currently functions

as both our regulator and our conservator, there are inherent structural limitations on our ability to design, implement,

operate and test effective disclosure controls and procedures relating to information known to FHFA. As a result, we

have not been able to update our disclosure controls and procedures in a manner that adequately ensures the

accumulation and communication to management of information known to FHFA that is needed to meet our disclosure

obligations under the federal securities laws, including disclosures affecting our financial statements. Given the

structural nature of this material weakness, we do not expect to remediate this material weakness while we are under

conservatorship. See “Controls and Procedures” for further discussion of management’s conclusions on our disclosure

controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting.

Failure of our models to produce reliable outputs may materially adversely affect our ability to manage risk and

make effective business decisions, as well as create regulatory and reputational risk.

We make significant use of quantitative models to measure and monitor our risk exposures and to manage our

business. For example, we use models to measure and monitor our exposures to interest rate, credit and market risks,

and to forecast credit losses. We use this information in making business decisions relating to strategies, initiatives,

transactions, pricing and products.

Models are inherently imperfect predictors of actual results because they are based on historical data and assumptions

regarding factors such as future loan demand, borrower behavior, creditworthiness and home price trends. Other

potential sources of inaccurate or inappropriate model results include errors in computer code, inaccurate or incomplete

data, misuse of data, or use of a model for a purpose outside the scope of the model’s design. Modeling often assumes

that historical data or experience can be relied upon as a basis for forecasting future events, an assumption that may be

especially tenuous in the face of unprecedented events, such as the COVID-19 pandemic. The introduction of new

products or activities also presents modeling challenges and risks, as there may be limited or no historical performance

data available upon which to train our models.

Given the challenges of predicting future behavior, management judgment is used throughout the modeling process,

from model design decisions regarding core underlying assumptions, to interpreting and applying final model output.

When market conditions change quickly and in unforeseen ways, there is an increased risk that the model assumptions

and data inputs for our models are not representative of the most recent market conditions, which requires management

to apply its judgment to make adjustments or overrides to our models. In a rapidly changing environment, it may not be

possible to update existing models quickly enough to properly account for the most recently available data and events.

In addition, in periods of low transaction volume for certain types of assets, the limited data available may reduce the

reliability of model outputs.

We also use third-party models that expose us to additional risks beyond those for internally-developed models. We

often have limited visibility into the third-party’s model methodology and change management process. In addition, in

some instances we rely on third-party data providers to develop and provide estimates and other data for our models.

This reliance on third-party data providers exposes us to risk should the data provider cease to provide the data going

forward, change its methodology or fail to meet our data quality standards, which could require that we find a suitable

replacement for the data and could result in the need to re-estimate our models with the new data, or we may be

required to operate our models without the data.

We currently use artificial intelligence and machine learning techniques in our models, and expect to increase our use of

these modeling techniques. The use of new artificial intelligence and machine learning technology in our models

presents risks, such as the risk of undetected bias in the model and the limited ability to understand and challenge the

model due to a limited ability to observe the internal workings of many machine learning models. Further, we use

artificial intelligence models developed by third parties, and, to that extent, are dependent in part on the manner in

which those third parties develop and train their models, including risks arising from the inclusion of any unauthorized

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 39

Risk Factors | Operational and Model Risk

material in the training data for their models, and the effectiveness of the steps these third parties have taken to limit the

risks associated with the output of their models, matters over which we may have limited visibility.

To the extent our internal models or the third-party models that we use fail to produce reliable outputs on an ongoing

basis, we may not make appropriate business and risk management decisions, including decisions affecting loan

purchases, guaranty fee pricing, management of credit losses, and asset and liability management. While we employ

strategies to manage and govern the risks associated with our use of models, they have not always been fully effective.

Errors were previously discovered in some of the models we use, and we continue to have deficiencies in our current

processes for managing model risk. And we have experienced instances where model failures have adversely affected

our business and risk management decisions, and resulted in errors in our external disclosures. As noted in “MD&A—

Risk Management—Model Risk Management,” we have completed remediation of our model governance and

standards, and are in the process of implementing the updated governance and standards across our modeling

inventory. Until these remediation activities are completed, we face a higher risk that we may make inappropriate

business or risk management decisions based on unreliable model outputs that could materially negatively affect our

financial results and condition, and result in material errors in our external disclosures that create regulatory and

reputational risk.

Also see the risk factor below in “General Risk” for a discussion of the risks associated with the use of models in our

accounting methods.

Liquidity Risk

Limitations on our ability to access the debt capital markets could have a material adverse effect on our ability

to fund our operations, and our liquidity contingency plans may be difficult or impossible to execute during a

sustained liquidity crisis.

Our ability to fund our business depends in part on our ongoing access to the debt capital markets. Market concerns

about matters such as the extent of government support for our business and debt securities, the future of our business

(including future profitability, future structure, regulatory actions and our status as a government-sponsored enterprise)

and the creditworthiness of the U.S. government could cause a severe negative effect on our access to the unsecured

debt markets, particularly for long-term debt. We believe that our ability in recent years to issue debt of varying

maturities at attractive pricing resulted from federal government support of our business. As a result, we believe that our

status as a government-sponsored enterprise and continued federal government support are essential to maintaining

our access to debt funding. Changes or perceived changes in federal government support of our business, our debt

securities or our status as a government-sponsored enterprise could materially and adversely affect our ability to fund

our business. There can be no assurance that the government will continue to support our business or our debt

securities, or that our current level of access to debt funding will continue. If our senior preferred stock purchase

agreement with Treasury is amended to reduce its support for our debt securities issued after such amendment, it could

materially increase our borrowing costs or materially adversely affect our access to the debt capital markets.

U.S. banking regulators currently recognize our debt as a high quality liquid asset for U.S.-regulated financial

institutions. Any regulatory or other changes causing our debt to no longer be considered a high quality liquid asset

could significantly increase our debt funding costs or reduce our ability to issue debt.

The Federal Reserve Banks provide us with fiscal agency and depository services, and we make extensive use of the

Federal Reserve Banks’ payment systems in our daily business activities. We are required to fully fund our payment

accounts at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York to the extent necessary to cover principal and interest payments on

our debt and mortgage-related securities each day. The Federal Reserve Bank of New York, acting as our fiscal agent,

will initiate payments to depository institutions, which will credit the accounts of the holders of our securities. Although

we maintain access to various sources of intraday liquidity, such access is not guaranteed. If we have insufficient

resources to fully fund our Federal Reserve payment accounts on a given day, there could be delays in the payments on

our securities. Unlike depository financial institutions, we do not currently have access to the Federal Reserve’s

discount window, nor are we allowed to overdraw our Federal Reserve accounts during the business day.

Future changes or disruptions in the financial markets could significantly change the amount, mix and cost of funds we

obtain, as well as our liquidity position. If we are unable to issue a sufficient amount of short- and long-term debt

securities at attractive rates, it could interfere with the operation of our business and have a material adverse effect on

our liquidity, results of operations, financial condition and net worth.

Our liquidity contingency plans may be difficult or impossible to execute during a sustained market liquidity crisis. If the

financial markets experience substantial volatility in the future, it could significantly adversely affect the amount, mix and

cost of funds we obtain, as well as our liquidity position. If we cannot access the unsecured debt markets, our ability to

repay maturing indebtedness and fund our operations could be significantly impaired. In this event, our alternative

source of liquidity, our corporate liquidity portfolio, may not be sufficient to meet our liquidity needs. As noted in “MD&A

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 40

Risk Factors | Liquidity Risk

• Retained Mortgage Portfolio,” we expect to continue to increase our holdings of agency MBS and intend to fund these

purchases primarily through cash from business operations, the sale of assets in our corporate liquidity portfolio and the

issuance of additional debt securities. As a result, the size of our corporate liquidity portfolio may decline from its current

level.

A decrease in the credit ratings on our senior unsecured debt could increase our borrowing costs and have an

adverse effect on our ability to issue debt on reasonable terms, particularly if such a decrease were not based

on a similar action on the credit ratings of the U.S. government. A decrease in our credit ratings could also

require that we post additional collateral for our derivatives contracts.

A reduction in our credit ratings could materially adversely affect our liquidity, our ability to conduct our normal business

operations, our financial condition and our results of operations. Credit ratings on our senior unsecured debt, as well as

the credit ratings of the U.S. government, are primary factors that could affect our borrowing costs and our access to the

debt capital markets. Credit ratings on our debt are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the rating agencies.

Actions by governmental entities impacting the support our business or our debt securities receive from Treasury could

adversely affect the credit ratings on our senior unsecured debt. If our senior preferred stock purchase agreement with

Treasury is amended to reduce its support for our debt securities issued after such amendment, it could result in a

downgrade in the credit ratings on our senior unsecured debt.

Because we rely on the U.S. government for capital support, in recent years, when a rating agency has taken an action

relating to the U.S. government’s credit rating, they have taken a similar action relating to our ratings at approximately

the same time. S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”), Moody’s Ratings (“Moody’s”) and Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”) have all indicated

that they would likely lower their ratings on the debt of Fannie Mae and certain other government-related entities if they

were to lower their ratings on the U.S. government. As a result, if a failure to raise the debt limit, a government

shutdown or other event results in downgrades of the government’s credit rating, our credit ratings are likely to be

similarly downgraded.

A reduction in our credit ratings could also cause certain derivatives counterparties to demand that we post additional

collateral for our derivative contracts or to terminate our contracts. Additionally, a reduction in our credit ratings could

reduce investor demand for our MBS. Our credit ratings, ratings outlook and additional collateral requirements are

described in “MD&A—Liquidity and Capital Management—Liquidity Management—Credit Ratings” and “Note 9,

Derivative Instruments.”

Market and Industry Risk

Changes in interest rates or limitations on our ability to manage interest-rate risk successfully could materially

adversely affect our financial results and condition, and increase our interest-rate risk.

We are subject to interest-rate risk, which is the risk that movements in interest rates will adversely affect the value of

our assets or liabilities or our future earnings or capital. Our exposure to interest-rate risk primarily arises from two

sources: (1) our “net portfolio,” which we define as: our retained mortgage portfolio assets, our corporate liquidity

portfolio, outstanding debt of Fannie Mae, mortgage commitments and risk management derivatives; and (2) our

consolidated MBS trusts. We describe these risks and how we manage these risks in “MD&A—Risk Management—

Market Risk Management, including Interest-Rate Risk Management.” Changes in interest rates affect both the value of

our mortgage and other assets and prepayment rates on our mortgage loans, which could have a material adverse

effect on our financial results and condition, as well as our liquidity. Changes in interest rates also affect the earnings on

our investments in our corporate liquidity portfolio and retained mortgage portfolio. The impact on our business and

financial results from changes in interest rates can depend on many factors, including but not limited to the size and

composition of our retained mortgage portfolio, corporate liquidity portfolio and guaranty book of business, as well as

market and economic conditions.

Our ability to manage interest-rate risk depends on our ability to issue debt instruments with a range of maturities and

other features, including call provisions, at attractive rates and to engage in derivatives transactions. We must exercise

judgment in selecting the amount, type and mix of debt and derivative instruments that will most effectively manage our

interest-rate risk. The amount, type and mix of financial instruments that are available to us may not offset possible

future changes in the spread between our borrowing costs and the interest we earn on our mortgage assets. We mark

to market changes in the estimated fair value of our derivatives through our earnings on a quarterly basis, but we do not

similarly mark to market changes in some of the financial instruments that generate our interest-rate risk exposures. As

a result, changes in interest rates, particularly significant changes, can have an adverse effect on our earnings and net

worth, depending on the nature of the changes and the derivatives and short-term investments we hold at that time.

Although we have a hedge accounting program that is designed to reduce the volatility of our financial results

associated with changes in benchmark interest rates, our hedge accounting program does not eliminate all potential

earnings volatility associated with changes in interest rates. Decreasing interest rates would likely reduce the amounts

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 41

Risk Factors | Market and Industry Risk

that we earn on our corporate liquidity portfolio, as we tend to earn lower yields on this portfolio in a declining interest

rate environment.

We have experienced significant fair value losses in some periods due to changes in interest rates. Our hedge

accounting program is specifically designed to address the volatility of our financial results associated with changes in

fair value related to changes in the benchmark interest rates. As such, earnings variability driven by other factors, such

as spreads or the timing of when we recognize deferred guaranty fee income, remains. We describe how the timing of

when we recognize deferred guaranty fee income is sensitive to mortgage interest rates in “MD&A—Key Market

Economic Indicators” and “MD&A—Consolidated Results of Operations—Net Interest Income.” In addition, our ability to

effectively reduce earnings volatility is dependent on having the right mix and volume of interest-rate swaps available.

As our portfolio of interest-rate swaps varies over time, our ability to reduce earnings volatility through hedge accounting

may vary as well.

Changes in interest rates also can affect our loss reserves and provision for credit losses. When interest rates increase,

our credit losses from loans with adjustable payment terms may increase as borrower payments increase at their reset

dates, which increases the borrower’s risk of default. Rising interest rates may also reduce the opportunity for these

borrowers to refinance into a fixed-rate loan. Similarly, many borrowers may have additional debt obligations, such as

home equity lines of credit and second liens, that also have adjustable payment terms. If a borrower’s payment on his or

her other debt obligations increases due to rising interest rates or a change in amortization, it increases the risk that the

borrower may default on a loan we own or guarantee. Rising interest rates also typically reduce expected future loan

prepayments, which tends to lengthen the expected life of our loans and therefore generally increases the probability of

default on the loans and therefore our loss reserves. When interest rates decrease, it can result in an increase in our

acquisition of refinance loans; the enterprise regulatory capital framework requires higher capital on refinance loans

than on purchase loans.

Increases in interest rates may also reduce the ability of multifamily borrowers to refinance their loans, which often have

balloon balances at maturity. In addition, in a rising interest rate environment, multifamily borrowers with adjustable-rate

mortgages may have difficulty paying higher monthly payments if property operating income is not increasing at a

similar pace. While we generally require multifamily borrowers with adjustable-rate mortgages to purchase an interest

rate cap to protect against large movements in interest rates, purchasing or replacing these required interest rate caps,

especially those with longer terms and/or lower strike rates, becomes more expensive as interest rates rise.

Changes in interest rates also typically affect our business volume. A higher interest rate environment generally results

in lower business volumes, as fewer loans may benefit from refinancing and the higher cost of borrowing reduces

affordability, driving lower mortgage volumes. A reduction in our business volume can reduce our net interest income

and adversely affect our financial results. Interest rate increases also can negatively affect the demand for and liquidity

of our MBS or result in slowdowns in home price growth, home price declines or declines in multifamily property values,

which also could adversely affect our results of operations, net worth and financial condition.

Changes in spreads could materially impact the fair value of our net assets, and therefore our results of

operations and net worth.

Spread risk is the risk from changes in an instrument’s value that relate to factors other than changes in interest rates.

We can experience losses from changes in the spreads between our financial assets, including mortgage purchase and

sale commitments, and our financial liabilities, including the derivatives we use to hedge our position. Changes in

market conditions, including changes in interest rates, liquidity, prepayment and default expectations, and the level of

uncertainty in the market for a particular asset class may cause fluctuations in spreads. Changes in mortgage spreads

have contributed to significant volatility in our financial results in certain periods, due to fluctuations in the estimated fair

value of the financial instruments that we mark to market through our earnings, and this could occur again in a future

period. Changes in mortgage spreads could cause significant fair value losses, and could adversely affect our near-term

financial results and net worth. If our agency MBS holdings increase as we expect, as described in “MD&A—Retained

Mortgage Portfolio,” it will increase our exposure to spread risk. Spread risk is intrinsic to our business model. While we

monitor our spread risk exposure and manage the risk where feasible and appropriate, we do not seek to fully mitigate

this risk and accept some level of spread risk. See “MD&A—Risk Management—Market Risk Management, including

Interest-Rate Risk Management—Other Market Risk” for additional discussion of spread risk.

Our business and financial results are affected by general economic conditions, including home prices and

employment trends, and changes in economic conditions or financial markets may materially adversely affect

our business and financial condition. Volatility or uncertainty in global, regional or domestic political

conditions also can significantly affect economic conditions and financial markets.

In general, a prolonged period of slow growth in the U.S. economy or a deterioration or volatility in general economic

conditions or financial markets could materially adversely affect our results of operations, net worth and financial

condition. Our business is significantly affected by the status of the U.S. economy, including home prices and

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 42

Risk Factors | Market and Industry Risk

employment trends, as well as economic growth rates, interest rates and inflation rates. For example, see a risk factor

above in “Credit Risk” for a discussion of how worsening economic conditions could negatively affect the credit

performance of loans in our guaranty book of business and result in materially higher provisions for credit losses and

write-offs. Deterioration in economic conditions also typically results in reduced housing market activity, which reduces

our business volume. As noted in a risk factor above, a reduction in our business volume can reduce our net interest

income and adversely affect our financial results.

Global economic conditions can also adversely affect our business and financial results. Changes or volatility in market

conditions resulting from deterioration in or uncertainty regarding global economic conditions can adversely affect the

value of our assets, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations, net worth and financial condition.

To the extent global economic conditions negatively affect the U.S. economy, they also could negatively affect the credit

performance of the loans in our book of business.

Volatility or uncertainty in global, regional or domestic political conditions also can significantly affect economic

conditions and financial markets, including volatility or uncertainty in connection with additional changes the

Administration may implement relating to trade, fiscal or immigration policies. Global, regional or domestic political

unrest also could affect growth and financial markets.

We describe above the risks to our business posed by changes in interest rates and changes in spreads. In addition,

future changes, disruptions or volatility in financial markets as a result of global, regional or domestic economic or

political conditions could significantly change the amount, mix and cost of funds we obtain, as well as our liquidity

position.

Legal and Regulatory Risk

Regulatory changes in the financial services industry and shifts in monetary policy may negatively impact our

business.

Changes in the regulation of the financial services industry are affecting and are expected to continue to affect many

aspects of our business. Such changes could affect our business directly or indirectly if they affect our lenders and other

counterparties. The Administration or Congress may implement changes in the regulation of the financial services

industry or in fiscal or monetary policy that substantially affect our business and financial results, including investor

demand for our debt securities, MBS and credit risk transfer transactions, the amount and credit quality of the loans we

acquire, and the servicing of our loans. For example, changes in regulations applicable to U.S. banks could affect the

volume and characteristics of mortgage loans available in the market for us to purchase, and could also affect demand

for our MBS and debt securities, as U.S. banks purchase a large amount of our MBS and debt securities. New or

revised liquidity or capital requirements applicable to U.S. banks could materially affect banks’ willingness to deliver

loans to us and to service our loans, as well as demand by those banks for our MBS and debt securities. In addition,

developments in connection with the single-counterparty credit limit regulations, including those taken in anticipation of

our potential future exit from conservatorship, could also cause our lenders and investors to change their business

practices.

Our business is significantly affected by shifts in fiscal and monetary policies, particularly actions taken by the Federal

Reserve. The actions of the Federal Reserve, Treasury, the OCC, the FDIC, the SEC, the CFTC, the CFPB, and

international central banking authorities directly or indirectly impact financial institutions’ cost of funds for lending,

capital-raising and investment activities, which could increase our borrowing costs or make borrowing more difficult for

us. Changes in monetary policy are beyond our control and can be difficult to anticipate. The Federal Reserve currently

holds a significant amount of mortgage-backed securities issued by us, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae. At the time of this

filing, the Federal Reserve has not announced any plans to begin selling the mortgage-backed securities in its portfolio.

If the Federal Reserve announces such a plan or changes its announced strategy to reduce its mortgage-backed

securities holdings, it could reduce the current level of demand for our MBS, which could adversely affect our results of

operations, net worth and financial condition.

Legislative and regulatory changes could affect us in substantial and unforeseeable ways and could have a material

adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and net worth.

Legislative, regulatory or judicial actions, and changes in interpretations of laws, regulations or accounting

standards, could negatively impact our business, results of operations, financial condition, liquidity or net

worth.

Legislative, regulatory or judicial actions at the federal, state or local level could negatively impact our business, results

of operations, financial condition, liquidity or net worth. Legislative, regulatory or judicial actions could affect us in a

number of ways, including by imposing significant additional costs on us, diverting management attention or other

resources from other matters, or increasing our operational risk. We could also be affected by:

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 43

Risk Factors | Legal and Regulatory Risk

• Further actions taken by the U.S. Congress, Treasury, the Federal Reserve, FHFA or other national, state or

local government agencies or legislatures in response to emergencies, such as expanding or extending our

obligations to help borrowers, renters or counterparties.

• Designation as a systemically important financial institution by the Financial Stability Oversight Council

(“FSOC”). We have not been designated as a systemically important financial institution; however, FSOC

announced in 2020 that it will continue to monitor the secondary mortgage market activities of the government-

sponsored enterprises to ensure potential risks to financial stability are adequately addressed. Designation as a

systemically important financial institution would result in our becoming subject to additional regulation and

oversight by the Federal Reserve Board.

• Other agencies of the U.S. government or Congress asking us to take actions to support the housing and

mortgage markets or in support of other goals. For example, in December 2011, Congress enacted the TCCA

under which we increased our guaranty fee on all single-family mortgages delivered to us by 10 basis points.

The revenue generated by this fee increase is paid to Treasury. In November 2021, the Infrastructure

Investment and Jobs Act was enacted, which extended to October 1, 2032 our obligation under the TCCA to

collect 10 basis points in guaranty fees on single-family mortgages delivered to us and pay the associated

revenue to Treasury.

The laws, regulations and accounting standards that apply to our business are often complex and, in many cases, we

must make interpretive decisions regarding the application of those laws, regulations and accounting standards to our

business activities. Changes in interpretations, whether in response to regulatory guidance, industry conventions, our

own reassessments or otherwise, could adversely affect our business, results of operations or ability to satisfy

applicable regulatory requirements.

We face risk of non-compliance with our legal and regulatory obligations, which could have a material adverse

impact on our business, financial results and financial condition.

We operate in a highly regulated industry and are subject to heightened supervision from FHFA, as both our regulator

and our conservator. Our compliance systems and programs may not be adequate to confirm that we are in compliance

with all legal, regulatory, and other requirements as the requirements continue to evolve. We also rely upon third parties

and their respective compliance risk management programs. The failure or limits of any such third-party compliance

programs may expose us to legal and compliance risk. Our reliance on and interdependence with third parties is further

illustrated by the number and complexity of our contracts. These contracts expose us to the risk that we could fail to

perform our obligations in a satisfactory manner and that a contractual counterparty could commence legal proceedings

against us for deficiencies related to our performance. If we fail to comply with our legal and regulatory obligations, it

could result in enforcement actions, investigations, fines, monetary and other penalties, additional restrictions on our

business activities imposed by FHFA, and harm to our reputation that may adversely affect our results of operations and

financial condition.

Privacy and cybersecurity are currently areas of considerable legislative and regulatory attention, with new or modified

laws, regulations, rules and standards being frequently adopted and potentially subject to divergent interpretation or

application in different jurisdictions in a manner that may create inconsistent or conflicting requirements for businesses.

The uncertainty created by these legislative and regulatory developments is compounded by the rapid pace of

technology development, including in artificial intelligence and quantum computing, that affect the use or security of

data, including personal information. Our business manages and holds a large volume of data, including a large volume

of personal information. Privacy and cybersecurity laws and regulations often impose strict requirements on the

collection, storage, handling, use, disclosure, transfer, security, and other processing of personal information. These

laws and regulations, combined with our evolving data footprint, may increase our compliance costs and require

additional changes to our business and operations. An actual or perceived failure to comply with these laws and

regulations or contractual obligations by us, or by our lenders, servicers, vendors, service providers, counterparties and

our other third parties, could result in legal liabilities, fines, regulatory action and reputational harm that have a material

adverse impact on our business, financial results and financial condition. In addition, compliance with new or changing

laws, regulations or industry standards relating to artificial intelligence may impose significant additional operational

risks and costs.

Our business and financial results could be materially adversely affected by legal or regulatory proceedings.

We are a party to various claims and other legal proceedings. We are periodically involved in government

investigations. We may be required to establish accruals and to make substantial payments in the event of adverse

judgments or settlements of any such claims, investigations or proceedings, which could have a material adverse effect

on our business, results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and net worth. For example, due to a judgment

against us in two cases consolidated for trial in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia, which are described

in “Note 17, Commitments and Contingencies” and “Legal Proceedings,” we accrued a total of $545 million from 2023

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 44

Risk Factors | Legal and Regulatory Risk

through 2025 relating to the jury verdict and related awards of prejudgment and post-judgment interest. Any legal

proceeding or governmental investigation, even if resolved in our favor, could result in negative publicity, reputational

harm or cause us to incur significant legal and other expenses. In addition, responding to these matters could divert

significant internal resources away from managing our business.

General Risk

In many cases, our accounting policies and methods, which are fundamental to how we report our financial

condition and results of operations, require management to make judgments and estimates about matters that

are inherently uncertain. Management also relies on models in making these estimates.

Our management must exercise judgment in applying many of our accounting policies and methods so that they comply

with GAAP and reflect management’s judgment of the most appropriate manner to report our financial condition and

results of operations. In some cases, management must select the appropriate accounting policy or method from two or

more acceptable alternatives, any of which might be reasonable under the circumstances but might affect the amounts

of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses that we report. See “Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”

for a description of our significant accounting policies.

We have identified one of our accounting estimates, allowance for loan losses, as critical to the presentation of our

financial condition and results of operations, as described in “MD&A—Critical Accounting Estimates.” We believe this

estimate is critical because it involves significant judgments and assumptions about highly complex and inherently

uncertain matters, and the use of reasonably different judgments and assumptions could have a material impact on our

reported results of operations or financial condition.

Because our financial statements involve estimates for amounts that are very large, even a small change in the estimate

can have a significant impact for the reporting period. For example, because of the large size of our allowance for loan

losses, even a change that has a small impact relative to the size of this allowance can have a meaningful impact on

our results for the quarter in which we make the change.

Many of our accounting methods involve substantial use of models, which are inherently imperfect predictors of actual

results because they are based on historical data and assumptions to project future events. For example, we use

models to determine expected lifetime losses on loans and certain other financial instruments. Our actual results could

differ significantly from those generated by our models. As a result, the estimates that we use to prepare our financial

statements, as well as our estimates of our future results of operations, may be inaccurate, perhaps significantly. For

more discussion of the risks associated with our use of models, see a risk factor in “Operational and Model Risk” above.

Cybersecurity Risk Management and Strategy

Overview

Cybersecurity risk is a key operational risk that we face; therefore, managing cybersecurity risk is an inherent part of our

business activities. We describe the material cybersecurity risks we face in “Risk Factors—Operational and Model Risk.”

Cybersecurity Risk Management Program

We have developed and continue to enhance our cybersecurity risk management program as we seek to protect the

security of our information systems, software, networks and other technology assets against unauthorized attempts to

access confidential information and data or to disrupt or degrade business operations. Our cybersecurity risk

management program has evolved, and continues to evolve, based on the changing needs of our business, the

evolving threat environment, and evolving legal and regulatory requirements.

We design and assess our cybersecurity risk management program based on the National Institute of Standards and

Technology Framework for Improving Critical Infrastructure Cybersecurity (the “NIST Cybersecurity Framework”). While

we generally consult the NIST Cybersecurity Framework when designing and assessing our cybersecurity risk

management program, we have not implemented and do not plan to implement all categories and subcategories

included in the framework. We use the framework as a guide to help us identify, assess and manage cybersecurity risks

relevant to our business based on our current understanding of the cybersecurity threat environment.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 45

Cybersecurity | Cybersecurity Risk Management and Strategy

Integration into Enterprise Risk Management Framework

Our cybersecurity risk management program is integrated into our overall Enterprise Risk Management framework,

which is described in “MD&A—Risk Management—Overview.” Our Enterprise Response Framework establishes the

reporting structure and escalation process for managing all enterprise incidents, including cybersecurity-related

incidents. The framework defines the relationship and notification steps among the various crisis management

stakeholders, including the Board of Directors, the Management Committee, the CEO, other members of the executive

leadership team, the crisis manager and crisis management coordinators. See “Cybersecurity Governance—

Management Role” for a description of the oversight role of the Corporate Risk & Compliance division, Internal Audit

and the management-level Technology & Third Party Risk Committee and Enterprise Risk Committee relating to

cybersecurity risk management.

Cybersecurity Risk Management Strategy

Overview and Goal. Fannie Mae has a multilayered cybersecurity defense strategy. We take a risk-based defense-in-

depth approach that prioritizes the highest impact events and employs overlapping layers of protection. Our

cybersecurity threat operations operate with the goal of identifying, preventing, and mitigating cybersecurity threats and

responding to cybersecurity incidents in accordance with incident response and recovery plans.

Tools and Safeguards. As part of our cybersecurity defense strategy, we employ tools and systems safeguards intended

to help secure our networks, applications, data and infrastructure, and to manage cybersecurity vulnerabilities. These

safeguards include network and perimeter defense, infrastructure security, cloud security, endpoint protection, data

protection, identity management and network segmentation. We work to evaluate and improve on these tools and

safeguards through periodic cybersecurity assessments and the integration of cybersecurity threat intelligence.

Backup Data Storage. We have both internal and external third-party backup data storage to help protect our data from

cybersecurity incidents. We test our internal backup restoration process on a regular basis.

Response Plans and Procedures. We maintain cybersecurity incident response procedures that identify the activities

and escalation processes to be implemented upon detection of a cybersecurity incident, and we routinely practice these

activities and processes. We also have business and technology continuity plans and a crisis management plan, which

we test on a regular basis.

Training. We provide mandatory cybersecurity training to employees and contractors on an annual basis. We test our

employees’ response to simulated phishing scenarios on a regular basis. We also conduct enhanced training for certain

groups of employees that may pose higher risk.

Assessments. We examine the effectiveness of our cyber defenses through various means, including internal audits,

targeted testing, vulnerability testing, maturity assessments, incident response exercises and industry benchmarking.

Insurance Coverage. We maintain insurance coverage relating to cybersecurity risks. As described in “Risk Factors—

Operational and Model Risk,” our insurance may not be sufficient to provide adequate loss coverage.

Role of External Consultants, Vendors and Other Third Parties

We regularly use external consultants and vendors to assist in our assessment and management of cybersecurity risks,

including employing third parties to evaluate the security of our networks and our approach to cybersecurity risk

management, such as external vendors that conduct penetration testing against our network on at least an annual

basis, an external vendor that reviews and tests our cybersecurity incident response plan on at least an annual basis,

and external vendors that support our network event alerting and detection capabilities. We also have external vendors

on retainer to assist with cybersecurity incident response activities if requested.

We are also focused on building and maintaining relationships with the appropriate government and law enforcement

agencies and with other businesses, industry groups and cybersecurity services to better understand the cybersecurity

risks in our environment, enhance our defenses and improve our resiliency against cybersecurity threats.

Third-Party Cybersecurity Risk Oversight

Our cybersecurity risk management program extends to oversight of third parties that pose a cybersecurity risk to us,

including lenders that use our systems and third-party service providers. In alignment with the NIST Cybersecurity

Framework and FHFA regulatory guidance, we have established a risk-based framework for managing third-party risk

that defines specified triggers for assessing and reporting cyber-related third-party risks and events. Pursuant to this

framework, we have implemented both preventive and detective controls to mitigate cybersecurity risks posed by third

parties.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 46

Cybersecurity | Cybersecurity Risk Management and Strategy

We have identified certain third parties that we believe pose a higher cybersecurity risk to us because they have

significant access to our systems or data. For these higher-risk third parties, we have implemented additional

requirements, including:

• We assess these higher-risk third parties’ cybersecurity controls through a cybersecurity questionnaire and a

review of their cybersecurity controls, either through independent audits or by direct review of their

cybersecurity policies and practices.

• We use third-party cybersecurity monitoring and alert services to monitor these higher-risk third parties.
• We conduct periodic monitoring reviews of these higher-risk third parties’ cybersecurity policies and practices.

Cybersecurity Governance

Overview

We address the risk from cybersecurity threats using a cross-functional approach, involving management personnel

from our technology, operations, legal, corporate risk & compliance, internal audit and other key business functions in

an ongoing dialogue regarding cybersecurity threats and incidents. As described in “Board Oversight” below,

management also regularly reports to the Risk Policy and Capital Committee of the Board on cybersecurity risk matters.

We have implemented controls and procedures for the escalation of cybersecurity incidents so that decisions regarding

the disclosure and reporting of such incidents can be made in a timely manner.

Board Oversight

The full Board of Directors oversees the company’s cybersecurity risk management, assisted by the Risk Policy and

Capital Committee of the Board. The Board has delegated management-level risk oversight, including for cybersecurity

risk matters, to the Enterprise Risk Committee, as described under “Management Role” below.

The Risk Policy and Capital Committee of the Board discusses cybersecurity risk matters with management throughout

the year. Senior management team members, such as the Chief Security Officer or Deputy Chief Risk Officer of Non-

Financial Risk & Compliance, report to the Risk Policy and Capital Committee and/or the Board on matters such as

updates on our cybersecurity risk management program, resiliency, and external cybersecurity developments, threats

and risks. The company has procedures to escalate information regarding certain cybersecurity incidents to the Board

Chair. At least once every two years, the Risk Policy and Capital Committee reviews and approves the company’s

Cybersecurity Risk Policy and Operational Risk Policy.

Management Role

Our Chief Security Officer leads our Information Security organization, which has primary responsibility for assessing

and managing our cybersecurity risks. Our Chief Security Officer has principal management responsibility for

overseeing the company’s cybersecurity risk management program. Our Chief Security Officer reports to our Chief

Control Officer and Head of Enterprise Operations.

The Information Security organization works collaboratively across the company to help protect the company’s

information systems from cybersecurity threats and to respond to cybersecurity threats and incidents. The Information

Security organization monitors information systems to detect anomalies, including attempted cyber attacks, as well as

user activity for access controls and risks of insider threat. The Information Security organization also monitors and

investigates cybersecurity incidents through detection tools, reports from end users, and other cybersecurity threat and

vulnerability intelligence. The Information Security organization also shares and obtains information on cybersecurity

threats through participation in the Financial Services Information Sharing and Analysis Center, referred to as FS-ISAC,

a member-driven organization that advances cybersecurity and resilience in the global financial system.

As appropriate, multidisciplinary teams are deployed to address cybersecurity threats and to respond to cybersecurity

incidents in accordance with the company’s incident response processes. The Information Security organization and

Corporate Risk & Compliance division are informed about and monitor the prevention, detection and mitigation of

cybersecurity incidents through risk and control assessments, targeted reviews, scenario analysis, and monitoring of

risk metrics. The company’s performance in managing cybersecurity risk is reported to the Technology & Third Party

Risk Committee, the Enterprise Risk Committee and the Risk Policy and Capital Committee of the Board of Directors.

As noted above, the Board has delegated oversight responsibility at the management level for risk-related matters to the

Enterprise Risk Committee, members of which include senior leaders throughout the company. The Enterprise Risk

Committee has delegated primary responsibility for management-level oversight of cybersecurity risk management to

the Technology & Third Party Risk Committee. The Technology & Third Party Risk Committee receives reports on

cybersecurity risk matters on a regular basis from the company’s Chief Security Officer. The Technology & Third Party

Risk Committee reviews and approves the company’s management-level cybersecurity risk policies and standards. The

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 47

Cybersecurity | Cybersecurity Governance

Technology & Third Party Risk Committee also reviews and monitors metrics relating to cybersecurity risk. The

Technology & Third Party Risk Committee escalates matters to the Operational Risk Committee or the Enterprise Risk

Committee as appropriate.

The company’s Corporate Risk & Compliance division provides risk-based independent oversight of cybersecurity risk

management performed by the Information Security organization. Members of the Corporate Risk & Compliance

division chair the Technology & Third Party Risk Committee and the Enterprise Risk Committee.

The company’s Internal Audit organization audits the Corporate Risk & Compliance division’s oversight of cybersecurity

risk management and also independently tests the effectiveness of the company’s cybersecurity risk management and

governance. Members of the Internal Audit organization participate as non-voting members of both the Technology &

Third Party Risk Committee and the Enterprise Risk Committee.

Management Expertise

Chief Security Officer

Our Chief Security Officer has over 21 years of professional experience in information security, including over 1 year in

his current position, over 8 years as Fannie Mae’s Chief Information Security Officer (2016-2024) and over 1 year as

Fannie Mae’s Deputy Chief Information Security Officer. Our Chief Security Officer holds a graduate degree in

information technology management.

Technology & Third Party Risk Committee

Members of the Technology & Third Party Risk Committee include officers with expertise in cybersecurity risk oversight,

such as the Chief Security Officer described above and the head of our Technology and Third Party Risk Oversight

department. As of December 2025, several members of the Technology & Third Party Risk Committee had prior work

experience in cybersecurity and several had a relevant degree or certification, or other knowledge, skills or background

in cybersecurity.

Impact of Risks from Cybersecurity Threats

We and the third parties with which we do business have been, and we expect will continue to be, the target of cyber

attacks and other cybersecurity threats. To date, risks from cybersecurity threats, including as a result of previous

cybersecurity incidents, have not materially affected our business, including our business strategy, results of operations

or financial condition. However, large-scale cyber attacks perpetrated against other companies in recent years suggest

that the risk of damaging cyber attacks is increasing. Notwithstanding our efforts to manage cybersecurity risks as

described above, we may not be successful in preventing or mitigating a cybersecurity incident that could have a

material adverse effect on our business, including our business strategy, results of operations and financial condition.

See “Risk Factors—Operational and Model Risk” for additional discussion of cybersecurity risks to our business.

This item describes our material legal proceedings. We describe additional material legal proceedings in “Note 17,

Commitments and Contingencies,” which is incorporated herein by reference. In addition to the matters specifically

described or incorporated by reference in this item, we are involved in legal and regulatory proceedings that arise in the

ordinary course of business that we do not expect will have a material impact on our business or financial condition.

However, litigation claims and proceedings of all types are subject to many factors and their outcome and effect on our

business and financial condition generally cannot be predicted accurately.

We establish an accrual for legal claims only when a loss is probable and we can reasonably estimate the amount of

such loss. The actual costs of resolving legal claims may be substantially higher or lower than the amounts accrued for

those claims. If certain of these matters are determined against us, FHFA or Treasury, it could have a material adverse

effect on our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition, including our net worth.

Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreements Litigation

Since June 2013, preferred and common stockholders of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac filed lawsuits in multiple federal

courts against one or more of the United States, Treasury and FHFA, challenging actions taken by the defendants

relating to the Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac senior preferred stock purchase agreements and the conservatorships of

Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Some of these lawsuits also contain claims against Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 48

Legal Proceedings

legal claims being advanced by one or more of these lawsuits include challenges to the net worth sweep dividend

provisions of the senior preferred stock that were implemented pursuant to August 2012 amendments to the

agreements, the payment of dividends to Treasury under the net worth sweep dividend provisions, and FHFA’s decision

to require Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to draw funds from Treasury to pay dividends to Treasury prior to the August

2012 amendments. The plaintiffs seek various forms of equitable and injunctive relief as well as damages. The cases

that remain pending or were terminated after September 30, 2025 are as follows:

District of Columbia (In re Fannie Mae/Freddie Mac Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement Class Action

Litigations and Fairholme Funds v. FHFA). Fannie Mae is a defendant in two cases filed in the U.S. District Court for the

District of Columbia, including a consolidated class action. The cases were consolidated for trial, and on August 14,

2023, the jury returned a verdict for the plaintiffs and awarded damages of $299.4 million to Fannie Mae preferred

stockholders. On March 20, 2024, the court entered final judgment and set the amount of prejudgment interest owed by

Fannie Mae at $199.7 million. Defendants filed a notice of appeal on April 11, 2025, and plaintiffs filed a notice of cross

appeal on April 25, 2025. See “Note 17, Commitments and Contingencies” for additional information.

Western District of Michigan (Rop et al. v. FHFA et al.). On June 1, 2017, preferred and common stockholders of Fannie

Mae and Freddie Mac filed a complaint for declaratory and injunctive relief against FHFA and Treasury in the U.S.

District Court for the Western District of Michigan. FHFA and Treasury moved to dismiss the case on September 8,

2017, and plaintiffs filed a motion for summary judgment on October 6, 2017. On September 8, 2020, the court denied

plaintiffs’ motion for summary judgment and granted defendants’ motion to dismiss. On October 4, 2022, the U.S. Court

of Appeals for the Sixth Circuit reversed the dismissal and remanded the case to the district court to determine whether

the stockholders suffered compensable harm. On February 2, 2023, plaintiffs filed a petition with the Supreme Court

seeking review of the Sixth Circuit’s decision, which the Supreme Court denied on June 12, 2023. On August 11, 2023,

plaintiffs submitted a motion for leave to file an amended complaint in the district court, which the court denied on

December 11, 2024. On March 27, 2025, FHFA filed a motion for judgment on the pleadings. Treasury likewise filed a

motion for judgment on the pleadings on March 28, 2025. On April 1, 2025, plaintiffs filed a motion for leave to amend

their complaint.

U.S. Court of Federal Claims (Fisher et al. v. United States of America). On December 2, 2013, common stockholders

of Fannie Mae filed a lawsuit against the United States that listed Fannie Mae as a nominal defendant. The plaintiffs

alleged that the net worth sweep dividend provisions of the senior preferred stock that were implemented pursuant to

the August 2012 amendment constituted a taking of Fannie Mae’s property without just compensation in violation of the

U.S. Constitution. On February 15, 2023, the court issued an order for plaintiffs to show cause why their claims should

not be dismissed, as claims similar to theirs brought by other Fannie Mae stockholders in other cases against the United

States had been dismissed by the court. On September 1, 2023, the court dismissed the case with prejudice. On August

12, 2025, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit affirmed the trial court’s order dismissing the case. The

plaintiffs did not file a petition with the Supreme Court seeking further review by the November 10, 2025 deadline, and

the case is now concluded.

and Results of Operations

You should read this MD&A together with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included

in this report. This MD&A does not discuss 2023 performance or a comparison of 2023 versus 2024 performance for

select areas where we have determined the omitted information is not necessary to understand our current-period

financial condition, changes in our financial condition, or our results. The omitted information may be found in our 2024

Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on February 14, 2025, in MD&A sections titled “Consolidated Results of Operations,”

“Single-Family Business,” “Multifamily Business,” and “Liquidity and Capital Management.”

Key Market Economic Indicators

Below we discuss how varying macroeconomic conditions can influence our financial results across different business

and economic environments. Our forecasts and expectations are based on many assumptions, subject to many

uncertainties and may change, perhaps substantially, from our current forecasts and expectations. See “Forward-

Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” for a discussion of factors that could cause actual results to differ materially

from our current forecasts and expectations.

Market Interest Rates

Selected Market Interest Rates

(1) Refers to the U.S. weekly average fixed-rate mortgage rate according to Freddie Mac’s Primary Mortgage Market Survey®. These rates are

reported using the latest available data for a given period.

(2) According to Bloomberg.

(3) Refers to the daily rate per the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

How Interest Rates Can Affect Our Financial Results

• Net interest income. Changes in interest rates impact the timing of when we recognize certain components of

net interest income. Our primary source of net interest income is guaranty fees we receive for assuming the

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 51

MD&A | Key Market Economic Indicators

credit risk on our guaranty book of business, which consists of upfront and base guaranty fees. Since we

amortize upfront guaranty fees over the contractual life of the loan, when a loan prepays, the remaining upfront

fees on the loan are recognized as income in that period. In a rising interest-rate environment, our mortgage

loans generally prepay more slowly as borrowers are less likely to refinance, which typically results in lower

deferred guaranty fee income as those upfront fees are amortized into interest income over a longer period of

time. Conversely, in a declining interest-rate environment, our mortgage loans generally prepay faster as

borrowers are more likely to refinance, typically resulting in higher deferred guaranty fee income as loan

prepayments accelerate the realization of those upfront fees as interest income. However, since most of the

loans in our single-family guaranty book of business continue to have mortgage interest rates meaningfully

below the current prevailing rate as of December 31, 2025, we may not experience higher deferred guaranty

fee income in a declining interest-rate environment unless mortgage interest rates drop to a level that is low

enough to incentivize more borrowers to refinance. Interest rates also affect the amount of interest income we

earn on our assets. Our corporate liquidity portfolio and certain mortgage-related assets typically earn more

interest income in a higher interest-rate environment and less interest income in a lower interest-rate

environment. On our corporate debt, we typically pay more interest in a higher interest-rate environment and

less interest in a lower interest-rate environment. See “Consolidated Results of Operations—Net Interest

Income” for a discussion of how interest rate changes impacted our financial results and for information on the

interest rates of the loans in our single-family conventional guaranty book of business compared to the

prevailing average 30-year fixed-rate mortgage rate as of year-end 2025.

• Fair value gains (losses). We have exposure to fair value gains and losses resulting from changes in interest

rates, primarily through our trading securities, mortgage commitment derivatives and risk management

derivatives, which we mark to market through earnings. We apply fair value hedge accounting to address some

of this exposure to interest rates. For more information about our fair value gains (losses), see “Consolidated

Results of Operations—Fair Value Gains (Losses), Net.”

• (Provision) benefit for credit losses. When mortgage interest rates increase, our expected credit losses on

loans generally increase because (1) we expect fewer borrowers will refinance their loans, thereby extending

the expected life of the loan, which increases our expectation of loss and (2) borrowers with adjustable-rate

loans or multifamily loans with balloon balances due at maturity face increased costs and a reduced ability to

refinance. This increase in our expectation of loss contributes to our provision for credit losses. Conversely,

when mortgage interest rates decrease, our expectation of loss generally decreases, which reduces our

provision for credit losses. For more information on our (provision) benefit for credit losses, see “Consolidated

Results of Operations—(Provision) Benefit for Credit Losses.”

The U.S. weekly average 30-year fixed-rate mortgage rate decreased to 6.15% at the end of the fourth quarter of 2025,

compared to 6.30% at the end of the third quarter of 2025 and 6.85% at the end of the fourth quarter of 2024.

Home Prices

Single-Family Annual Home Price Growth Rate(1)

(1) Calculated internally using property data on loans purchased by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and other third-party home sales data. Fannie

Mae’s home price index is a weighted repeat transactions index, measuring average price changes in repeat sales on the same properties.

Fannie Mae’s home price index excludes prices on properties sold in foreclosure. Fannie Mae’s home price growth rates represent

estimates based on non-seasonally adjusted preliminary data and are subject to change as additional data becomes available.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 52

MD&A | Key Market Economic Indicators

How Home Prices Can Affect Our Financial Results

• Actual and forecasted home prices impact our provision or benefit for credit losses as well as the growth and

size of our guaranty book of business.

• Changes in home prices affect the amount of equity that borrowers have in their homes. Borrowers with less

equity typically have higher delinquency and default rates, particularly in times of economic stress.

• As home prices increase, the severity of losses we incur on defaulted loans that we hold or guarantee

decreases because the amount we can recover from the properties securing the loans increases. Declines in

home prices may increase the losses we incur on defaulted loans.

• As home prices rise, the principal balance of loans associated with newly acquired purchase loans may

increase, causing growth in the size of our guaranty book. Additionally, rising home prices can increase the

amount of equity borrowers have in their home, which may lead to an increase in origination volumes for cash-

out refinance loans with higher principal balances than the existing loan. Replacing existing loans with newly

acquired cash-out refinances can affect the growth and size of our guaranty book.

We currently estimate home prices on a national basis increased by 3.0% in 2025. We expect home price growth of

2.4% on a national basis in 2026. We also expect regional variation in the timing and rate of home price changes.

Economic Activity

GDP and Unemployment Rate

(1) Real GDP growth (decline) is based on the quarterly series calculated by the Bureau of Economic Analysis and is subject to revision.

(2) According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics and subject to revision.

How GDP and the Unemployment Rate Can Affect Our Financial Results

• Changes in U.S. gross domestic product (“GDP”) and the unemployment rate can affect several mortgage

market factors, including the demand for both single-family and multifamily housing and the level of loan

delinquencies, which impact credit losses.

• Economic growth is a key factor for the performance of mortgage-related assets. In a growing economy,

employment and income typically rise, thus allowing borrowers to meet payment requirements, existing

homeowners to consider purchasing and moving to another home, and renters to consider becoming

homeowners. Homebuilding typically increases to meet the rise in demand. Mortgage delinquencies typically

fall in an expanding economy, thereby decreasing credit losses.

• In a slowing economy, income growth and housing activity typically slow, followed by softening employment. As

an economic slowdown intensifies, households typically reduce their spending, further accelerating the

slowdown. An economic slowdown can lead to employment losses, impairing the ability of borrowers and

renters to meet mortgage and rental payments, thus causing loan delinquencies to rise.

GDP increased in the first three quarters of 2025. Bureau of Economic Analysis GDP data for the fourth quarter of 2025

was not available at the time of filing this report. However, we anticipate that the fourth quarter 2025 GDP report will

show growth, and that GDP will continue to grow in 2026. The unemployment rate was 4.4% in December 2025, flat

from September 2025. We expect the unemployment rate to remain relatively stable in 2026.

The impact of trade, fiscal, monetary, regulatory, and immigration policies, and geopolitical events, is uncertain and

could materially impact our outlook for interest rates, home price growth, and economic growth.

See “Risk Factors—Credit Risk” and “Risk Factors—Market and Industry Risk” for further discussion of risks to our

business and financial results associated with interest rates, home prices, and economic conditions.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 53

MD&A | Consolidated Results of Operations

Consolidated Results of Operations

This section discusses our consolidated results of operations and should be read together with our consolidated

financial statements and the accompanying notes.

In the third quarter of 2025, we made a change in accounting principle, which has been applied retrospectively to the

consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of cash flows. In the third and fourth quarters of 2025, we

also revised the presentation of certain items in the consolidated statements of operations and other comprehensive

income, and prior periods have been recast accordingly. Refer to “Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—

Basis of Presentation” for a description of these changes in accounting principle and presentation.

Summary of Consolidated Results of Operations

(Dollars in millions)

(1) Includes net interest income generated by the 10 basis point guaranty fee increase we implemented pursuant to the Temporary Payroll Tax

Cut Continuation Act of 2011, and as extended by the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act, which is paid to Treasury and not retained by

us. We refer to this as TCCA fees, or income related to TCCA.

(2) Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2025, we changed the presentation of debt extinguishment gains and losses from “Other income

(expense), net” to “Investment gains (losses), net.” Prior periods have been recast to conform with the current period presentation.

(3) Consists of salaries and employee benefits and professional services, technology and occupancy expenses.

(4) Consists of TCCA fees, affordable housing allocations and FHFA assessments.

(5) Single-family credit enhancement expense consists of costs associated with our freestanding credit enhancements, which primarily include

our CAS and CIRT programs, enterprise-paid mortgage insurance (“EPMI”) and certain lender risk-sharing programs. Multifamily credit

enhancement expense primarily consists of costs associated with our Multifamily CIRTTM (“MCIRTTM”) and Multifamily Connecticut Avenue

Securities® (“MCASTM”) programs as well as amortization expense for certain lender risk-sharing programs. Excludes CAS transactions

accounted for as debt instruments and credit risk transfer programs accounted for as derivative instruments.

(6) Primarily consists of foreclosed property income (expense), change in the expected benefits from our freestanding credit enhancements,

and gains (losses) from partnership investments.

Net Interest Income

Overview

Our primary source of net interest income is guaranty fees we receive for assuming the credit risk on mortgage loans

underlying Fannie Mae MBS held by third parties in our guaranty book of business. We recognize almost all of our

guaranty fee revenue in net interest income because, in our consolidated balance sheets, we consolidate the

substantial majority of mortgage loans underlying our Fannie Mae MBS. Guaranty fees from these mortgage loans

account for the difference between the interest income on mortgage loans in consolidated trusts and the interest

expense on the debt of consolidated trusts.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 54

MD&A | Consolidated Results of Operations

We also earn interest income from our retained mortgage portfolio and corporate liquidity portfolio as described below.

In addition, income or expense from hedge accounting is a component of our net interest income.

Net Interest Income from Guaranty Book of Business

For single-family mortgage loans, there are two components of our guaranty fees:

• Base fees. These fees are ongoing fees that factor into a mortgage loan’s interest rate, which are collected

each month over the life of the mortgage loan.

• Upfront fees. These fees are one-time payments made by lenders upon loan delivery to us. Upfront fees

include risk-based fees, referred to as “loan-level price adjustments,” that vary by the attributes of the loan and

the borrower (such as loan size, LTV ratio, borrower credit score, etc.). Upfront fees also include payments we

make to and receive from lenders to adjust the monthly contractual guaranty fee rate on a Fannie Mae MBS.

These fees are initially recorded as cost basis adjustments to the mortgage loan and are then amortized into

net interest income over the contractual life of the loan.

For multifamily mortgage loans, base fees are the primary component of our guaranty fee.

In our “Components of Net Interest Income” table, we display net interest income from our guaranty book of business in

three categories:

• Base guaranty fee income excluding TCCA, which primarily consists of ongoing monthly fees that are

contractually due to us for assuming credit risk and that we collect and recognize each month over the life of

the mortgage loan, excluding the portion of those fees related to the TCCA described below.

• Base guaranty fee income related to TCCA, which is the portion of the base fees we collect that are not

retained by us but paid to Treasury pursuant to the Temporary Payroll Tax Cut Continuation Act of 2011, as

amended.

• Deferred guaranty fee income, which primarily represents income from the upfront fees described above that

are amortized into net interest income. Deferred guaranty fee income also includes the amortization of cost

basis adjustments on our mortgage loans and debt of consolidated trusts that are not associated with upfront

fees. These basis adjustments consist of premiums and discounts that are established when we initially

recognize mortgage loans and debt of consolidated trusts in our consolidated balance sheets at fair value. We

amortize these basis adjustments over the contractual life of the associated financial instrument.

Other Sources of Net Interest Income

Net Interest Income from Portfolios

We also recognize net interest income on the difference between interest income earned on the assets in our retained

mortgage portfolio and our corporate liquidity portfolio (collectively, our “portfolios”) and the interest expense associated

with our funding debt. See “Retained Mortgage Portfolio” and “Liquidity and Capital Management—Liquidity

Management—Corporate Liquidity Portfolio” for more information about our portfolios.

Income (Expense) from Hedge Accounting

To reduce the impact of interest-rate volatility on our financial results, we apply fair value hedge accounting. As a result,

during the hedging period, we recognize fair value changes attributable to movements in benchmark interest rates for

mortgage loans, funding debt, and the related interest-rate swaps in the hedging relationships, as a component of net

interest income. We also recognize the amortization of hedge-related basis adjustments and any related interest accrual

on the swaps as a component of net interest income.

As of December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, we had $2.0 billion, $2.6 billion and $3.6 billion, respectively, in net

cumulative fair value hedge basis adjustments. These adjustments have been or will be amortized as net expenses over

the remaining contractual life of the respective hedged items in the “Income (expense) from hedge accounting” line item

in the “Components of Net Interest Income” table below. The substantial majority of these hedge basis adjustments

relate to our funding debt. See “Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” and “Note 9, Derivative

Instruments” for more information about our hedge accounting program.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 55

MD&A | Consolidated Results of Operations

Components of Net Interest Income

The table below displays the components of our net interest income from our guaranty book of business, from our

portfolios, as well as from hedge accounting.

Components of Net Interest Income

(Dollars in millions)

(1) Includes interest income from assets held in our retained mortgage portfolio and our corporate liquidity portfolio, as well as other assets

used to support lender liquidity. Also includes interest expense on our funding debt.

Net interest income decreased by $140 million in 2025 compared with 2024 primarily driven by lower net interest

income from portfolios, partially offset by higher base guaranty fee income.

• Lower net interest income from portfolios. Lower net interest income from portfolios in 2025 compared with

2024 was primarily driven by higher costs on long-term funding debt. This was driven by higher average rates

on our long-term funding debt as we issued debt in a higher-interest rate environment relative to maturing long-

term debt as well as a higher average balance outstanding.

• Higher base guaranty fee income. Higher base guaranty fee income was primarily driven by higher average

guaranty fees on recent single-family acquisitions as well as an increase in our multifamily guaranty book of

business.

Net interest income was relatively flat in 2024 compared with 2023. The $25 million decline was driven by lower

deferred guaranty fee income, primarily offset by higher income from base guaranty fees and lower expense from hedge

accounting.

• Lower deferred guaranty fee income. The decrease in deferred guaranty fee income in 2024 compared to 2023

was primarily driven by less income from the amortization of premiums on debt of consolidated trusts. This

decrease was largely driven by rising interest rates throughout much of 2023 and 2024, which reduced the

prices of newly issued MBS debt thereby decreasing premiums.

• Higher base guaranty fee income. Higher base guaranty fee income was primarily driven by higher average

guaranty fees on recent single-family acquisitions.

• Lower expense from hedge accounting. We had lower expense from hedge accounting in 2024 compared with

2023, primarily driven by lower interest expense on derivatives in hedging relationships.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 56

MD&A | Consolidated Results of Operations

Analysis of Unamortized Deferred Guaranty Fees

The following charts present information about the interest rates of the loans in our single-family conventional guaranty

book of business as well as information about our deferred guaranty fees.

As shown in the chart below (on the left), most of our single-family conventional guaranty book of business as of

December 31, 2025 had an interest rate lower than the U.S. weekly average 30-year fixed-rate mortgage rate. Per

Freddie Mac’s Primary Mortgage Market Survey®, as of December 31, 2025, the U.S. weekly average interest rate for a

single-family 30-year fixed-rate mortgage was 6.15%. Accordingly, even if interest rates decline to 5%, most of the

borrowers whose mortgage loans are in our single-family conventional guaranty book of business still would not be

incentivized to refinance.

The other chart below (on the right) presents guaranty fees that will be amortized into deferred guaranty fee income in

future periods, which we refer to as “unamortized deferred guaranty fees.” Deferred guaranty fees primarily result from

the upfront fees that we receive on single-family loans we acquire, which are recorded as cost basis adjustments to the

mortgage loan. Deferred guaranty fees also include cost basis adjustments on our mortgage loans and debt of

consolidated trusts that are not associated with upfront fees, such as premiums and discounts. We amortize these cost

basis adjustments as deferred guaranty fee income over the remaining contractual life of the mortgage loans or debt. As

discussed in “Key Market Economic Indicators,” the timing of when we recognize deferred guaranty fee income depends

on the life of the mortgage loan, which, for single-family in particular, is sensitive to changes in mortgage interest rates

as those changes impact the borrowers’ incentive to refinance.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 57

MD&A | Consolidated Results of Operations

The amount of deferred guaranty fee income we record can vary and is primarily impacted by: (1) the amount of upfront

fees we charge on single-family mortgage loans, (2) changes in interest rates, which affect the premiums and discounts

we record on newly acquired mortgage loans and newly created debt of consolidated trusts, and (3) the amount by

which premiums and discounts on existing loans and debt of consolidated trust are different compared to newly

acquired loans and debt. The balance of our unamortized deferred guaranty fees decreased as of December 31, 2025,

compared with December 31, 2024, largely as a result of amortization of existing upfront fees on single-family loans and

premiums of existing MBS debt. In addition, interest-rate-driven pricing changes resulted in fewer premiums on newly

issued MBS debt relative to MBS debt that amortized, which further reduced the balance of unamortized deferred

guaranty fees.

Analysis of Net Interest Income

The table below displays an analysis of our net interest income, average balances and related yields earned on assets

and incurred on liabilities. For most components of the average balances, we use a daily weighted average of the UPB

net of unamortized cost basis adjustments. When daily average balance information is not available, such as for

mortgage loans, we use monthly averages.

Analysis of Net Interest Income and Yield(1)

(Dollars in millions)

(1) Includes the effects of discounts, premiums and other cost basis adjustments, including basis adjustments related to hedge accounting.

(2) Average balance includes mortgage loans on nonaccrual status. Interest income includes loan fees of $3.0 billion, $2.8 billion and

$2.8 billion for the years ended 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Loan fees primarily consist of yield maintenance revenue we

recognized on the prepayment of multifamily mortgage loans and the amortization of upfront cash fees exchanged when we acquire the

mortgage loan.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 58

MD&A | Consolidated Results of Operations

The table below displays the change in our net interest income between periods and the extent to which that variance is

attributable to: (1) changes in the volume of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities or (2) changes in

the interest rates of these assets and liabilities.

Rate/Volume Analysis of Changes in Net Interest Income

(Dollars in millions)

(1) Combined rate/volume variances are allocated between rate and volume based on the relative size of each variance.

(Provision) Benefit for Credit Losses

Our (provision) benefit for credit losses can vary substantially from period to period due to factors such as changes in

actual and forecasted home prices, property valuations, and fluctuations in actual and forecasted interest rates. Other

drivers include the volume and credit risk profile of our new acquisitions, borrower payment behavior; events such as

natural disasters or pandemics; the type, volume and effectiveness of our loss mitigation activities, including

forbearances and loan modifications, the volume of completed foreclosures and the volume and pricing of loans

redesignated from held for investment (“HFI”) to held for sale (“HFS”). The benefit or provision for credit losses includes

our benefit or provision for loan losses, advances of pre-foreclosure costs, accrued interest receivable losses, our

guaranty loss reserves and credit losses on our available-for-sale (“AFS”) debt securities.

Our (provision) benefit for credit losses and our related loss reserves can also be impacted by updates to the models,

assumptions and data used in determining our allowance for loan losses. Although we believe the estimates underlying

our allowance as of December 31, 2025 are reasonable, they are subject to uncertainty. Changes in future economic

conditions and loan performance from our current expectations may result in volatility in our allowance for loan losses

and, as a result, our benefit or provision for credit losses. See “Critical Accounting Estimates” for additional information

about how our estimate of credit losses is subject to uncertainty. See “Risk Factors—Credit Risk” for a discussion of

factors that could result in significant provisions for credit losses on the loans in our book of business.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 59

MD&A | Consolidated Results of Operations

The table below presents our single-family and multifamily benefit or provision for credit losses and the change in

expected credit enhancement recoveries.

(Provision) Benefit for Credit Losses and Change in Expected Credit Enhancement Recoveries by Segment

(Dollars in millions)

(1) Consists of estimated changes in benefits from our freestanding credit enhancements, which are recognized as a component of “Other

income (expense), net” in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income.

Single-Family (Provision) Benefit for Credit Losses

Our single-family provision for credit losses in 2025 was primarily driven by current-year loan acquisitions and by loan

delinquencies.

• Provision for newly acquired loans. The provision for newly acquired loans was largely attributable to our 2025

single-family acquisitions, which primarily consisted of purchase loans. At acquisition, we record expected

lifetime credit losses for newly acquired loans, resulting in provision for credit losses. Purchase loans generally

have higher original LTV ratios than refinance loans, and as a result, generally carry higher expected lifetime

credit losses than refinance loans.

• Provision from loan delinquencies. As loans migrate into delinquency status, expected credit losses increase

due to higher probabilities of default and greater loss severity assumptions. For 2025, provision related to loan

delinquencies was primarily driven by loans that became newly delinquent during the year, as well as an

increase in the population of loans that were 60 days or more past due, which resulted in higher expected credit

losses.

Our single-family benefit for credit losses in 2024 was primarily driven by improvements to our longer-term single-family

home price forecast, partially offset by provision from the risk profile of newly acquired loans, and provision related to

higher mortgage interest rates.

• Home price forecast benefit. We recognized a benefit from improvements to our longer-term single-family home

price forecast. Higher home prices decrease the likelihood that loans will default and reduce the amount of

losses on loans that default, which impacts our estimate of losses and ultimately reduces our loss reserves and

provision for credit losses.

• Provision for newly acquired loans. The provision for newly acquired loans was primarily driven by the credit

risk profile of our 2024 single-family acquisitions, which primarily consisted of purchase loans.

• Provision for higher interest rates. We also recognized provision from higher mortgage interest rates. As

mortgage rates increase, we expect a decrease in future prepayments on single-family loans. Lower expected

prepayments extend the expected life of the loan, which increases our expectation of credit losses.

See “Key Market Economic Indicators” for additional information about how home prices and interest rates affect our

credit loss estimates, including a discussion of home price growth and our home price forecast. Also see “Critical

Accounting Estimates” for more information about our home price and interest rate forecasts and how they can impact

our single-family (provision) benefit for credit losses.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 60

MD&A | Consolidated Results of Operations

Multifamily (Provision) Benefit for Credit Losses

Our multifamily provision for credit losses in 2025 was primarily driven by an increase in delinquencies including

provision from seriously delinquent loans that were written down to the net recoverable amount of the loans’ collateral

value during the period. These factors were partially offset by a slightly improved long-term forecast of multifamily

property net operating income (“NOI”) and property values.

See “Critical Accounting Estimates” for more information about our NOI and property value growth estimates and how

they can affect our multifamily (provision) benefit for credit losses.

Our multifamily provision for credit losses in 2024 was primarily driven by declining multifamily property values, an

increase in multifamily loan delinquencies, and provision related to our estimate of losses on loans involving fraud or

suspected fraud. These factors were partially offset by an improved long-term forecast of multifamily property NOI.

• Provision relating to declining multifamily property values. During 2024, multifamily property values declined,

primarily due to elevated interest rates resulting in higher market yield requirements. This decrease in property

values led to higher LTV ratios for loans in our multifamily guaranty book of business, which drove higher

estimated risk of default and loss severity in the allowance and therefore a higher credit loss provision.

• Provision relating to increased delinquencies. Multifamily loan delinquencies increased in 2024, particularly for

adjustable-rate conventional loans that became seriously delinquent and were written down to their net

recoverable amount, which contributed to the multifamily provision for credit losses.

• Provision relating to fraud or suspected fraud. Expected losses relating to multifamily lending transactions

involving fraud or suspected fraud further heightened the risk of default and added to our multifamily credit loss

provision.

• Benefit relating to improved NOI forecast. Our forecast of NOI on multifamily properties improved compared to

our prior forecast, which also positively impacted our projection of multifamily property values. This

improvement in our NOI forecast was primarily due to a refinement of our forecast assumptions to use the

average NOI historical growth rate for a longer period of the forecast.

Change in Expected Credit Enhancement Recoveries

Change in expected credit enhancement recoveries consists of the change in expected and realized benefits from our

freestanding credit enhancements. The benefit from expected credit enhancement recoveries in 2025 and 2024 was

primarily driven by lender loss-sharing benefits relating to realized and expected losses on multifamily loans. For 2025,

the benefit was partially offset by a downward revision to our forecast of expected single-family credit enhancement

receivables.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 61

MD&A | Consolidated Results of Operations

Fair Value Gains (Losses), Net

The estimated fair value of our derivatives, trading securities and other financial instruments carried at fair value may

fluctuate substantially from period to period because of changes in interest rates, the yield curve, mortgage and credit

spreads and implied volatility, as well as activity related to these financial instruments.

Our hedge accounting program is designed to hedge our exposure to changes in benchmark interest rates, specifically

the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”), and cannot be applied to changes in interest rate spreads, convexity,

or seasoning (i.e., the effect of financial instruments moving closer to maturity). As a result, our fair value gains and

losses after the impact of hedge accounting are also impacted by components unrelated to changes in SOFR. See

“Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Fair Value Hedge Accounting” for additional information.

The table below displays the components of our fair value gains and losses.

Fair Value Gains (Losses), Net

(Dollars in millions)

(1) Includes net change in fair value for the period and net contractual interest income (expense) on interest-rate swaps, which is primarily

impacted by changes in interest rates and changes in the composition of our interest-rate swaps portfolio.

(2) The “Impact of hedge accounting” reflected in this table shows the net gain or loss from swaps in hedging relationships plus any accrued

interest during the applicable periods that are recognized in “Net interest income.” For more information about our hedge accounting

program, see “Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” and “Note 9, Derivative Instruments.”

(3) Consists primarily of fair value gains and losses on mortgage loans held at fair value.

Fair value gains, net in 2025 was primarily driven by declining interest rates, which resulted in gains on fixed-rate

trading securities, mortgage loans held at fair value, and risk management derivatives, as well as losses on mortgage

commitment derivatives and long-term debt of consolidated trusts held at fair value that largely offset these gains.

Factors that are not covered by our hedge accounting program, as discussed above, largely offset each other in 2025.

Fair value gains, net in 2024 was driven by gains on risk management derivatives, trading securities, and mortgage

commitment derivatives. Gains on risk management derivatives and mortgage commitment derivatives were primarily

due to rising interest rates, and gains on trading securities were primarily driven by holdings of U.S. Treasury securities

moving closer to maturity (i.e., seasoning), which resulted in the reversal of previously recorded fair value losses. The

impact of hedge accounting was a loss for the period, partially offsetting gains on risk management derivatives.

For information on our use of derivatives to manage interest-rate risk, see “Risk Management—Market Risk

Management, including Interest-Rate Risk Management—Interest-Rate Risk Management.”

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 62

MD&A | Consolidated Results of Operations

Legislative Assessments

Legislative assessments consists of TCCA fees, FHFA assessments and affordable housing allocations. For additional

information on our TCCA fees, FHFA assessments and affordable housing allocations, see “Certain Relationships and

Related Transactions, and Director Independence—Transactions with Related Persons” and “Note 2, Conservatorship,

Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement and Related Matters—Related Parties.”

The table below displays the components of our legislative assessments.

Legislative Assessments

(Dollars in millions)

(1) TCCA fees are expenses recognized as a result of the 10 basis point increase in guaranty fees on all single-family mortgages delivered to

us on or after April 1, 2012 pursuant to the Temporary Payroll Tax Cut Continuation Act of 2011 and as extended by the Infrastructure

Investment and Jobs Act, which we pay to Treasury.

(2) FHFA assessments are expenses relating to our obligation under the GSE Act to pay FHFA to cover a portion of its costs, expenses and

working capital.

(3) Affordable housing allocations relates to the GSE Act requirement to set aside each year an amount equal to 4.2 basis points of the UPB of

our new business purchases and to pay this amount to specified HUD and Treasury funds in support of affordable housing. In March 2025,

we paid $160 million to the funds based on our new business purchases in 2024. For 2025, we recognized an expense of $171 million

related to this obligation based on $408.2 billion in new business purchases during the year. We expect to pay this amount to the funds in

Administrative Expenses

Administrative expenses consists of salaries and employee benefits, professional services, and technology and

occupancy costs, and were $3.6 billion in 2025 and 2024. Cost reductions from fewer employees and contractors were

mostly offset by an increase in severance costs and higher occupancy expenses, resulting in a net $40 million decrease

in administrative expenses. Severance costs were $95 million higher in 2025 compared with 2024, with total headcount

declining from approximately 8,200 employees as of December 2024 to approximately 7,000 employees as of

December 2025. Occupancy expenses increased by $55 million in 2025 compared with 2024, primarily related to costs

associated with reducing our real estate footprint.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other expense decreased from $685 million in 2024 to $586 million in 2025, primarily driven by a decrease in our

foreclosed property expense as a result of a reduction of our single-family REO properties and reduced repair costs.

This was partially offset by a decrease in the benefits on our expected credit enhancement recoveries on multifamily

loans. See “(Provision) Benefit for Credit Losses” for a discussion of our changes in expected credit enhancement

recoveries.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 63

MD&A | Consolidated Balance Sheet Analysis

Consolidated Balance Sheet Analysis

This section discusses our consolidated balance sheets and should be read together with our consolidated financial

statements and the accompanying notes.

Summary of Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Dollars in millions)

Restricted Cash

The increase in restricted cash from December 31, 2024 to December 31, 2025 was primarily driven by an increase in

prepayments of loans held in consolidated trusts, resulting in higher cash balances held in trusts at period end. For

information on our accounting policy for restricted cash, see “Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.”

Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell and Investments in Securities,

at Fair Value

The primary driver of the decrease in securities purchased under agreements to resell and investments in securities, at

fair value, from December 31, 2024 to December 31, 2025, was the reinvestment of proceeds from sales and maturities

of U.S. Treasury securities and maturities of securities purchased under agreements to resell into agency MBS held in

our retained mortgage portfolio and payments made to redeem debt of Fannie Mae. See “Liquidity and Capital

Management—Liquidity Management—Corporate Liquidity Portfolio” and “Retained Mortgage Portfolio” for additional

information.

Mortgage Loans, Net of Allowance for Loan Losses

The mortgage loans reported in our consolidated balance sheets are classified as either HFS or HFI and include loans

owned by Fannie Mae and loans held in consolidated trusts.

Mortgage loans, net of allowance for loan losses decreased from December 31, 2024 to December 31, 2025, driven

primarily by a reduction in single-family loans, as single-family loan paydowns, liquidations and sales outpaced

acquisitions. This decrease in single-family loans was partially offset by an increase in multifamily loans during 2025.

For additional information on our mortgage loans, see “Note 4, Mortgage Loans,” and for additional information on

changes in our allowance for credit losses, see “Note 5, Allowance for Credit Losses.”

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 64

MD&A | Consolidated Balance Sheet Analysis

Debt

Debt of Fannie Mae represents short-term and long-term corporate debt issued to maintain adequate liquidity to fund

our operations. Debt of consolidated trusts represents the amount of Fannie Mae MBS issued from consolidated trusts

and held by third-party certificateholders.

Debt of Fannie Mae decreased from December 31, 2024 to December 31, 2025 as our funding needs were primarily

satisfied by earnings retained from our operations. The decrease in debt of consolidated trusts from December 31, 2024

to December 31, 2025 was primarily driven by liquidations of Fannie Mae single-family MBS outpacing issuances and

an increase in Fannie Mae MBS held in our retained mortgage portfolio. Purchases of Fannie Mae MBS from

consolidated trusts for our retained mortgage portfolio result in the derecognition of related balances in debt of

consolidated trusts. See “Liquidity and Capital Management—Liquidity Management—Debt Funding” for a summary of

activity in debt of Fannie Mae and a comparison of the mix between our outstanding short-term and long-term debt. Also

see “Note 8, Short-Term and Long-Term Debt” for additional information on our total outstanding debt.

Retained Mortgage Portfolio

Our retained mortgage portfolio consists of mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities that we own, including

Fannie Mae MBS and non-Fannie Mae mortgage-related securities. Assets held by consolidated MBS trusts that back

mortgage-related securities owned by third parties are not included in our retained mortgage portfolio.

We classify our retained mortgage portfolio into three categories:

• Agency MBS investments and lender liquidity includes balances related to agency MBS that we have

purchased for investment purposes as well as balances related to our portfolio securitization activity, which

supports our efforts to provide liquidity to the single-family and multifamily mortgage markets.

• Loss mitigation includes delinquent mortgage loans we purchase from our MBS trusts, which enables us to

initiate certain loss mitigation efforts.

• Other primarily includes legacy assets that we purchased for investment purposes prior to our entry into

conservatorship in 2008.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 65

MD&A | Retained Mortgage Portfolio

The following table displays the components of our retained mortgage portfolio, based on UPB. Based on the nature of

the asset, these balances are included in either “Investments in securities, at fair value” or “Mortgage loans, net of

allowance for loan losses” in our “Summary of Consolidated Balance Sheets” table above.

The retained mortgage portfolio increased $37.6 billion to $132.5 billion as of December 31, 2025 compared with $94.9

billion as of December 31, 2024. This was primarily due to an increase in agency securities resulting from providing

liquidity to the secondary mortgage market and increased agency MBS investments following FHFA’s October 2025

increase in the amount of agency MBS that we are permitted to hold for investment purposes to $40 billion. The

increase was further driven by lower sales of nonperforming and reperforming loans from the portfolio and increased

purchases of delinquent loans from MBS trusts.

(Dollars in millions)

(1) Consists of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae mortgage-related securities, including Freddie Mac securities guaranteed by Fannie

Mae. Excludes Fannie Mae and Ginnie Mae reverse mortgage securities and Fannie Mae-wrapped private-label securities.

(2) Includes single-family loans on nonaccrual status of $12.7 billion and $10.3 billion as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Also

includes multifamily loans on nonaccrual status of $3.0 billion and $2.9 billion as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

(3) Includes Fannie Mae and Ginnie Mae reverse mortgage securities.

(4) Other mortgage loans primarily includes multifamily loans on accrual status and single-family loans that are not included in the loss

mitigation or agency MBS investments and lender liquidity categories. Other mortgage securities primarily includes private-label securities

and mortgage revenue bonds.

The amount of mortgage assets that we may own is capped at $225 billion under the terms of our senior preferred stock

purchase agreement with Treasury. We are also subject to specified limitations on the composition of our retained

mortgage portfolio pursuant to FHFA guidance. In January 2026, FHFA increased the prior limitation on our agency MBS

investments to allow us to further support the secondary mortgage market, while generating viable economic returns. As

a result of this change, we are permitted to increase our agency MBS investments, provided that our total mortgage

assets do not exceed the $225 billion cap under the terms of our senior preferred stock purchase agreement with

Treasury, with collateralized mortgage obligation securities remaining capped at $5 billion of our agency MBS

investments.

As a result of the additional increase in our agency MBS investment limit, we expect to continue to increase our

holdings of agency MBS, while balancing the other uses of our retained mortgage portfolio described above and

remaining in compliance with the $225 billion cap under the terms of our senior preferred stock purchase agreement

with Treasury. We intend to fund our agency MBS purchases primarily through cash from business operations, the sale

of assets in our corporate liquidity portfolio and the issuance of additional debt securities, taking into consideration our

liquidity requirements and market conditions. Our agency MBS investments may fluctuate based on market conditions

and other purchases for our retained mortgage portfolio, such as purchases of loans from our MBS trusts for loss

mitigation purposes and to facilitate portfolio securitization transaction activity. For information on our corporate liquidity

portfolio and outstanding debt, see “Liquidity and Capital Management.”

We include 10% of the notional value of the interest-only securities we hold in calculating the size of the retained

mortgage portfolio for the purpose of determining compliance with the senior preferred stock purchase agreement

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 66

MD&A | Retained Mortgage Portfolio

mortgage assets cap and associated FHFA instructions. As of December 31, 2025, 10% of the notional value of our

interest-only securities was $1.8 billion, which is not included in the table above.

Under the terms of our MBS trust documents, we have the option or, in some instances, the obligation, to purchase

mortgage loans that meet specific criteria from an MBS trust. FHFA has also provided us with instruction on our single-

family delinquent loan buyout policy. The purchase price for these loans is the UPB of the loans plus accrued interest. In

support of our loss mitigation strategies, we purchased $15.5 billion of loans from our single-family MBS trusts during

2025, the substantial majority of which were delinquent, compared with $12.7 billion during 2024.

Guaranty Book of Business

When we securitize mortgage loans originated by lenders into Fannie Mae mortgage-backed securities, we issue

guarantees, assuming the credit risk for those mortgage loans. Our guaranty book of business offers insight into both

the guarantees we’ve issued and the credit risk of the loans we’ve acquired that back our MBS outstanding or that are

held in our retained mortgage portfolio.

Our “guaranty book of business” consists of: (1) Fannie Mae MBS outstanding, excluding the portions of any structured

securities we issue that are backed by Freddie Mac securities, (2) mortgage loans of Fannie Mae held in our retained

mortgage portfolio, and (3) other credit enhancements that we provide on mortgage assets. These components are

categorized as either conventional or government based on whether the underlying mortgage loans or securities are

fully or partially guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government (referred to as “government”) or are not fully or partially

guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government (referred to as “conventional”).

We use the term “Fannie Mae MBS” or “our MBS” to refer to any type of mortgage-backed security that we issue,

including Fannie Mae-issued UMBS, and structured securities such as Supers® and Real Estate Mortgage Investment

Conduit securities (“REMICs”).

We and Freddie Mac each issue single-family UMBS. In some instances, our MBS are resecuritizations of securities

backed in whole or in part by Freddie Mac-issued UMBS, in which case our guaranty extends to the underlying Freddie

Mac securities, shown as “Freddie Mac securities guaranteed by Fannie Mae” in the table below. The Freddie Mac

securities guaranteed by Fannie Mae are excluded from our “guaranty book of business” because Freddie Mac

continues to guarantee the payment of principal and interest on the underlying Freddie Mac securities, but included in

“Total Fannie Mae guarantees” as presented in the table below.

The table below displays the composition of our guaranty book of business and our total Fannie Mae guarantees based

on UPB.

Composition of Fannie Mae Guaranty Book of Business

(Dollars in millions)

(1) Represents the UPB of Freddie Mac-issued UMBS backing Fannie Mae-issued Supers and REMICs. Because we do not have the power

to direct matters (primarily the servicing of mortgage loans) that impact the credit risk to which we are exposed, which constitute control of

these securitization trusts, we do not consolidate these trusts in our consolidated balance sheet, giving rise to off-balance sheet exposure.

See “Liquidity and Capital Management—Liquidity Management—Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements” and “Note 7, Financial Guarantees”

for more information regarding our maximum exposure to loss on unconsolidated Fannie Mae MBS and Freddie Mac securities.

We present the guaranty book of business in this section and in our Monthly Summary reports, which are available on

our website, based on the UPB of our MBS outstanding. In the “Single-Family Business” and “Multifamily Business”

sections of this report, we present our single-family conventional guaranty book of business and our multifamily

guaranty book of business, respectively, based on the UPB of mortgage loans underlying our MBS. These amounts

differ primarily as a result of payments we receive on underlying loans that have not yet been paid to the MBS holders

or in instances where we have advanced missed borrower payments on mortgage loans to make required distributions

to MBS holders. The difference in these measurements is less than 1%. Using these two presentations allows us to

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 67

MD&A | Guaranty Book of Business

base the disclosure in this section and in our Monthly Summary reports on the MBS measurement, and disclosures

about the composition of loans in our guaranty book of business on the loan measurement.

Business Segment Financial Results

We have two reportable business segments: Single-Family and Multifamily. This section discusses the primary

components of net income for our Single-Family Business and Multifamily Business segments. This information

complements the discussion of our consolidated financial results in “Consolidated Results of Operations.”

Single-Family Business Financial Results(1)

(Dollars in millions)

Multifamily Business Financial Results(1)

(Dollars in millions)

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 68

MD&A | Business Segment Financial Results

(1) See “Note 11, Segment Reporting” for information about our segment allocation methodology.

(2) For single-family, includes net interest income generated by the 10 basis point guaranty fee increase we implemented pursuant to the

Temporary Payroll Tax Cut Continuation Act of 2011, and as extended by the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act, which is paid to

Treasury and not retained by us.

(3) Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2025, we changed the presentation of debt extinguishment gains and losses from “Other income

(expense), net” to “Investment gains (losses), net.” Prior periods have been recast to conform with the current period presentation.

(4) Consists of salaries and employee benefits and professional services, technology and occupancy expenses.

(5) For single-family, consists of the portion of our single-family guaranty fees that is paid to Treasury pursuant to the TCCA, affordable

housing allocations and FHFA assessments. For multifamily, consists of affordable housing allocations and FHFA assessments.

(6) Single-family credit enhancement expense consists of costs associated with our freestanding credit enhancements, which primarily include

our CAS and CIRT programs, EPMI and certain lender risk-sharing programs. Multifamily credit enhancement expense primarily consists

of costs associated with our MCIRTTM and MCASTM programs as well as amortization expense for certain lender risk-sharing programs.

Excludes CAS transactions accounted for as debt instruments and credit risk transfer programs accounted for as derivative instruments.

(7) Primarily consists of foreclosed property income (expense), change in the expected benefits from our freestanding credit enhancements

and gains (losses) from partnership investments.

Net Interest Income

(Dollars in millions)

Single-Family

The $237 million decrease in net interest income in 2025 compared with 2024 was primarily driven by lower net interest

income from portfolios, partially offset by higher base guaranty fee income.

The $99 million decrease in net interest income in 2024 compared with 2023 was driven by lower deferred guaranty fee

income, primarily offset by higher income from base guaranty fees and lower expense from hedge accounting.

Multifamily

The $97 million increase in net interest income in 2025 compared with 2024 was primarily driven by higher guaranty fee

income as a result of an increase in the size of our multifamily guaranty book of business and higher yield maintenance

income, partially offset by lower average charged guaranty fees.

The $74 million increase in net interest income in 2024 compared with 2023 was primarily driven by higher guaranty fee

income as a result of an increase in the size of our multifamily guaranty book of business, partially offset by lower

average charged guaranty fees and lower yield maintenance income from fewer prepayments.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 69

MD&A | Business Segment Financial Results

(Provision) Benefit for Credit Losses

(Dollars in millions)

See “Consolidated Results of Operations—(Provision) Benefit for Credit Losses” for a discussion of our single-family

and multifamily (provision) benefit for credit losses.

Fair Value Gains (Losses), Net

(Dollars in millions)

The change in fair value gains (losses), net from 2024 to 2025 was primarily driven by activity within our single-family

segment. See “Consolidated Results of Operations—Fair Value Gains (Losses), Net” for a discussion of our

consolidated fair value gains (losses).

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 70

MD&A | Business Segment Financial Results

Other Income (Expense), Net

(Dollars in millions)

Single-Family

Other expense, net, decreased from $771 million in 2024 to $606 million in 2025 primarily due to a decrease in our

foreclosed property expense as a result of a reduction of our single-family REO properties and reduced repair costs.

Multifamily

Other income, net decreased from $86 million in 2024 to $20 million in 2025, primarily due to a decline in our expected

credit enhancement recoveries on multifamily loans. The decrease in estimated credit losses subject to credit

enhancements on our multifamily guaranty book of business decreased the amount we expect to receive from our

multifamily loss sharing arrangements.

Single-Family Business

Single-Family Primary Business Activities

Providing Liquidity for Single-Family Mortgage Loans

Working with lenders, our Single-Family business provides liquidity to the mortgage market primarily by acquiring single-

family loans from lenders and securitizing those loans into Fannie Mae MBS, which are either delivered to the lenders or

sold to investors or dealers. We describe our securitization transactions in “Business—Mortgage Securitizations.” Our

Single-Family business also supports liquidity in the mortgage market and the businesses of our lenders through other

activities, such as issuing structured Fannie Mae MBS backed by single-family mortgage assets and buying and selling

single-family agency mortgage-backed securities.

Our Single-Family business securitizes and purchases primarily conventional (not government-insured or government-

guaranteed) single-family fixed-rate or adjustable-rate, first-lien mortgage loans, or mortgage-related securities backed

by these types of loans. We also securitize or purchase loans insured by the Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”),

loans guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (“VA”), loans guaranteed by the Rural Development Housing

and Community Facilities Program of the U.S. Department of Agriculture, manufactured housing mortgage loans and

other mortgage-related securities.

Single-Family Mortgage Servicing

Our single-family mortgage loans are serviced by mortgage servicers on our behalf. Some loans are serviced by the

lenders that initially sold the loans to us. In other cases, loans are serviced by third-party servicers that did not originate

or sell the loans to us. For loans we own or guarantee, the lender or servicer must obtain our approval before selling

servicing rights to another servicer.

Our mortgage servicers typically collect and deliver principal and interest payments, administer escrow accounts,

monitor and report on loan performance, perform early delinquency intervention activities, evaluate transfers of

ownership interests, respond to requests for partial releases of security, and handle insurance proceeds from casualty

and condemnation losses. Our mortgage servicers are the primary point of contact for borrowers and perform a key role

in the effective implementation of our servicing policies, negotiation of workouts for delinquent and troubled loans, and

other loss mitigation activities. Mortgage servicers also inspect and preserve properties and process foreclosures and

bankruptcies. For information on the risks of our reliance on servicers, refer to “Risk Factors—Credit Risk.”

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 71

MD&A | Single-Family Business | Single-Family Primary Business Activities

We compensate servicers primarily by permitting them to retain a specified portion of each interest payment on a

serviced mortgage loan as a servicing fee. Servicers also generally retain assumption fees, late payment charges and

other similar charges, to the extent they are collected from borrowers, as additional servicing compensation. We also

compensate servicers for negotiating workouts on problem loans.

Our servicers are required to develop, follow and maintain written procedures relating to loan servicing and legal

compliance in accordance with our Servicing Guide. We oversee servicer compliance with our Servicing Guide

requirements and execution of our loss mitigation programs by conducting reviews of select servicers. These reviews

are designed to test a servicer’s quality control processes and compliance with our requirements across key servicing

functions. Issues identified through these Servicing Guide compliance reviews are provided to the servicer with

prescribed corrective actions and expected resolution due dates, and we monitor servicers’ remediation of their

compliance issues.

We employ a servicer performance management program, called the Servicer Total Achievement and RewardsTM

(STARTM) Program, which provides our largest servicers a transparent framework of key metrics and operational

assessments to recognize strong performance and identify areas of weakness. Performance management staff

measure, monitor and manage overall servicer performance by conducting regular servicer performance reviews in an

effort to promote optimal performance, mitigate risk and explore best practices or areas of opportunity to take action and

improve performance where necessary or appropriate.

Repercussions for poor performance by a servicer may include performance improvement plans, lost incentive income,

compensatory fees, monetary and non-monetary remedies, and reduced opportunity for STAR Program recognition. If

poor performance persists, servicing may ultimately be transferred to a different servicer.

Single-Family Credit Risk and Credit Loss Management

Our Single-Family business:

• Prices and manages the credit risk on loans in our single-family guaranty book of business through our loan

acquisition policies, including our Selling Guide.

• Enters into transactions that transfer a portion of the credit risk on some of the loans in our single-family

guaranty book of business through our credit risk transfer programs.

• Works to reduce costs of defaulted single-family loans, including through forbearance plans, home retention

solutions, foreclosure alternatives, management of foreclosures and our REO inventory, selling nonperforming

loans, and pursuing contractual remedies from lenders, servicers and providers of credit enhancement.

See “Single-Family Mortgage Credit Risk Management” below for discussion of our strategies for managing credit risk

and credit losses on single-family loans.

Single-Family Lenders and Investors

We work with lenders that operate within the primary mortgage market where mortgage loans are originated and funds

are loaned to borrowers. Our lenders include mortgage banking companies, savings and loan associations, savings

banks, commercial banks, credit unions, community banks, private mortgage originators, and state and local housing

finance agencies. Lenders originating mortgages in the primary mortgage market often sell them in the secondary

mortgage market in the form of whole loans or in the form of mortgage-related securities.

During 2025, approximately 1,200 lenders delivered single-family mortgage loans to us. We acquire a significant portion

of our single-family mortgage loans from several large mortgage lenders. During 2025, our top five lenders, in the

aggregate, accounted for 36% of our single-family business volume, compared with 29% in 2024. Rocket Companies,

Inc. and United Wholesale Mortgage, LLC were the only lenders that accounted for 10% or more of our single-family

business volume in 2025, representing approximately 12% and 10%, respectively. The percentage attributable to

Rocket Companies, Inc. includes volume from its affiliates Nationstar Mortgage LLC, doing business as Mr. Cooper,

which Rocket Companies, Inc. acquired in October 2025, and from Rocket Mortgage, LLC, and represents volume from

these lenders for the entire year rather than solely the post acquisition period. For information on our single-family

mortgage servicers, see “Risk Management—Institutional Counterparty Credit Risk Management—Mortgage Servicers

and Sellers.”

We have a diversified funding base of domestic and international investors. Fannie Mae single-family MBS investors

include money managers, banks, insurance companies, real estate investment trusts, the U.S. Federal Reserve, foreign

central banks, corporations, state and local governments, and other municipal authorities. Our CAS investors primarily

consist of money managers, hedge funds, and insurance companies, while our CIRT transaction counterparties are

insurers and reinsurers.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 72

MD&A | Single-Family Business | Single-Family Competition

Single-Family Competition

We compete to acquire single-family mortgage assets in the secondary mortgage market and to issue single-family

mortgage-backed securities to investors. Competition to acquire single-family mortgage assets is significantly affected

by: our and our competitors’ pricing, eligibility standards and risk appetite; the number and nature of single-family

mortgage loans originated and available for us to purchase in the secondary mortgage market (and whether sellers

elect to retain loans with better credit characteristics); investor demand for UMBS and for our and our competitors’ other

mortgage-backed securities; and macroeconomic conditions. Our ability to compete may also be affected by many other

factors, including: our and our competitors’ capital requirements; our and Freddie Mac’s return on capital requirements;

applicable requirements to purchase mission-related loans; FHFA’s single-family mortgage purchase, servicing and

securitization requirements aimed at aligning our single-family MBS with Freddie Mac’s MBS; direction from FHFA; new

or existing legislation or regulations applicable to us, our lenders or our investors; and our senior preferred stock

purchase agreement with Treasury.

Our primary competitors for the acquisition of single-family mortgage assets are Freddie Mac, FHA, the VA, the FHLBs,

U.S. banks and thrifts, securities dealers, insurance companies, and investment funds. Our primary competitors for the

issuance and/or guarantee of single-family mortgage-backed securities are Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae (which primarily

guarantees securities backed by FHA-insured loans and VA-guaranteed loans) and private market competitors.

Competition for investors and counterparties in our credit risk transfer transactions comes primarily from other issuers of

mortgage credit risk transfer transactions, such as Freddie Mac and private mortgage insurers. We also compete for

investor funds against other credit-related securitized products, such as private-label residential mortgage-backed

securities (“RMBS”), commercial RMBS, and collateralized loan obligations. The nature of our primary competitors and

the overall levels of competition we face could change as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside our

control. See “Business—Conservatorship and Treasury Agreements,” “Business—Legislation and Regulation,” and

“Risk Factors” for information on matters that could affect our business and competitive environment.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 73

MD&A | Single-Family Business | Single-Family Mortgage Market

Single-Family Mortgage Market

In the charts below we present macroeconomic factors that affect the single-family mortgage market in which our

Single-Family business operates. Home sales and the supply of unsold homes are indicators of the underlying demand

for mortgage loans, which impacts our acquisition volumes.

(1) Total existing home sales data according to National Association of REALTORS®. New single-family home sales data for 2023 and 2024

according to the U.S. Census Bureau. The 2025 new single-family home sales data is the January 2026 forecast from our Economic and

Strategic Research Group, as U.S. Census Bureau data for 2025 was not available at the time of filing this report. The seasonally adjusted

months’ supply of new single‑family unsold homes for 2025 is based on data reported by U.S. Census Bureau as of October 2025 (the

latest available data). Certain previously reported data has been updated to reflect revised historical data from one or both of these

organizations.

(2) 2025 information is as of September 30, 2025 and is based on the Federal Reserve’s January 2026 mortgage debt outstanding release,

the latest date for which the Federal Reserve has estimated mortgage debt outstanding for single-family residences. Prior-period amounts

have been changed to reflect revised historical data from the Federal Reserve.

Additional Information

• The U.S. weekly average 30-year fixed-rate mortgage rate was 6.15% as of December 31, 2025 compared with

6.85% as of December 26, 2024, and averaged 6.60% in 2025, compared with 6.72% in 2024, according to

Freddie Mac’s Primary Mortgage Market Survey®.

• We forecast that total originations in the U.S. single-family mortgage market in 2026 will increase from 2025

levels by approximately 24%, from an estimated $1.94 trillion in 2025 to $2.41 trillion in 2026, and the amount

of refinance originations in the U.S. single-family mortgage market will increase from an estimated $560 billion

in 2025 to $917 billion in 2026.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 74

MD&A | Single-Family Business | Single-Family Mortgage-Related Securities Issuances Share

Single-Family Mortgage-Related Securities Issuances Share

Our single-family Fannie Mae MBS issuances were $337 billion in 2025, compared with $329 billion in 2024 and $320

billion in 2023. This slight increase in issuances compared with 2024 was driven by a modest uptick in refinancing

activity in 2025, prompted by a decline in interest rates during the second half of 2025. Based on the latest data

available, the charts below display our estimated share of single-family mortgage-related securities issuances as

compared with that of our primary competitors for the issuance of single-family mortgage-related securities for the

periods indicated.

Single-Family Mortgage-Related

Securities Issuances Share

We estimate our share of single-family mortgage-related securities issuances was 30% in 2023.

Our market share is influenced by various factors, primarily the pricing of single-family loans and the competitive market

environment. These factors have led to a decrease in our share of mortgage-related securities issuances in recent

years. When making pricing and acquisition decisions for single-family loans, we must consider a mix of often

competing factors, such as competitive market dynamics, our capital requirements, our housing mission requirements

and UMBS market liquidity objectives. Balancing these considerations can sometimes create challenges that impact our

ability to compete effectively in the marketplace. For a discussion of factors that affect or could affect our business, our

competitive environment, demand for our MBS, or the liquidity and market value of our MBS, as well as the risks

associated with our conservatorship, our higher capital requirements relative to that of our primary competitor, our

housing mission requirements, the UMBS market and the performance of our MBS, see “Business—Conservatorship

and Treasury Agreements,” “Business—Legislation and Regulation,” “Risk Factors” and “Single-Family Competition.”

Single-Family Business Metrics

Net interest income for our Single-Family business is driven by the guaranty fees we charge and the size of our single-

family conventional guaranty book of business. The guaranty fees we charge are based in part on the characteristics of

the loans we acquire. We may adjust our guaranty fees in light of market conditions and to achieve return targets. As a

result, the average charged guaranty fee on new acquisitions may fluctuate based on the credit quality and product mix

of loans acquired, as well as market conditions and other factors.

The charts below display our average charged guaranty fees, net of TCCA fees, on our single-family conventional

guaranty book of business and on new single-family conventional loan acquisitions, along with our average single-family

conventional guaranty book of business and our single-family conventional loan acquisitions for the periods presented.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 75

MD&A | Single-Family Business | Single-Family Business Metrics

Select Single-Family Business Metrics(1)

(Dollars in billions)

(1) For information reported in this “Single-Family Business” section, our single-family conventional guaranty book of business is measured

using the UPB of our mortgage loans underlying Fannie Mae MBS outstanding.

(2) Excludes the impact of a 10 basis point guaranty fee increase implemented pursuant to the TCCA, the incremental revenue from which is

paid to Treasury and not retained by us.

(3) Our single-family conventional guaranty book of business primarily consists of single-family conventional mortgage loans underlying

Fannie Mae MBS outstanding. It also includes single-family conventional mortgage loans of Fannie Mae held in our retained mortgage

portfolio, and other credit enhancements that we provide on single-family conventional mortgage assets. Our single-family conventional

guaranty book of business does not include: (a) mortgage loans guaranteed or insured, in whole or in part, by the U.S. government; (b)

Freddie Mac-acquired mortgage loans underlying Freddie Mac-issued UMBS that we have resecuritized; or (c) non-Fannie Mae single-

family mortgage-related securities held in our retained mortgage portfolio for which we do not provide a guaranty. Our average single-

family conventional guaranty book of business is based on the average of quarter-end balances.

Our single-family conventional loan acquisition volumes remained at low levels in 2025. Housing affordability

constraints, limited supply, and market competition continued to put downward pressure on the volume of purchase

loans we acquired. In addition, while interest rates decreased during the second half of 2025, the U.S. weekly average

30-year fixed-rate mortgage rate during the year still remained higher than the interest rates of most outstanding single-

family loans, resulting in higher, but still relatively low, refinance volumes. Our average single-family conventional

guaranty book of business continued to decrease in 2025, decreasing to $3.59 trillion in 2025 from $3.63 trillion in 2024,

as liquidations from the book outpaced acquisitions.

Average charged guaranty fee on newly acquired conventional single-family loans is a metric management uses to

measure the amount we earn as compensation for the credit risk we manage and to assess our return. Average

charged guaranty fee represents, on an annualized basis, the average of the base guaranty fees charged during the

period for our single-family conventional guaranty arrangements, which we receive monthly over the life of the loan, plus

the recognition of any upfront cash payments, including loan-level price adjustments, based on an estimated average

life at the time of acquisition. The calculation of single-family conventional charged guaranty fees at acquisition is

sensitive to changes in inputs used in the calculation, including assumptions about the weighted average life of the loan,

therefore changes in charged guaranty fees are not necessarily indicative of a change in pricing.

Our average charged guaranty fee on newly acquired conventional single-family loans, net of TCCA fees, increased in

2025 compared with 2024 and 2023, primarily as a result of a shift in the mix and profile of loans we acquired, as well

as higher base guaranty fees charged on new single-family loan acquisitions.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 76

MD&A | Single-Family Business | Single-Family Mortgage Credit Risk Management

Single-Family Mortgage Credit Risk Management

Our strategy for managing single-family mortgage credit risk consists of four primary components, which we discuss in

greater detail in the sections below:

• our acquisition and servicing policies along with our underwriting and servicing standards;
• guaranty book diversification and monitoring;
• the transfer of credit risk through risk transfer transactions and the use of credit enhancements; and
• management of problem loans.

We typically obtain our single-family credit information from the lenders or servicers of the mortgage loans in our

guaranty book of business and receive representations and warranties from them as to the accuracy of the information.

While we perform various quality assurance checks by sampling loans to assess compliance with our underwriting and

eligibility criteria, we do not independently verify all reported information and we rely on lender representations and

warranties regarding the accuracy of the characteristics of loans in our guaranty book of business. See “Risk Factors”

for a discussion of risks relating to mortgage fraud as a result of this reliance on lender representations and warranties.

Single-Family Acquisition and Servicing Policies and Underwriting and Servicing

Standards

Overview

Our Single-Family business is responsible for setting underwriting and servicing standards and pricing, and managing

credit risk relating to our single-family guaranty book of business.

Underwriting and Servicing Standards

The Fannie Mae Single-Family Selling Guide (“Selling Guide”) sets forth our underwriting and eligibility guidelines, as

well as our policies and procedures related to selling single-family mortgages to us. Our Servicing Guide sets forth our

policies for servicing the loans in our single-family guaranty book.

Desktop Underwriter

Our proprietary automated underwriting system, Desktop Underwriter® (DU®), is used by mortgage lenders to evaluate

the substantial majority of our single-family loan acquisitions. DU measures credit risk by assessing the primary and

contributory risk factors of a mortgage and provides a comprehensive risk assessment of a borrower’s loan application

and eligibility of the loan for sale to us. Risk factors evaluated by DU include the key loan attributes described under

“Single-Family Guaranty Book Diversification and Monitoring” below. DU applies our own assessment of the borrower’s

credit data, including using trended credit data when available. DU analyzes the results of this risk and eligibility

evaluation to arrive at the underwriting recommendation for the loan casefile. As part of our comprehensive risk

management approach, we periodically update DU to reflect changes to our underwriting and eligibility guidelines. As

part of normal business operations, we regularly review DU to determine whether its risk analysis and eligibility

assessment are appropriate based on the current market environment and loan performance information. We also

regularly review DU’s underlying risk assessment models and recalibrate these models to improve DU’s ability to

effectively analyze risk and avoid excessive risk layering. Factors we take into account in these evaluations include the

profile of loans delivered to us, loan performance and current market conditions.

Other Underwriting Standards

DU was used to evaluate the substantial majority of the single-family loans we acquired in 2025. We also purchase and

securitize mortgage loans that have been underwritten using other automated underwriting systems, as well as

manually underwritten mortgage loans that meet our stated underwriting requirements or mortgage loans that meet

agreed-upon standards that differ from our standard underwriting and eligibility criteria. The majority of loans we

acquired in 2025 that were not underwritten with DU were underwritten through a third-party automated underwriting

system, such as Freddie Mac’s Loan Product Advisor®.

Servicing Policies

Our servicing policies establish the requirements our servicers must follow in:

• processing and remitting loan payments;
• working with delinquent borrowers on loss mitigation activities;
• managing and protecting Fannie Mae’s interest in the pledged property; and
• processing bankruptcies and foreclosures.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 77

MD&A | Single-Family Business | Single-Family Mortgage Credit Risk Management

Our goal is to ensure that our policies support credit risk management over the life of the mortgage loan by enabling

early delinquency outreach by servicers, promoting loss mitigation in the event of default and providing for the

preservation and protection of the collateral supporting the mortgage loan. See “Single-Family Primary Business

Activities—Single-Family Mortgage Servicing” above for more information on the servicing of our single-family mortgage

loans.

New Credit Score Models

Fannie Mae uses credit scores to provide a foundation for risk-based pricing, and support disclosures to investors. We

currently use the “classic FICO® Score” from Fair Isaac Corporation as our credit score model, which FHFA has

approved.

In October 2022, FHFA announced the validation and approval of two new credit score models for use by Fannie Mae

and Freddie Mac: the FICO® Score 10T credit score model and the VantageScore® 4.0 credit score model. In July 2025,

FHFA announced that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are moving forward with an interim phase in the transition to the

new credit score models, in which we will permit lenders to deliver mortgage loans using a credit score generated by

either the classic FICO Score model or the VantageScore 4.0 model as we continue to work towards full implementation

of modernized credit scoring and credit reporting. FHFA also announced that implementation efforts are underway with

respect to the FICO Score 10T credit score model, and that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac expect to be able to publish

historical FICO Score 10T data and adopt scores from the model at a later date.

We will update our Selling Guide and make additional changes to support the adoption of VantageScore 4.0 in the near

future. During the interim phase, we will accept either classic FICO Score or VantageScore 4.0 credit scores on a given

loan, but not both. FHFA has advised that the inclusion of VantageScore 4.0 credit scores during the interim phase will

not change our current tri-merge credit reporting requirement.

Quality Control Process

Our quality control process includes using automated tools to help us determine whether a loan meets our eligibility

requirements by conducting in-depth reviews and selecting random samples of performing loans for quality control

review shortly after acquisition.

Repurchase Requests and Representation and Warranty Framework

If we determine that a mortgage loan did not meet our Selling Guide requirements, then our mortgage sellers and/or

servicers are obligated to repurchase the loan, reimburse us for our losses or provide other remedies, unless the loan is

eligible for relief under our representation and warranty framework. We refer to our demands that mortgage sellers and

servicers meet these obligations as repurchase requests.

Under our representation and warranty framework, lenders can obtain relief from repurchase liability for violations of

certain underwriting representations and warranties. Loans with 36 months of consecutive monthly payments and

minimal delinquencies over a specified time period or with satisfactory conclusion of a full-file quality control review are

eligible for relief. However, no relief may be granted for violations of “life of loan” representations and warranties, such

as those relating to whether a loan was originated in compliance with applicable laws or conforms to our charter

requirements. As of December 31, 2025, 81% of the outstanding loans in our single-family conventional guaranty book

of business that were acquired and are subject to this framework have obtained relief based solely on payment history

or the satisfactory conclusion of a full-file quality control review, and an additional 16% remain eligible for relief in the

future.

In addition, lenders may obtain relief from liability for violations of a more narrow set of representations and warranties

through the use of specified underwriting tools. This primarily includes relief for:

• borrower income, asset and employment data that has been validated through DU; and
• appraised property value for appraisals that have received a qualifying risk score in Collateral Underwriter®, our

appraisal review tool.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 78

MD&A | Single-Family Business | Single-Family Mortgage Credit Risk Management

The table below shows information about issued and outstanding repurchase requests on single-family loans.

Issued and Outstanding Repurchase Requests

(Dollars in billions)

(1) The applicable twelve-month period for 2025 is May 1, 2024 through April 30, 2025 and for 2024 is May 1, 2023 through April 30, 2024. For

2025, this represents the most recent twelve-month period as of December 31, 2025 for which we have issued substantially all repurchase

demands. The 2024 period is presented on the same basis for comparability with the 2025 period.

(2) Represents repurchase requests issued as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, on loans delivered to us during the applicable twelve-month

periods referenced in the prior footnote.

(3) The dollar amounts of our outstanding repurchase requests are based on the UPB of the loans underlying the repurchase request, which

often differs from the amount collected or reimbursed from mortgage sellers and/or servicers depending on the type of remedy agreed

upon.

Single-Family Guaranty Book Diversification and Monitoring

Overview

The composition of our single-family conventional guaranty book of business is diversified by product type, loan

characteristics and geography, all of which influence credit quality and performance and may reduce our credit risk. We

monitor various loan attributes, in conjunction with housing market and economic conditions, to determine if our pricing,

eligibility and underwriting criteria are appropriately calibrated to ensure the risk associated with loans we acquire fits

within our corporate risk appetite and meets our other mission and return objectives. In some cases, we may decide to

significantly reduce our participation in riskier loan product categories. We also review the payment performance of

loans in order to help identify potential problem loans early in the delinquency cycle and to guide the development of our

loss mitigation strategies.

The profile of our single-family conventional guaranty book of business includes the following key risk characteristics:

• LTV ratio. LTV ratio is a strong predictor of credit performance. Lower LTV ratios are generally associated with

a reduced likelihood of default and lower loss severity in the event of default. This relationship also applies to

estimated mark-to-market LTV ratios. An LTV ratio above 100% indicates that the borrower's mortgage balance

is greater than the property's current market value, which increases the risk of default and potential loss

severity.

• Product type. Certain loan product types have features that may result in increased risk. Generally,

intermediate-term, fixed-rate mortgages exhibit the lowest default rates, followed by long-term, fixed-rate

mortgages. Historically, adjustable-rate mortgages (“ARMs”), including negative-amortizing and interest-only

loans, and balloon/reset mortgages have exhibited higher default rates than fixed-rate mortgages, partly

because the borrower’s payments rose, within limits, as interest rates changed.

• Number of units. Mortgages on one-unit properties tend to have lower credit risk than mortgages on two-, three-

or four-unit properties.

• Property type. Certain property types have a higher risk of default. For example, condominiums tend to have

higher credit risk than single-family detached properties.

• Occupancy type. Mortgages on properties occupied by the borrower as a primary or secondary residence tend

to have lower credit risk than mortgages on investment properties.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 79

MD&A | Single-Family Business | Single-Family Mortgage Credit Risk Management

• Credit score. Credit score is a measure often used by the financial services industry, including us, to assess

borrower credit quality and the likelihood that a borrower will repay future obligations as expected. A higher

credit score typically indicates lower credit risk.

• DTI ratio. DTI ratio refers to the ratio of a borrower’s outstanding debt obligations (including both mortgage debt

and certain other long-term and significant short-term debts) to that borrower’s reported or calculated monthly

income, to the extent the income is used to qualify for the mortgage. As a borrower’s DTI ratio increases, the

associated risk of default on the loan generally increases, especially if other higher-risk factors are present.

From time to time, we revise our guidelines for determining a borrower’s DTI ratio. The amount of income

reported by a borrower and used to qualify for a mortgage may not represent the borrower’s total income;

therefore, the DTI ratios we report may be higher than borrowers’ actual DTI ratios.

• Loan purpose. Loan purpose refers to how the borrower intends to use the funds from a mortgage loan—either

for a home purchase or refinancing of an existing mortgage. Cash-out refinancings have a higher risk of default

than either mortgage loans used for the purchase of a property or other refinancings that restrict the amount of

cash returned to the borrower.

• Geographic concentration. Local economic conditions affect borrowers’ ability to repay loans and the value of

collateral underlying loans. Geographic diversification reduces mortgage credit risk.

• Loan age. We monitor year of origination and loan age, which is defined as the number of years since

origination. The risk of default on mortgage loans typically does not peak until the third through fifth year

following origination; however, this range can vary based on many factors, including changes in

macroeconomic conditions and foreclosure timelines.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 80

MD&A | Single-Family Business | Single-Family Mortgage Credit Risk Management

The following table displays our single-family conventional business volumes and our single-family conventional

guaranty book of business, based on certain key risk characteristics that we use to evaluate the risk profile and credit

quality of our single-family loans.

We provide additional information on the credit characteristics of our single-family loans in our quarterly earnings

presentations and financial supplements, which we furnish to the SEC with current reports on Form 8-K and make

available on our website. Information in our quarterly earnings presentations and financial supplements is not

incorporated by reference into this report.

Key Risk Characteristics of Single-Family Conventional Business Volume and Guaranty Book of Business(1)

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 81

MD&A | Single-Family Business | Single-Family Mortgage Credit Risk Management

* Represents less than 0.5% of single-family conventional business volume or guaranty book of business.

(1) Second-lien mortgage loans held by third parties are not reflected in the original LTV or the estimated mark-to-market LTV ratios in this

table.

(2) Calculated based on the UPB of single-family loans for each category at time of acquisition.

(3) Calculated based on the aggregate UPB of single-family loans for each category divided by the aggregate UPB of loans in our single-

family conventional guaranty book of business as of the end of each period.

(4) The original LTV ratio generally is based on the original UPB of the loan divided by the appraised property value reported to us at the time

of acquisition of the loan. Excludes loans for which this information is not readily available.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 82

MD&A | Single-Family Business | Single-Family Mortgage Credit Risk Management

(5) The aggregate estimated mark-to-market LTV ratio is based on the UPB of the loan as of the end of each reported period divided by the

estimated current value of the property, which we calculate using an internal valuation model that estimates periodic changes in home

value. Excludes loans for which this information is not readily available.

(6) Loans with unavailable FICO credit scores represent less than 0.5% of single-family conventional business volume or guaranty book of

business, and therefore are not presented separately in this table.

(7) Excludes loans for which this information is not readily available.

(8) Long-term fixed-rate consists of mortgage loans with maturities greater than 15 years, while intermediate-term fixed-rate loans have

maturities equal to or less than 15 years.

(9) Midwest consists of IL, IN, IA, MI, MN, NE, ND, OH, SD and WI. Northeast consists of CT, DE, ME, MA, NH, NJ, NY, PA, PR, RI, VT and

VI. Southeast consists of AL, DC, FL, GA, KY, MD, MS, NC, SC, TN, VA and WV. Southwest consists of AZ, AR, CO, KS, LA, MO, NM, OK,

TX and UT. West consists of AK, CA, GU, HI, ID, MT, NV, OR, WA and WY.

Characteristics of our New Single-Family Loan Acquisitions

Refinancing activity was higher in 2025 compared to 2024 as interest rates declined in the second half of 2025, resulting

in a modest increase in the number of borrowers who could benefit from refinancing. Accordingly, the share of our

single-family loan acquisitions consisting of refinance loans (versus home purchase loans) increased to 26% in 2025

compared with 17% in 2024. Typically, refinance loans have lower LTV ratios than home purchase loans. This trend

contributed to a minor decrease in the percentage of our single-family loan acquisitions with LTV ratios over 80%, from

39% in 2024 to 38% in 2025. In addition, our acquisitions of loans from first-time home buyers decreased to 37% of our

single-family loan acquisitions in 2025 from 41% in 2024.

The credit profile of our future acquisitions will depend on many factors, including:

• our future guaranty fee pricing and our competitors’ pricing, and any impact of that pricing on the volume and

mix of loans we acquire;

• our internal risk limits;
• our future eligibility standards and those of mortgage insurers, FHA and VA;
• the percentage of loan originations representing refinancings;
• changes in interest rates;
• our future objectives and activities in support of those objectives, including actions we may take to reach

additional underserved creditworthy borrowers;

• government and regulatory policy;
• market and competitive conditions; and
• our capital requirements.

We expect the ultimate performance of our loans will be affected by borrower behavior, public policy and

macroeconomic trends, including unemployment, the economy and home prices.

High-Balance Loans

The standard conforming loan limit for a one-unit property was $766,550 for 2024, $806,500 for 2025 and increased to

$832,750 for 2026. As we discuss in “Business—Legislation and Regulation—Our Charter,” we are permitted to acquire

loans with higher balances in certain areas, which we refer to as high-balance loans.

The following table displays the amount of high-balance loans in our single-family conventional guaranty book of

business.

Single-Family High-Balance Loans

Adjustable-Rate Mortgages

ARMs are mortgage loans with an interest rate that adjusts periodically over the life of the mortgage based on changes

in a specified index. The table below displays the UPB for ARMs in our single-family conventional guaranty book of

business by the year of their next scheduled contractual reset date. The contractual reset is either an adjustment to the

loan’s interest rate or a scheduled change to the loan’s monthly payment to begin to reflect the payment of principal.

The timing of the actual reset dates may differ from those presented due to a number of factors, including refinancing or

exercising of other provisions within the terms of the mortgage.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 83

MD&A | Single-Family Business | Single-Family Mortgage Credit Risk Management

Single-Family Adjustable-Rate Mortgages(1)

(Dollars in millions)

(1) Excludes loans for which there is not an additional reset for the remaining life of the loan.

(2) Includes $1.8 billion of interest-only and negative-amortizing loans. We have not acquired interest-only loans since 2014, and we have not

acquired negative-amortizing loans since 2007.

Single-Family Credit Enhancement and Transfer of Mortgage Credit Risk

Overview

One of the key components of our credit risk management strategy is the transfer of mortgage credit risk to third parties.

The table below displays information about the loans in our single-family conventional guaranty book of business

covered by one or more forms of credit enhancement, including mortgage insurance or a credit risk transfer transaction.

Single-Family Loans with Credit Enhancement

(Dollars in billions)

The table above presents the UPB and percentage of our single-family conventional guaranty book of business that is

covered by the referenced credit enhancements, but does not present the risk in force of such credit enhancements.

“Risk in force” refers to the maximum potential loss recovery under the applicable credit enhancement transaction. The

risk in force of our back-end single-family credit risk transfer transactions, which refers to the maximum amount of

losses that could be absorbed by credit risk transfer investors, was approximately $39 billion as of December 31, 2025,

compared with approximately $43 billion as of December 31, 2024. Our back-end credit risk transfer transactions

consist of our Connecticut Avenue Securities, Credit Insurance Risk Transfer, and other transactions. For information on

our risk-in-force primary mortgage insurance coverage, see “Risk Management—Institutional Counterparty Credit Risk

Management—Mortgage Insurers.”

Mortgage Insurance

Our charter generally requires credit enhancement on any single-family conventional mortgage loan that we purchase or

securitize if it has an LTV ratio over 80% at the time of acquisition. We generally achieve this through primary mortgage

insurance. Primary mortgage insurance transfers varying portions of the credit risk associated with a mortgage loan to a

third-party insurer. For us to receive a payment in settlement of a claim under a primary mortgage insurance policy, the

insured loan must be in default and the borrower’s interest in the property securing the loan must have been

extinguished, generally in a foreclosure action, short sale or a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure. Claims are generally paid

three to six months after title to the property has been transferred.

Our approved monoline mortgage insurers’ financial ability and willingness to pay claims is an important determinant of

our overall credit risk exposure. For a discussion of our exposure to and management of the counterparty credit risk

associated with mortgage insurers, see “Risk Management—Institutional Counterparty Credit Risk Management—

Mortgage Insurers” and “Note 14, Concentrations of Credit Risk.”

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 84

MD&A | Single-Family Business | Single-Family Mortgage Credit Risk Management

Credit Risk Transfer Transactions

Our Single-Family business has developed other risk-sharing capabilities to transfer portions of our single-family

mortgage credit risk to the private market. These credit risk transfer transactions are described in the table below. Our

credit risk transfer transactions are designed to transfer a portion of the losses we expect would be incurred in an

economic downturn or a stressed credit environment. While these transactions are expected to mitigate some of our

potential future credit losses (generally net of any proceeds received from front-end credit enhancements, such as

primary mortgage insurance), they are not designed to shield us from all losses. We retain a portion of the future credit

losses on all loans covered by CAS and CIRT transactions, including all or a portion of the first loss positions in most

transactions. Because our credit risk transfer transactions reduce our credit risk, they also affect our capital

requirements and our returns on capital.

We have designed our credit risk transfer transactions so that the principal payment and loss performance of the

transactions correspond to the performance of the loans in the underlying reference pools. Generally, loss

reimbursement payments are received after the underlying property has been liquidated and all applicable proceeds,

including primary mortgage insurance benefits, have been applied to reduce the loss.

In 2025, we transferred a portion of the mortgage credit risk on single-family mortgage loans with a UPB of $179.8

billion at the time of the transactions. When engaging in these transactions, we consider their cost, the resulting capital

relief provided by the transactions, and the overall credit risk transfer capacity of the market. The cost of our credit risk

transfer transactions is impacted by macroeconomic and housing market sentiment, as well as the demand and

capacity of the investors and reinsurers that support these transactions. When structuring our credit risk transfer

transactions, we may choose to adjust the amount of first loss retained by Fannie Mae in these transactions as a way to

manage costs or market capacity, or as a way to adjust the amount of capital relief we are targeting for the transaction.

Changes in our capital requirements, including the capital relief assigned for credit risk transfer transactions, could

cause us to modify our credit risk transfer activities.

We provide a portion of the guaranty fee to investors in our credit risk transfer transactions as compensation for their

taking on a share of the credit risk of the related loans. We record the substantial majority of expenses related to our

credit risk transfer transactions in “Credit enhancement expense” within our consolidated statements of operations and

comprehensive income.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 85

MD&A | Single-Family Business | Single-Family Mortgage Credit Risk Management

Principal Categories of Our Single-Family Credit Risk Transfer Transactions

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 86

MD&A | Single-Family Business | Single-Family Mortgage Credit Risk Management

The following table displays the primary characteristics of the loans in our single-family conventional guaranty book of

business without credit enhancement.

Single-Family Loans Currently without Credit Enhancement

(Dollars in billions)

(1) Represents loans with an LTV ratio less than or equal to 60% or loans with an original maturity of 20 years or less.

(2) Represents loans that were acquired before the inception of our credit risk transfer programs. Also includes Refi PlusTM loans.

(3) Represents loans that were recently acquired and have not been included in a reference pool.

(4) Includes adjustable-rate mortgage loans, loans with a combined LTV ratio greater than 97%, non-Refi Plus loans acquired after the

inception of our credit risk transfer programs that became 30 or more days delinquent prior to inclusion in a credit risk transfer transaction,

and loans that were delinquent as of December 31, 2025 or December 31, 2024. Also includes loans that were previously included in a

credit risk transfer transaction but subsequently had the coverage canceled or the covered term of the transaction ended.

Single-Family Problem Loan Management

Overview

Our problem loan management strategies focus primarily on reducing defaults to avoid losses that would otherwise

occur and pursuing foreclosure alternatives to mitigate the severity of the losses we incur. If a borrower does not make

required payments, or is in jeopardy of not making payments, we work with the loan servicer to offer workout solutions

to minimize the likelihood of foreclosure as well as the severity of loss. When appropriate, we seek to move to

foreclosure expeditiously.

Below we describe the following:

• delinquency statistics on our problem loans;
• efforts undertaken to manage our problem loans, including the role of servicers in loss mitigation, forbearance

plans, loan workouts, and sales of nonperforming and reperforming loans;

• REO management; and
• other single-family credit-related information, including our credit loss and loan sale performance and credit loss

concentration metrics.

We also provide ongoing credit performance information on loans underlying single-family Fannie Mae MBS and loans

covered by single-family credit risk transfer transactions. For loans backing Fannie Mae MBS, see the “Forbearance

and Delinquency Dashboard” available in the MBS section of our Data Dynamics® tool, which is available at

www.fanniemae.com/datadynamics (http://www.fanniemae.com/datadynamics). For loans covered by credit risk transfer transactions, see the “Deal Performance

Data” report available in the CAS and CIRT sections of the tool. Information on our website is not incorporated into this

report. Information in Data Dynamics may differ from similar measures presented in our financial statements and other

public disclosures for a variety of reasons, including as a result of variations in the loan population covered, timing

differences in reporting and other factors.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 87

MD&A | Single-Family Business | Single-Family Mortgage Credit Risk Management

Delinquency

The tables below display the delinquency status of loans and changes in the volume of seriously delinquent loans in our

single-family conventional guaranty book of business based on the number of loans. Single-family seriously delinquent

loans are loans that are 90 days or more past due or in the foreclosure process. Our single-family serious delinquency

rate is expressed as a percentage of our single-family conventional guaranty book of business based on loan count.

Management monitors the single-family serious delinquency rate as an indicator of potential future credit losses and

loss mitigation activities. Serious delinquency rates are reflective of our performance in assessing and managing credit

risk associated with single-family loans in our guaranty book of business. A higher serious delinquency rate may result

in a higher allowance for loan losses. For information on our single-family serious delinquency rate based on UPB, see

"Note 14, Concentrations of Credit Risk—Risk Characteristics of our Guaranty Book of Business—Single-Family Credit

Risk Characteristics."

Delinquency Status and Activity of Single-Family Conventional Loans

Our single-family serious delinquency rate increased by 2 basis points as of December 31, 2025 compared with

December 31, 2024, remaining near historically low levels. Given our expectation of slower home price growth in 2026

and 2027, the credit performance of the loans in our single-family guaranty book of business may decline compared

with recent performance, which could lead to higher delinquencies or an increase in our single-family serious

delinquency rate.

Factors that affect our single-family serious delinquency rate include:

• the percentage of our loans that receive forbearance and the length of time they remain in forbearance;
• the pace and effectiveness of payment deferrals, loan modifications and other workouts;
• the timing and volume of nonperforming loan sales we execute;
• pandemics and natural disasters;
• servicer performance; and
• changes in home prices, unemployment levels and other macroeconomic conditions.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 88

MD&A | Single-Family Business | Single-Family Mortgage Credit Risk Management

The table below displays the serious delinquency rates for, and the percentage of our seriously delinquent single-family

conventional loans represented by, the specified loan categories. Percentage of book amounts represent the UPB of

loans for each category divided by the UPB of our total single-family conventional guaranty book of business. The

reported categories are not mutually exclusive.

Single-Family Conventional Seriously Delinquent Loan Concentration Analysis

* Represents less than 0.5% of single-family conventional guaranty book of business.

(1) Percentage of book amounts represent the UPB of loans for each category divided by the UPB of our total single-family conventional

guaranty book of business.

(2) Calculated based on the number of single-family loans that were seriously delinquent for each category divided by the total number of

single-family conventional loans that were seriously delinquent.

(3) The credit-enhanced categories are not mutually exclusive. A loan with primary mortgage insurance that is also covered by a credit risk

transfer transaction will be included in both the “Primary MI & other” category and the “Credit risk transfer” category. As a result, the “Credit

enhanced” and “Non-credit enhanced” categories do not sum to 100%. The total percentage of our single-family conventional guaranty

book of business with some form of credit enhancement as of December 31, 2025 was 47%.

(4) Refers to loans included in an agreement used to reduce credit risk by requiring primary mortgage insurance, collateral, letters of credit,

corporate guarantees, or other agreements to provide an entity with some assurance that it will be compensated to some degree in the

event of a financial loss. Excludes loans covered by credit risk transfer transactions unless such loans are also covered by primary

mortgage insurance.

(5) Refers to loans included in reference pools for credit risk transfer transactions, including loans in these transactions that are also covered

by primary mortgage insurance. For CAS and some lender risk-sharing transactions, this represents the outstanding UPB of the underlying

loans on the single-family mortgage credit book, not the outstanding reference pool, as of the specified date.

Forbearance Plans and Loan Workouts

As a part of our credit risk management efforts, we offer several types of loss mitigation options to help homeowners

stay in their home or to otherwise avoid foreclosure. Loss mitigation options can consist of a forbearance plan or a loan

workout. Our loan workouts reflect additional types of home retention solutions that help reinstate loans to current

status, including repayment plans, payment deferrals, and loan modifications. Our loan workouts also include

foreclosure alternatives, such as short sales and deeds in-lieu of foreclosure.

As of December 31, 2025, the UPB of single-family loans in forbearance was $7.5 billion, or 0.2% of our single-family

conventional guaranty book of business, compared with $8.0 billion, or 0.2% of our single-family conventional guaranty

book of business, as of December 31, 2024.

We work with our servicers to implement our home retention solution and foreclosure alternative initiatives, and we

emphasize the importance of early contact with borrowers and early entry into a home retention solution. We require

that servicers first evaluate borrowers for eligibility under a workout option before considering foreclosure. The existence

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 89

MD&A | Single-Family Business | Single-Family Mortgage Credit Risk Management

of a second lien may limit our ability to provide borrowers with loan workout options, particularly those that are part of

our foreclosure prevention efforts; however, we are not required to contact a second lien holder to obtain their approval

prior to providing a borrower with a loan modification.

Home Retention Solutions

When a borrower cannot bring the loan current by reinstating the loan or through a repayment plan, we use our

payment deferral and loan modification workout options to help resolve the loan’s delinquency. A payment deferral is a

loss mitigation option which defers the repayment of the delinquent principal and interest payments and other eligible

default-related amounts that were advanced on behalf of the borrower by converting them into a non-interest-bearing

balance due at the earlier of the payoff date, the maturity date, or sale or transfer of the property. The remaining

mortgage terms, interest rate, payment schedule, and maturity date remain unchanged, and no trial period is required.

The number of months of payments deferred varies based on the types of hardships the borrower is facing.

We also offer single-family borrowers loan modifications, which contractually change the terms of the loan. Our loan

modification programs generally require completion of a trial period of three to four months where the borrower makes

reduced monthly payments prior to receiving the modification.

Our loan modifications are designed to reach a 20% targeted principal and interest payment reduction for the borrower.

As outlined by our Servicing Guide, loan modifications include the following concessions as necessary to achieve a 20%

targeted payment reduction:

• capitalization of past due amounts, a form of payment delay, which capitalizes interest and other eligible

default-related amounts that were advanced on behalf of the borrower that are past due into the UPB of the

loan; and

• a term extension, which may extend the contractual maturity date of the loan up to 40 years from the effective

date of the modification.

In addition to these concessions, loan modifications may also include an interest rate reduction, which reduces the

contractual interest rate of the loan, or a principal forbearance, which is another form of payment delay that includes

forbearing repayment of a portion of the principal balance as a non-interest bearing amount that is due at the earlier of

the payoff date, the maturity date, or sale or transfer of the property.

Our primary loan modification program is currently the Flex Modification program, which offers payment relief for eligible

borrowers.

Foreclosure Alternatives

We offer foreclosure alternatives for borrowers who are unable to retain their homes. Foreclosure alternatives may be

more appropriate if the borrower has experienced a significant adverse change in financial condition due to events such

as long-term unemployment or reduced income, divorce, or unexpected issues like medical bills, and is therefore no

longer able to make the required mortgage payments. To avoid foreclosure and satisfy the first-lien mortgage obligation,

our servicers work with a borrower to:

• accept a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure, whereby the borrower voluntarily signs over the title to their property to the

servicer; or

• sell the home prior to foreclosure in a short sale, whereby the borrower sells the home for less than the full

amount owed to Fannie Mae under the mortgage loan.

These alternatives are designed to reduce our credit losses while helping borrowers avoid having to go through a

foreclosure.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 90

MD&A | Single-Family Business | Single-Family Mortgage Credit Risk Management

Loan Workout Metrics

The chart below displays the UPB of our completed single-family loan workouts by type, as well as the number of loan

workouts. This table does not include loans in an active forbearance arrangement, trial modifications, and repayment

plans that have been initiated but not completed.

(1) Excludes approximately 20,500 loans, 19,300 loans and 16,300 loans in a trial modification period that was not yet complete as of

December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

(2) Other was $938 million, $773 million and $516 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Other

includes repayment plans and foreclosure alternatives. Repayment plans reflect only those plans associated with loans that were 60 days

or more delinquent at the execution of the plan.

The increase in loan workout activity in 2025 compared with 2024 was primarily driven by an increase in loan

modifications, which includes borrowers affected by disaster activity.

The table below displays the percentage of our single-family loan modifications completed during 2024 and 2023 that

were current or paid off one year after modification and, for modifications completed during 2023, two years after

modification.

Percentage of Single-Family Completed Loan Modifications That Were Current or Paid Off at One and Two Years Post-Modification

Nonperforming and Reperforming Loan Sales

We also undertake efforts to mitigate credit losses and manage our problem loans by selling our nonperforming and

reperforming loans, thereby removing them from our guaranty book of business. This problem loan management

strategy is intended to reduce: the number of seriously-delinquent loans, the severity of losses incurred on these loans,

and the capital we would be required to hold for such loans.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 91

MD&A | Single-Family Business | Single-Family Mortgage Credit Risk Management

Nonperforming and Reperforming Loan Sale Activity

(Dollars in millions)

REO Management

If a loan defaults, we may acquire the property through foreclosure or a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure. The table below

displays our REO activity by region. Regional REO acquisition trends generally follow a pattern that is similar to, but

lags, that of regional delinquency trends.

Single-Family REO Properties

(1) Consists of held-for-sale and held-for-use properties, which are reported in our consolidated balance sheets as a component of “Other

assets.”

(2) See footnote 9 to the “Key Risk Characteristics of Single-Family Conventional Business Volume and Guaranty Book of Business” table for

states included in each geographic region.

(3) Reflects the total number of properties acquired through foreclosure or deeds-in-lieu of foreclosure as a percentage of the total number of

loans in our single-family conventional guaranty book of business as of the end of each period.

(4) Calculated as the amount of sale proceeds received on disposition of REO properties during the respective periods, excluding those

subject to repurchase requests made to our sellers or servicers, divided by the aggregate UPB of the related loans at the time of

foreclosure. Net sales price represents the contract sales price less selling costs for the property and other charges paid by the seller at

closing, and excludes the cost associated with any property repairs.

(5) Calculated as the amount of sale proceeds received on disposition of REO properties during the respective periods, excluding those

subject to repurchase requests made to our sellers or servicers, divided by the aggregate UPB of the related loans at the time of

foreclosure and costs to repair the property. Net sales price represents the contract sales price less selling costs for the property and other

charges paid by the seller at closing.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 92

MD&A | Single-Family Business | Single-Family Mortgage Credit Risk Management

(6) Calculated as the amount of sale proceeds received on properties sold in short sale transactions during the respective periods divided by

the aggregate UPB of the related loans. Net sales price includes borrower relocation incentive payments and subordinate lien(s)

negotiated payoffs.

Our REO net sales price to UPB, excluding costs to repair, declined to 136% in 2025 from 143% in 2024, primarily

driven by REO properties with higher LTV ratios at foreclosure, resulting in a higher average UPB relative to the sales

price. The ratio of REO net sales price to UPB and costs to repair declined to 82% in 2025 from 89% in 2024, primarily

driven by higher average UPB and rising capitalizable repair costs per property due to inflation and labor shortages. Our

prior REO repair strategy was to conduct repairs on the majority of the properties we acquired. In March 2025, FHFA

directed us to revise our REO repair strategy, and we expect our revised strategy will result in lower repair costs on our

REO properties over time.

We market and sell the majority of our foreclosed properties through local real estate professionals. In some cases, we

use alternative methods of disposition, including selling homes to municipalities, other public entities or non-profit

organizations, and selling properties through public auctions. We also engage in third-party sales at foreclosure, which

allow us to avoid maintenance and other REO expenses we would have incurred had we acquired the property.

As shown in the chart below, the majority of our REO properties are unable to be marketed at any given time because

the properties are under repair, occupied or are subject to state or local redemption or confirmation periods, which

delays the marketing and disposition of these properties.

REO Property Status

As of December 31, 2025

Single-Family Credit Loss Performance Metrics and Loan Sale Performance

The single-family credit loss performance metrics and loan sale performance measures below present information about

losses or gains we realized on our single-family loans during the periods presented. For the purposes of our single-

family credit loss performance metrics, credit losses or gains represent write-offs net of recoveries and foreclosed

property income or expense. The amount of these losses or gains in a given period is driven by foreclosures, pre-

foreclosure sales, post-foreclosure REO activity, mortgage loan redesignations, and other events that trigger write-offs

and recoveries. The single-family credit loss metrics we present are not defined terms and may not be calculated in the

same manner as similarly titled measures reported by other companies. Management uses these measures to evaluate

the effectiveness of our single-family credit risk management strategies in conjunction with leading indicators such as

serious delinquency and forbearance rates, which are potential indicators of future realized single-family credit losses.

We believe these measures provide useful information about our single-family credit performance and the factors that

impact it.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 93

MD&A | Single-Family Business | Single-Family Mortgage Credit Risk Management

The table below displays the components of our single-family credit loss performance metrics. Because sales of

nonperforming and reperforming loans are a part of our credit loss mitigation strategy, we also provide information in the

table below on our loan sale performance through the “Gains (losses) on sales and other valuation adjustments” line

item.

Single-Family Credit Loss Performance Metrics and Loan Sale Performance

(Dollars in millions)

* Represents less than 0.05 bps.

(1) Consists of the lower of cost or fair value adjustment at time of redesignation.

(2) Consists of gains or losses realized on the sales of nonperforming and reperforming mortgage loans during the period and temporary

lower of cost or market adjustments on HFS loans, which are recognized in “Investment gains (losses), net” in our consolidated statements

of operations and comprehensive income.

(3) Calculated based on the amount of “Credit gains (losses)” divided by the average single-family conventional guaranty book of business

during the period.

(4) Calculated based on the amount of “Net credit gains (losses), write-offs on redesignations and gains (losses) on sales and other valuation

adjustments” divided by the average single-family conventional guaranty book of business during the period.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 94

MD&A | Single-Family Business | Single-Family Mortgage Credit Risk Management

The table below displays concentrations of our net single-family credit gains (losses) and write-offs on redesignations

based on geography.

Concentration Analysis of Net Credit Gains (Losses) and Write-offs on Redesignations

(Dollars in millions)

(1) Calculated based on the aggregate UPB of single-family loans for each category divided by the aggregate UPB of loans in our single-

family conventional guaranty book of business as of the end of each period.

(2) Credit gains (losses) and write-offs on redesignations do not include gains (losses) on sales and other valuation adjustments. Excludes the

impact of recoveries resulting from resolution agreements related to representation and warranty matters and compensatory fee income

related to servicing matters that have not been allocated to specific loans.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 95

MD&A | Single-Family Business | Single-Family Mortgage Credit Risk Management

Single-Family Maturity Information

The below table shows the contractual maturities and interest rate sensitivities of our single-family mortgage loan

portfolio as recorded on our consolidated balance sheets. Although the loans in our consolidated portfolio have varying

contractual terms (for example, 15-year, 30-year, etc.), the actual life of the loans is likely to be significantly less than

their contractual term as a result of prepayment. Therefore, the contractual term is not a reliable indicator of the loans’

expected lives. Single-family mortgages can be prepaid in whole or in part at any time without penalty.

Single-Family Loans: Maturities and Terms of the Consolidated Mortgage Loan Portfolio(1)

(Dollars in millions)

(1) We report the scheduled repayments in the maturity category in which the payment is due, such that a loan’s balance may be presented

across multiple maturity categories.

(2) Due within 1 year includes reverse mortgages for which there is no defined maturity date of $2.5 billion as of December 31, 2025.

(3) Excludes accrued interest receivable. The UPB of single family loans is based on the amount of contractual UPB due and excludes any

write-offs for amounts deemed uncollectible. Those write-offs are presented as a component of cost basis adjustments, net.

Multifamily Business

Multifamily Primary Business Activities

Providing Liquidity for Multifamily Mortgage Loans

Our Multifamily business provides mortgage market liquidity primarily for properties with five or more residential units,

which may be apartment communities, cooperative properties, seniors housing, dedicated student housing or

manufactured housing communities. Our Multifamily business works with our multifamily lenders to provide funds to the

mortgage market primarily by securitizing multifamily mortgage loans acquired from these lenders into Fannie Mae

MBS, which are sold to investors or dealers. We also purchase multifamily mortgage loans and provide credit

enhancement for bonds issued by state and local housing finance authorities to finance multifamily housing. Our

Multifamily business supports liquidity in the mortgage market through other activities, such as buying and selling

Fannie Mae multifamily MBS and issuing structured securities backed by Fannie Mae collateral. We also continue to

invest in multifamily Low Income Housing Tax Credit (“LIHTC”) projects to help support and preserve the supply of

affordable rental housing.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 96

MD&A | Multifamily Business | Multifamily Primary Business Activities

Key Characteristics of the Multifamily Business

The Multifamily business has a number of key characteristics that distinguish it from our Single-Family business.

• Collateral: Multifamily loans are collateralized by properties that generate cash flows predominantly driven by

rental income received from tenants and effectively operate as businesses.

• Borrowers and sponsors: Multifamily borrowing entities are typically owned, directly or indirectly, by for-profit

corporations, limited liability companies, partnerships, real estate investment trusts and individuals who invest

in real estate for cash flow and expected returns in excess of their original contribution of equity. Borrowing

entities are typically single-asset entities, with the property as their only asset. The ultimate owner of a

multifamily borrowing entity is referred to as the “sponsor.” We evaluate both the borrowing entity and its

sponsor when considering a new transaction and managing our business. We refer to both the borrowing

entities and their sponsors as “borrowers.” When considering a multifamily borrower, creditworthiness is

evaluated through a combination of quantitative and qualitative data, including liquid assets, net worth, number

of units owned, experience in a market and/or property type, multifamily portfolio performance, access to

additional liquidity, debt maturities, asset/property management platform, senior management experience,

reputation, and exposures to lenders and Fannie Mae.

• Non-recourse: Multifamily loans are generally non-recourse to the borrowers, meaning that we may only seek

repayment of the loan through the value of the underlying collateral.

• Lenders: During 2025, we executed multifamily transactions with 28 lenders. Of these, 24 lenders delivered

loans to us under our DUS program described below. In determining whether to enter into a selling and

servicing arrangement with a multifamily lender, we consider the lender’s: financial strength; multifamily

underwriting and servicing experience and processes, including relevant policies and procedures in place;

portfolio performance; and willingness and ability to share in the risk of loss associated with the multifamily

loans they originate.

• Loan size: The average size of a multifamily loan (based on UPB) in our guaranty book of business is much

larger than the average size of a single-family loan. See “Single-Family Guaranty Book Diversification and

Monitoring” and “Multifamily Guaranty Book Diversification and Monitoring” for additional information about the

average size of single-family and multifamily loans in our guaranty book.

• Underwriting process: Multifamily loans require detailed underwriting of the property’s operating cash flow. Our

underwriting standards include an evaluation of the property’s operating income compared to loan payments,

property market value, property quality and condition, market and submarket factors, and ability to refinance at

maturity.

• Term and lifecycle: In contrast to the standard 30-year single-family residential loan, multifamily loans typically

have original loan terms of 5, 7, or 10 years, with balloon payments due at maturity.

• Prepayment terms: To reduce the likelihood of prepayments during the term of a loan, most Fannie Mae

multifamily loans impose prepayment premiums, primarily yield maintenance. This is in contrast to single-family

loans, which do not have prepayment premiums.

Delegated Underwriting and Servicing Program

Fannie Mae’s DUS program is a unique business model that is intended to align the interests of the lender and Fannie

Mae. Our DUS lender network of 24 current members is composed of mortgage banking companies, large diversified

financial institutions, and banks. We pre-approve DUS lenders and delegate to these lenders the authority to underwrite

and service multifamily loans on our behalf in accordance with our standards and requirements. Delegation permits

lenders to respond to customers more rapidly, as the lender generally has the authority to approve a loan within our

prescribed parameters. In certain cases when a loan’s credit characteristics do not meet established delegation criteria,

Fannie Mae’s internal credit team may assess whether a loan’s risk profile is within our risk tolerance.

DUS lenders typically share a portion of the credit risk on our multifamily loans for the life of the loans. The servicing

fees we pay to DUS lenders include compensation for the portion of credit risk they retain. See “Multifamily Mortgage

Credit Risk Management” for additional information about our lender risk sharing.

Multifamily Mortgage Servicing

Substantially all of the multifamily loans in our guaranty book of business as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 were

serviced by DUS lenders or their affiliates on our behalf. Multifamily servicers are responsible for the evaluation of the

financial condition of properties and property owners, administering various types of loan- and property-level

agreements (including agreements covering replacement reserves, completion or repair, and operations and

maintenance), as well as conducting routine property inspections. When elevated risks in a transaction are identified,

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 97

MD&A | Multifamily Business | Multifamily Primary Business Activities

we may require additional evaluation and mitigation of these risks, such as conducting additional property inspections

and requiring borrowers to complete repairs within specific timelines. We monitor multifamily servicing relationships and

retain the right to approve servicing transfers, which are infrequent.

Multifamily Credit Risk and Credit Loss Management

Our Multifamily business:

• Sets the underwriting and servicing standards and credit requirements for lenders to underwrite multifamily

loans on our behalf.

• Prices and manages the credit risk on loans in our multifamily guaranty book of business. Lenders retain a

portion of the credit risk in substantially all multifamily transactions.

• Enters into additional transactions that transfer a portion of Fannie Mae’s credit risk on some of the loans in our

multifamily guaranty book of business through back-end credit risk transfer transactions.

• Works to reduce costs of defaulted multifamily loans, including through loss mitigation strategies such as

forbearance and modification, management of foreclosures and our REO inventory, and pursuing contractual

remedies from lenders, servicers, borrowers, sponsors, and providers of credit enhancement.

See “Multifamily Mortgage Credit Risk Management” for a discussion of our strategies for managing credit risk and

credit losses on multifamily loans.

Multifamily Activities Supporting Affordable Rental Housing

Overview

A core component of Fannie Mae’s mission is to support the U.S. multifamily housing market by helping serve the

nation’s rental housing needs. We focus on supporting affordable housing, which is housing that is affordable to

households earning at or below the median income in their area, as well as on workforce housing, which is housing that

is affordable to those earning at or below 120% of area median income. Approximately 93% of the multifamily units we

financed in 2025 that were potentially eligible for housing goals credit were affordable to those earning at or below

120% of the median income in their area. The chart below shows a breakout of our multifamily acquisitions by area

median income.

Multifamily Rental Units by Affordability Relative to Area Median Income (AMI)(1)

(1) Based on rents reported at loan origination. Rents may change following loan origination. Reflects multifamily acquisitions potentially

eligible for housing goals credit, which consists of newly acquired units financed by first liens; excludes second liens on units for which we

had financed the first lien, manufactured housing communities, and manufactured housing rentals.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 98

MD&A | Multifamily Business | Multifamily Primary Business Activities

Targeted Affordable Housing

To serve low- and very-low-income households, we have a team that focuses exclusively on relationships with lenders

financing privately-owned multifamily properties that receive public subsidies in exchange for maintaining long-term

affordable rents. We work with borrowers that may utilize housing programs and subsidies provided by local, state and

federal agencies; examples include tax incentives (such as those provided through LIHTC or tax abatement) and rent

subsidies (such as project-based Section 8 rental assistance or tenant vouchers). The public subsidy programs are

largely targeted to provide housing to those earning less than 60% of area median income (as defined by HUD) and are

structured to ensure that the low- and very low-income households who benefit from the programs pay no more than

30% of their gross monthly income for rent and utilities. As of December 31, 2025, these affordable loans represented

approximately 12% of our multifamily guaranty book of business, based on UPB, including $7.0 billion in bond credit

enhancements.

Our acquisition of loans financing properties affordable to low- and very-low income households help us meet our

multifamily housing goals and FHFA’s requirement that a portion of our multifamily volume be focused on affordable and

underserved markets. We discuss our multifamily housing goals in “Business—Legislation and Regulation—Housing

Goals—Multifamily Housing Goals” and we discuss our requirement to focus on affordable and underserved markets in

“Multifamily Business Metrics—Multifamily New Business Volume.”

Equity Investments in Low Income Housing Tax Credit Projects

We make equity investments in LIHTC partnerships. These LIHTC partnerships have generally been established to

identify, develop and operate multifamily housing that is leased to qualifying residential tenants. LIHTC encourages

private equity investment in creating and preserving affordable units throughout the country by awarding federal tax

credits to affordable housing developers, who then exchange those tax credits with corporate investors, such as Fannie

Mae, in return for capital contributions. In August 2025, FHFA doubled our annual LIHTC investment limit from $1 billion

to $2 billion. The increase in the LIHTC investment limit enables us to expand support for Duty to Serve-designated

rural areas by directing additional equity capital to underserved and rural communities, enhancing affordable housing

development in areas with limited access to traditional financing.

Multifamily Lenders and Investors

Our Multifamily business works primarily with our DUS lender network. During 2025, our top five multifamily lenders, in

the aggregate, accounted for 50% of our multifamily business volume, compared with 49% in 2024. Three of our

lenders, Walker & Dunlop, Wells Fargo, and CBRE Multifamily Capital accounted for 12%, 11%, and 10%, respectively,

of our 2025 multifamily business volume. No other lenders accounted for 10% or more of our multifamily business

volume in 2025.

We have a diversified funding base of domestic and international investors. Fannie Mae multifamily MBS investors

include money managers, banks, insurance companies, real estate investment trusts, corporations, state and local

governments, and other municipal authorities. Our Multifamily Connecticut Avenue Securities® (“MCASTM”) investors

primarily consist of money managers and hedge funds, while our Multifamily CIRTTM (“MCIRTTM”) transaction

counterparties are insurers and reinsurers.

Multifamily Competition

We compete to acquire multifamily mortgage assets in the secondary mortgage market and to issue multifamily

mortgage-backed securities to investors. Our primary competitors for the acquisition of multifamily mortgage assets are

Freddie Mac, life insurers, U.S. banks and thrifts, and other institutional investors. Our primary competitors for the

issuance of multifamily mortgage-backed securities are Freddie Mac, U.S. banks, Ginnie Mae, and private-label issuers

of commercial mortgage-backed securities. Competition in these activities is significantly affected by: our and our

competitors’ pricing, eligibility standards, loan structures and risk appetite; lender preferences; the number and types of

multifamily mortgage loans offered for sale in the secondary mortgage market; investor demand for our and our

competitors’ mortgage-backed securities; and macroeconomic conditions. Our ability to compete may also be affected

by many other factors, including: actions we take to support affordable multifamily housing; direction from FHFA; our

senior preferred stock purchase agreement with Treasury; our or our competitors’ capital requirements; our and Freddie

Mac’s return on capital requirements; and new or existing legislation or regulations applicable to us, our lenders or our

investors. The nature of our primary competitors and the overall levels of competition we face could change as a result

of a variety of factors, many of which are outside our control. See “Business—Conservatorship and Treasury

Agreements,” “Business—Legislation and Regulation,” and “Risk Factors” for information on matters that could affect

our business and competitive environment.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 99

MD&A | Multifamily Business | Multifamily Mortgage Market

Multifamily Mortgage Market

The multifamily market saw rental demand slow moderately along with continued elevated levels of new supply entering

the market in 2025. Modestly decreasing interest rates were associated with an increase in multifamily property sales

transactions, but multifamily property valuations declined year over year.

• Vacancy rates. Based on data from Moody’s Analytics, the national multifamily vacancy rate for institutional

investment-type apartment properties increased to 6.7% as of December 31, 2025, compared with 6.6% as of

September 30, 2025, and 6.4% as of December 31, 2024. The estimated average national multifamily vacancy

rate over the last 15 years was approximately 5.1%.

• Rents. Based on Moody’s Analytics data, effective rents decreased 0.8% during the fourth quarter of 2025,

compared to a decrease of 0.1% during the third quarter of 2025 and an increase of 0.3% during the fourth

quarter of 2024. Effective rents as of the fourth quarter of 2025 remain unchanged from the fourth quarter of

• Net absorption. Net absorption, the net change in the total number of occupied multifamily rental units, declined

in the fourth quarter of 2025, consistent with the increase in vacancy rates. Based on Moody’s Analytics data,

net absorption for the fourth quarter of 2025 declined 42% compared with the third quarter of 2025 and 48%

compared with the fourth quarter of 2024.

• Property sales volumes. Based on preliminary MSCI RCA data, multifamily property sales for 2025 were $165

billion, higher than the $151 billion volume during 2024, and much closer to the 2015 to 2019 annual average

level of $169 billion.

• Property values. According to data from the MSCI RCA Commercial Property Price Index (“RCA CPPITM”),

multifamily property values declined 19% from their peak in the second quarter of 2022 to the fourth quarter of

2025 and decreased approximately 1% from the fourth quarter of 2024 to the fourth quarter of 2025.

We estimate that more than 500,000 multifamily rental units were delivered to the U.S. housing market in 2025, which is

well above the past 10-year average of 424,000 units delivered annually. Additionally, there were approximately 793,000

multifamily rental units underway as of November 2025, and based on recent historical trends we expect between

450,000 and 500,000 units will be completed in 2026.

Vacancy rates and rents are important to loan performance because multifamily loans are generally repaid from the

cash flows generated by the underlying property. We expect vacancy rates will decline slightly by the end of 2026, and

we expect cumulative rent growth below 2.0% for the year. We also expect slowing household formation, but elevated

single-family housing prices in many places continue to push many new households into the rental market and keep a

number of tenants renting longer. If job growth slows substantially, lower demand could push up vacancies and limit rent

growth potential.

Property value is important to credit quality because when a multifamily loan matures, a borrower may be required to

make up any value shortfalls if the value estimate has declined below the UPB of the loan and the borrower needs new

financing for the property. A borrower may default on its loan if the UPB of the loan is significantly higher than the

current property value.

Multifamily property capitalization rates, the indicated rate of return on investment for commercial properties sold during

the quarter, were estimated at 5.5% in the fourth quarter of 2025, down slightly from 5.6% in the third quarter of 2025,

but the same level as in the fourth quarter of 2024. Multifamily capitalization rates increased substantially between the

first quarter of 2022 and the fourth quarter of 2023 but have averaged around 5.6% since then, with the spread between

multifamily capitalization rates and 10-year Treasury rates, which is an important consideration for commercial real

estate investors, remaining significantly narrower than the spread that was observed prior to 2022.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 100

MD&A | Multifamily Business | Multifamily Mortgage Acquisition Share

Multifamily Mortgage Acquisition Share

In 2025, both GSEs collectively acquired approximately $150 billion in multifamily mortgage volume; Fannie Mae’s

share of these acquisitions was 49% and Freddie Mac’s share was 51%.

The chart below displays our estimated share of multifamily mortgage acquisitions during the twelve months ended as

of September 30, 2025, the latest date available, and the twelve months ended September 30, 2024, as compared with

that of our primary competitors for the acquisition of multifamily mortgage assets.

Multifamily Mortgage Acquisition Share(1)

(1) According to the American Council of Life Insurers (“ACLI”), Trepp, Mortgage Bankers Association and Fannie Mae Multifamily Economic

and Strategic Research Group.

(2) Other includes state and local credit agencies, FHLBs and other financial institutions.

Multifamily Mortgage Debt Outstanding

As shown in the chart below, we have remained a continuous source of liquidity in the U.S. multifamily market.

Multifamily Mortgage Debt Outstanding(1)

(Dollars in trillions)

(1) Multifamily mortgage debt outstanding as of September 30, 2025 is based on the Federal Reserve’s January 2026 mortgage debt

outstanding release, the latest date for which the Federal Reserve has estimated mortgage debt outstanding for multifamily residences.

Prior-period amounts have been updated to reflect revised historical data from the Federal Reserve.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 101

MD&A | Multifamily Business | Multifamily Business Metrics

Multifamily Business Metrics

Multifamily New Business Volume

The chart below displays our new multifamily loan acquisitions by UPB and number of units financed.

Multifamily New Business Volume

(Dollars in billions)

(1) Reflects UPB of new multifamily loans securitized or purchased as well as credit enhancements provided during the period. These figures

will not agree to Fannie Mae MBS issued during the period, as Fannie Mae MBS issued also include portfolio securitizations and certain

conversions that result in a new Fannie Mae MBS issuance without a newly created loan and exclude bond or mortgage loan credit

enhancements.

(2) Reflects newly acquired units financed by first liens and excludes manufactured housing rentals.

Multifamily business volumes increased by 34% in 2025 compared with 2024, reflecting increased market activity in

2025. We are subject to an annual multifamily loan purchase cap set by FHFA, which was $73 billion in 2025 and

increased to $88 billion for 2026. FHFA requires that at least 50% of our multifamily loan purchases be mission-driven,

focused on specified affordable and underserved market segments, and certain loan categories are exempt from the

loan purchase cap. The significant majority of our multifamily new business volume of $73.7 billion in 2025 counted

towards FHFA’s 2025 multifamily loan purchase cap.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 102

MD&A | Multifamily Business | Multifamily Business Metrics

Multifamily Securities Issuances

We securitize the vast majority of multifamily mortgage loans we acquire through lender swap transactions. We also

support liquidity in the market by issuing structured MBS backed by multifamily Fannie Mae MBS, including through our

Fannie Mae GeMSTM program.

Multifamily Fannie Mae MBS Issuances

(Dollars in billions)

(1) A portion of structured securities issuances may be backed by Fannie Mae MBS issued during the same period and held by Fannie Mae.

Structured securities backed by Fannie Mae MBS that are issued by a third party are not included in the multifamily Fannie Mae MBS

structured security issuance amounts.

Multifamily Guaranty Book of Business and Average Charged Guaranty Fee

The chart below displays the UPB and average charged guaranty fee related to our multifamily guaranty book of

business.

Multifamily Guaranty Book of Business and Charged Fee

(Dollars in billions)

(1) Our multifamily guaranty book of business primarily consists of multifamily mortgage loans underlying Fannie Mae MBS outstanding,

multifamily mortgage loans of Fannie Mae held in our retained mortgage portfolio, and other credit enhancements that we provide on

multifamily mortgage assets. It does not include non-Fannie Mae multifamily mortgage-related securities held in our retained mortgage

portfolio for which we do not provide a guaranty.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 103

MD&A | Multifamily Business | Multifamily Business Metrics

Our multifamily guaranty book of business grew to $534.7 billion as of December 31, 2025, a 7% increase from

December 31, 2024, driven by our acquisitions combined with low prepayment volumes due to the high interest rate

environment.

Our average charged guaranty fee represents the return we earn as compensation for the credit risk we assume on our

multifamily guaranty book of business. The average charged guaranty fee on our multifamily guaranty book of business

decreased 2.8 basis points in 2025 compared with 2024, due to lower average charged fees on our 2025 acquisitions

as compared with the loans in our multifamily guaranty book of business as of December 31, 2024. Our guaranty fee is

impacted by the rate at which loans in our book of business turn over as well as the guaranty fees we charge on new

business volumes, which are set at the time we acquire the loans. Multifamily pricing is primarily based on individual

loan characteristics, but is also influenced by external forces, such as interest rates, MBS spreads, the availability and

cost of other sources of liquidity, and our mission-related goals.

Multifamily Mortgage Credit Risk Management

Our strategy for managing multifamily mortgage credit risk consists of the following primary components:

• our underwriting and servicing standards;
• guaranty book diversification and monitoring;
• the transfer of mortgage credit risk to third parties, including our lenders; and
• management of problem loans.

The credit risk profile of a loan in our multifamily guaranty book of business is primarily influenced by:

• the current and anticipated cash flows from the property;
• the type and location of the property;
• the condition and value of the property;
• the financial strength of the borrower;
• market trends; and
• the structure of the financing.

These and other factors affect both the amount of expected credit loss on a given loan and the sensitivity of that loss to

changes in the economic environment. These factors and our strategy for managing multifamily mortgage credit risk are

described in more detail below.

We typically obtain our multifamily credit information from the lenders or servicers of the mortgage loans in our guaranty

book of business and receive representations and warranties from them as to the accuracy of the information. While we

perform various quality assurance checks by sampling loans to assess compliance with our underwriting and eligibility

criteria, we do not independently verify all reported information and we rely on lender representations and warranties

regarding the accuracy of the characteristics of loans in our guaranty book of business. See “Risk Factors” for a

discussion of risks relating to mortgage fraud as a result of this reliance on lender representations and warranties.

Multifamily Underwriting Standards

Our Multifamily business is responsible for pricing and managing the credit risk on our multifamily guaranty book of

business. Multifamily loans that we purchase or that back Fannie Mae MBS are underwritten by a Fannie Mae-approved

lender and may be subject to our underwriting review prior to closing, depending on the product type, loan size, market

and/or other factors. Our underwriting standards generally include, among other things, property cash flow analysis and

third-party appraisals. We periodically refine our underwriting standards based on changes in our risk appetite.

Our standards for multifamily loans specify maximum original LTV ratio and minimum original debt service coverage

ratio (“DSCR”) values that vary based on loan characteristics. Our experience has been that original LTV ratio and

DSCR values have been reliable indicators of future credit performance. We limit acquisitions of multifamily loans with

original LTV ratios greater than 80% or with original DSCRs of 1.25 or less, as they pose more credit risk than we

typically seek. The percentage of our new multifamily business volume acquired in 2025 with original LTV ratios greater

than 80% was less than 1%, compared with approximately 1% in 2024. The percentage of new multifamily business

volume acquired in 2025 with original DSCRs (based on actual debt service payments) of 1.25 or less was

approximately 3%, compared with approximately 4% in 2024.

In 2024 and 2025, we implemented a number of improvements relating to gaps we had previously identified in our

management of multifamily loan origination fraud risk and our oversight of multifamily seller/servicer counterparties, and

we are currently testing these improvements to confirm that we have remediated the identified gaps. We are also

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 104

MD&A | Multifamily Business | Multifamily Mortgage Credit Risk Management

developing new artificial intelligence-powered tools to assist us in detecting multifamily mortgage fraud. While we have

improved our processes for managing multifamily mortgage fraud risk, we continue to face risks associated with

multifamily mortgage fraud. See “Risk Factors—Credit Risk” for a discussion of this risk.

Multifamily Guaranty Book Diversification and Monitoring

Diversification within our multifamily guaranty book of business by geographic concentration, loan term, interest rate

structure, borrower concentration, loan size, property type, and credit enhancement coverage are important factors that

influence credit performance and may help reduce our credit risk.

As part of our ongoing credit risk management process, we and our lenders monitor the performance and risk

characteristics of our multifamily loans and the underlying properties on an ongoing basis throughout the loan term at

the asset and portfolio level. We generally require lenders to provide quarterly and/or annual financial updates for

multifamily loans. We closely monitor loans that are higher risk, including loans with an estimated current DSCR below

1.0, as that is an indicator of heightened default risk.

The physical condition of the properties that serve as collateral for our multifamily loans is an important credit risk

characteristic. As such, we require that our lenders assess property condition at origination, and our lenders also

conduct and deliver to us their property assessments throughout the life of the loan. We maintain a robust quality control

process with respect to property condition, including requiring third-party inspections for certain properties with a higher

risk profile. Some borrowers may not invest in needed property repairs and maintenance, or in capital replacements,

particularly in times of economic stress when they may not have sufficient resources. When concerns about property

condition of underlying collateral arise, we have a dedicated team that actively engages with our lenders and borrowers

to seek remediation of the identified issues. Failure to perform repairs may result in a default under the loan documents.

We manage our exposure to interest-rate risk and monitor changes in interest rates, which can impact multiple aspects

of our multifamily loans. High interest rates may reduce the ability of multifamily borrowers to refinance their loans,

which often have balloon balances at maturity. We have a team that proactively manages upcoming loan maturities to

minimize losses on maturing loans and assists lenders and borrowers with timely and appropriate refinancing or payoff

of maturing loans. We provide information on the maturity schedule of our multifamily loans in “Multifamily Problem Loan

Management and Multifamily Maturity Information” below and in our quarterly financial supplements, which we furnish to

the SEC with current reports on Form 8-K and make available on our website. Information in our quarterly financial

supplements is not incorporated by reference into this report.

Additionally, in a high interest-rate environment, multifamily borrowers with adjustable-rate mortgages will have higher

monthly payments, which may lower their DSCRs. The percentage of our multifamily guaranty book of business with a

current DSCR below 1.0 was approximately 4% as of December 31, 2025, compared to 6% as of December 31, 2024,

as displayed in the table below. This decrease was primarily attributable to properties financed with adjustable-rate

mortgages reporting higher DSCRs in their latest operating statements as a result of the current interest rate

environment. We generally require multifamily borrowers with adjustable-rate mortgages to purchase and maintain

interest rate caps for the life of the loan to protect against large movements in rates as well as maintain escrows at our

servicers to reserve for the cost of replacing these caps. We actively monitor interest-rate related risks as part of our risk

management process. For more information on our criticized loan population, see “Multifamily Problem Loan

Management—Credit Performance Statistics on Multifamily Problem Loans.”

In addition to the factors discussed above, we track the following credit risk characteristics to determine loan credit

quality indicators, which are the internal risk categories we use and which are further discussed in “Note 4, Mortgage

Loans”:

• delinquency status;
• the relevant local market and economic conditions that may signal changing risk or return profiles; and
• other risk factors.

For example, we closely monitor rental payment trends and vacancy levels in local markets, as well as capitalization

rates, to identify loans that merit closer attention or loss mitigation actions. The primary asset management

responsibilities for our multifamily loans are performed by our DUS and other multifamily lenders. We periodically

evaluate these lenders’ performance for compliance with our asset management criteria.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 105

MD&A | Multifamily Business | Multifamily Mortgage Credit Risk Management

The following table displays our multifamily business volumes and our multifamily guaranty book of business, based on

certain key risk characteristics that we use to evaluate the risk profile and credit quality of our multifamily loans.

We provide additional information on the credit characteristics of our multifamily loans in our quarterly earnings

presentations and financial supplements, which we furnish to the SEC with current reports on Form 8-K and make

available on our website. Information in our quarterly earnings presentations and financial supplements is not

incorporated by reference into this report.

Key Risk Characteristics of Multifamily Business Volume and Guaranty Book of Business

* Represents less than 0.5% of multifamily business volume or guaranty book of business.

(1) Calculated based on the UPB of multifamily loans for each category divided by the aggregate UPB at time of acquisition, excluding small

balance loans which is calculated based on loan count rather than UPB.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 106

MD&A | Multifamily Business | Multifamily Mortgage Credit Risk Management

(2) Calculated based on the aggregate UPB of multifamily loans for each category divided by the aggregate UPB of loans in our multifamily

guaranty book of business as of the end of each period, excluding small balance loans which is calculated based on loan count rather than

UPB.

(3) For our business volumes, the DSCR is calculated using the actual debt service payments for the loan. For our book of business, our

estimates of current DSCRs are based on the latest available income information, including the related debt service covering a 12-month

period, from quarterly and annual statements for these properties. When an annual statement is the latest statement available, it is used.

When operating statement information is not available, the underwritten DSCR is used. Co-op loans are excluded from this metric.

(4) Consists of mortgage loans that were underwritten with a partial interest-only term, regardless of whether the loan is currently in its

interest-only period.

(5) Represents Multifamily Affordable Housing (“MAH”) loans, which are defined as financing for properties that are under an agreement that

provides long-term affordability, such as properties with rent subsidies or income restrictions. MAH loans are included within the asset

class categories referenced above.

(6) Small balance loans refer to multifamily loans with an original UPB of up to $9 million. Small balance loans are included within the asset

class categories referenced above. We present this metric in the table based on loan count rather than UPB. Small balance loans

comprised 10%, 10% and 11% of our multifamily guaranty book of business as of December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, based

on UPB of the loan.

(7) Midwest consists of IL, IN, IA, MI, MN, NE, ND, OH, SD and WI. Northeast consists of CT, DE, ME, MA, NH, NJ, NY, PA, PR, RI, VT and

VI. Southeast consists of AL, DC, FL, GA, KY, MD, MS, NC, SC, TN, VA and WV. Southwest consists of AZ, AR, CO, KS, LA, MO, NM, OK,

TX and UT. West consists of AK, CA, GU, HI, ID, MT, NV, OR, WA and WY.

Multifamily Transfer of Mortgage Credit Risk

Overview

Lender risk-sharing is a cornerstone of our Multifamily business. We primarily transfer risk through our DUS program,

which is described under “Multifamily Primary Business Activities—Delegated Underwriting and Servicing Program.” To

complement our DUS front-end lender-risk sharing program, we also engage in back-end credit risk transfer

transactions through our MCIRT and MCAS programs.

Front-End Credit Risk Sharing

Our DUS model is designed to transfer approximately one-third of the credit risk on our multifamily loans to lenders,

either on a pro-rated or tiered basis, but the amount of credit loss shared in any given transaction may vary. Lenders

who share on a tiered basis typically absorb losses on the first 5% of the UPB of a loan at the time of loss settlement,

and above 5% share a percentage of the loss with us, with the maximum loss capped at 20% of the original UPB of the

loan. Among our DUS network, bank lenders tend to use pro-rated loss sharing, as it results in more favorable

regulatory capital requirements for them, while non-depository lenders vary based on preference.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 107

MD&A | Multifamily Business | Multifamily Mortgage Credit Risk Management

The chart below displays the percentage of credit risk retained by Fannie Mae or transferred to third parties under our

typical DUS lender risk-sharing arrangements. As of December 31, 2025, 44% of our multifamily guaranty book of

business was covered by tiered loss sharing and 56% was covered by pro-rated loss sharing. As of December 31, 2024,

43% of our multifamily guaranty book of business was covered by tiered loss sharing and 56% was covered by pro-

rated loss sharing.

Principal Types of Multifamily DUS Loss Sharing

Fannie Mae DUS Lender

In certain situations, lenders may assume a smaller portion of the credit risk. We establish lender-specific loss-sharing

limits for individual transactions based on loan size, lender financial performance, and lender creditworthiness, among

other factors. When loss sharing is reduced on a loan, the servicing fee paid to the lender is reduced and our guaranty

fee is increased to reflect the lower credit risk retained by the lender.

Non-DUS lenders, which represent a small portion of our multifamily guaranty book of business, typically share or

absorb losses based on a negotiated percentage of the loan or the pool balance. As a result of our lender risk-sharing

agreements, our maximum potential loss recovery from both DUS and non-DUS loans represented approximately 24%

of the UPB of our multifamily guaranty book of business as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024.

Back-End Credit Risk Sharing

Our back-end MCAS and MCIRT credit risk transfer programs transfer a portion of the credit risk associated with a

reference pool of multifamily mortgage loans to insurers, reinsurers, or investors. These credit-risk sharing transactions

were primarily designed to further reduce the capital requirements associated with loans in the reference pool, which

reflects the benefit of additional credit risk protection in the event of a stress environment. While we transfer multifamily

credit risk through front-end lender risk-sharing at the time of acquisition, our multifamily back-end credit risk transfer

activity occurs later, sometimes a year or more after acquisition.

In 2025, we entered into two new multifamily credit risk transfer transactions through our MCIRT and MCAS programs.

When engaging in multifamily credit risk transfer transactions, we consider their cost, the resulting capital relief, and the

overall credit risk appetite of the market. The cost of our credit risk transfer transactions is impacted by macroeconomic

conditions and housing market sentiment, as well as the demand and capacity of the investors and reinsurers that

support these transactions.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 108

MD&A | Multifamily Business | Multifamily Mortgage Credit Risk Management

The table below displays the total UPB of multifamily loans and the percentage of our multifamily guaranty book of

business, based on UPB, that is covered by a back-end credit risk transfer transaction. The table does not reflect front-

end lender risk-sharing arrangements, as only a small portion of our multifamily guaranty book of business is not

covered by these arrangements.

Multifamily Loans in Back-End Credit Risk Transfer Transactions

(Dollars in millions)

Multifamily Problem Loan Management

We employ proactive management and monitoring of our multifamily guaranty book, which are designed to mitigate

losses and delinquencies on our multifamily guaranty book of business.

Credit Performance Statistics on Multifamily Problem Loans

The percentage of loans in our multifamily guaranty book of business that were criticized was 6% as of December 31,

2025 and 7% as of December 31, 2024. The criticized loans category substantially consists of loans classified as

“Substandard” and also includes loans classified as “Special Mention” or “Doubtful.” Substandard loans are loans that

have a well-defined weakness that could impact their timely full repayment. While the majority of the substandard loans

in our multifamily guaranty book of business are currently making timely payments, we continue to monitor the

performance of our substandard loan population. For more information on our credit quality indicators, including our

population of substandard loans, see “Note 4, Mortgage Loans.”

Our multifamily serious delinquency rate increased to 0.74% as of December 31, 2025, compared with 0.57% as of

December 31, 2024, primarily driven by new entrants into the seriously delinquent loan population resulting from

sustained market challenges in recent periods. The impact of new delinquencies was partially offset by the foreclosure

of the remaining loans in a specific seniors housing portfolio that was written off in 2023. Our multifamily serious

delinquency rate consists of multifamily loans that were 60 days or more past due based on UPB, expressed as a

percentage of our multifamily guaranty book of business.

Management monitors the multifamily serious delinquency rate as an indicator of potential future credit losses and loss

mitigation activities. Serious delinquency rates are reflective of our performance in assessing and managing credit risk

associated with multifamily loans in our guaranty book of business. A higher serious delinquency rate may result in a

higher allowance for loan losses. The percentage of loans in our multifamily guaranty book of business that were 180

days or more delinquent was 0.56% as of December 31, 2025, compared with 0.44% as of December 31, 2024.

In addition to the credit performance information on our multifamily loans provided in this report, we provide additional

information about the performance of our multifamily loans that back MBS and whole loan REMICs in the “Data

Collections” section of our DUS Disclose® tool, available at www.fanniemae.com/dusdisclose (http://www.fanniemae.com/dusdisclose). Information on our

website is not incorporated into this report. Information in Data Collections may differ from similar measures presented

in our financial statements and other public disclosures for a variety of reasons, including as a result of variations in the

loan population covered, timing differences in reporting and other factors.

Multifamily REO Management

As of December 31, 2025, we held 181 multifamily REO properties with a carrying value of $1.0 billion, compared with

139 properties with a carrying value of $638 million as of December 31, 2024. The increase in foreclosure activity was

primarily driven by the remaining properties from a specific seniors housing portfolio that was written off in 2023.

Multifamily Credit Loss Performance Metrics

The amount of multifamily credit losses or gains we realize in a given period is driven by foreclosures, pre-foreclosure

sales, post-foreclosure REO activity and other events that trigger write-offs and recoveries. Our multifamily credit loss

performance metrics are not defined terms and may not be calculated in the same manner as similarly titled measures

reported by other companies. For the purposes of our multifamily credit loss performance metrics, credit losses or gains

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 109

MD&A | Multifamily Business | Multifamily Mortgage Credit Risk Management

represent write-offs net of recoveries and foreclosed property income or expense. We believe our multifamily credit

losses, and our multifamily credit losses net of freestanding loss-sharing arrangements, provide useful information about

our multifamily credit performance because they display our multifamily credit losses in the context of our multifamily

guaranty book of business, including changes to the benefit we expect to receive from loss-sharing arrangements.

Management views multifamily credit losses, net of freestanding loss-sharing arrangements, as a key metric related to

our multifamily business model and our strategy to share multifamily credit risk.

The table below displays the components of our multifamily credit loss performance metrics, as well as our multifamily

initial write-off severity rate and write-off loan count.

Multifamily Credit Loss Performance Metrics

(Dollars in millions)

(1) Represents write-offs at a liquidation event, which includes a foreclosure, a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or a short sale, as well as write-offs

prior to a liquidation event. Write-offs associated with non-REO sales are net of loss sharing.

(2) Represents changes to the benefit we expect to receive only from write-offs as a result of certain freestanding loss-sharing arrangements,

primarily multifamily DUS lender risk-sharing transactions. Changes to the expected benefits we will receive are recorded in “Other income

(expense), net” in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income.

(3) Calculated based on the amount of “Credit gains (losses)” and “Credit gains (losses), net of freestanding loss-sharing arrangements,”

divided by the average multifamily guaranty book of business during the period.

(4) Rate is calculated as the initial write-off amount divided by the UPB of the loans written off and is based on write-offs associated with a

liquidation event. The rate excludes any costs, gains or losses associated with REO after initial acquisition through final disposition. The

rate also excludes write-offs when a loan is determined to be uncollectible prior to a liquidation event. Write-offs are net of lender loss-

sharing agreements.

(5) Represents the number of loans that experienced write-offs associated with a liquidation event during the period.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 110

MD&A | Multifamily Business | Multifamily Mortgage Credit Risk Management

Multifamily Maturity Information

The below table shows the contractual maturities and interest rate sensitivities of our multifamily mortgage loan portfolio

as recorded on our consolidated balance sheets. Although loans in our consolidated portfolio have varying contractual

terms, the actual life of the loans may be less than their contractual term as a result of prepayment.

Multifamily Loans: Maturities and Terms of the Consolidated Mortgage Loan Portfolio(1)

(Dollars in millions)

(1) We report the scheduled repayments in the maturity category in which the payment is due, such that a loan’s balance may be presented

across multiple maturity categories.

(2) Excludes accrued interest receivable. The UPB of multifamily loans is based on the amount of contractual UPB due and excludes any

write-offs for amounts deemed uncollectible. Those write-offs are presented as a component of cost basis adjustments, net.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 111

MD&A | Consolidated Credit Ratios and Select Credit Information

Consolidated Credit Ratios and Select Credit Information

The table below displays select credit ratios on our single-family conventional guaranty book of business and our

multifamily guaranty book of business, as well as the inputs used in calculating these ratios. For purposes of calculating

our consolidated credit ratios and the credit loss reserves and write-offs, net of recoveries, the ratios are inclusive of our

allowance for loan losses, allowance for accrued interest receivable, and reserve for guaranty losses. These amounts

exclude reserves for advances of pre-foreclosure costs and the allowance for available-for-sale securities.

Consolidated Credit Ratios and Select Credit Information

(Dollars in millions)

(1) Guaranty book of business is as of period end. For single-family, represents the conventional guaranty book of business.

Our credit loss reserves increased as of December 31, 2025 compared with December 31, 2024 primarily as a result of

a provision for credit losses, which increased our allowance for loan losses, as we describe in “Consolidated Results of

Operations—(Provision) Benefit for Credit Losses.”

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 112

MD&A | Consolidated Credit Ratios and Select Credit Information

(Dollars in millions)

(1) Represents write-offs when a loan is determined to be uncollectible. For single-family, also includes any write-offs upon the redesignation

of mortgage loans from HFI to HFS.

(2) Average guaranty book of business is based on the average of quarter-end balances. For single-family, represents the conventional

guaranty book of business.

Liquidity and Capital Management

Liquidity Management

Our business activities require that we maintain adequate liquidity to fund our operations. Our liquidity risk management

requirements are designed to address our liquidity risk, which is the risk that we will not be able to meet our obligations

when they come due, including the risk associated with the inability to access funding sources or manage fluctuations in

funding levels. Liquidity risk management involves forecasting funding requirements, maintaining sufficient funding

capacity to meet our needs based on our ongoing assessment of financial market liquidity and adhering to our

regulatory requirements.

Primary Sources and Uses of Funds

Our liquidity depends largely on our ability to issue debt in the capital markets, including both corporate debt and sales

of our MBS securities. We believe that our status as a government-sponsored enterprise and continued federal

government support are essential to maintaining our access to the debt markets. Substantially all of our sources and

uses of funds identified below are both short-term and long-term in nature.

Our primary sources of funds include:

• issuance of long-term and short-term corporate debt;
• proceeds from the sale of mortgage-related securities, mortgage loans, corporate liquidity portfolio assets, and

REO assets;

• principal and interest payments received on mortgage loans, mortgage-related securities and non-mortgage

investments we own;

• guaranty fees received on Fannie Mae MBS, including the TCCA fees collected by us on behalf of Treasury;
• payments received from mortgage insurance counterparties and other providers of credit enhancement; and
• borrowings we may make under a secured intraday funding line of credit or against mortgage-related securities

and other investment securities we hold pursuant to repurchase agreements and loan agreements.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 113

MD&A | Liquidity and Capital Management

Our primary uses of funds include:

• the repayment of matured, redeemed and repurchased debt;
• the purchase of mortgage loans (including delinquent loans from MBS trusts), mortgage-related securities and

other investments;

• interest payments on outstanding debt;
• administrative expenses;
• losses, including advances for past due principal and interest, incurred in connection with our Fannie Mae MBS

guaranty obligations;

• payments of federal income taxes;
• payments of TCCA fees to Treasury; and
• payments associated with our credit risk transfer program expenses.

Liquidity Risk Management Practices and Contingency Planning

Many factors, both internal and external to our business, could influence our debt activity, affect the amount, mix and

cost of our debt funding, reduce demand for our debt securities, increase our liquidity or roll over risk, or otherwise have

a material adverse impact on our liquidity position, including:

• changes or perceived changes in federal government support of our business or our debt securities;
• changes in or the elimination of our status as a government-sponsored enterprise;
• changes by investors in how they view our debt or regulatory changes causing our debt to no longer be

considered a high-quality liquid asset;

• actions taken by the President, FHFA, the Federal Reserve, Treasury, or other government agencies;
• legislation relating to us or our business;
• a change or perceived change in the creditworthiness of the U.S. government, due to our reliance on the U.S.

government’s support;

• a U.S. government payment default on its debt obligations;
• a downgrade in the credit ratings of our senior unsecured debt or the U.S. government’s debt from the major

ratings organizations;

• future changes or disruptions in the financial markets;
• a systemic event leading to the withdrawal of liquidity from the market;
• an extreme market-wide widening of credit spreads;
• public statements by key policy makers;
• a significant decline in our net worth;
• potential investor concerns about the adequacy of funding available to us under or about changes to the senior

preferred stock purchase agreement;

• loss of demand for our debt, or certain types of our debt, from a significant number of investors;
• a significant credit or operational (including cybersecurity) event involving us or one of our major institutional

counterparties; or

• a sudden catastrophic operational failure in the financial sector.

See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of the risks we face relating to:

• the uncertain future of our company;
• our reliance on the issuance of debt securities to obtain funds for our operations and the relative cost to obtain

these funds;

• our liquidity contingency plans;
• our credit ratings; and
• other factors that could adversely affect our ability to obtain adequate debt funding or otherwise negatively

impact our liquidity, including the factors listed above.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 114

MD&A | Liquidity and Capital Management

Also see “Business—Conservatorship and Treasury Agreements—Treasury Agreements.”

We maintain a liquidity management framework and conduct liquidity contingency planning to prepare for an event in

which our access to the unsecured debt markets becomes limited.

Our liquidity requirements established by FHFA have four components we must meet:

• a short-term cash flow metric that requires us to meet our expected cash outflows and continue to provide

liquidity to the market over a 30-day period of stress, plus an additional $10 billion buffer;

• an intermediate cash flow metric that requires us to meet our expected cash outflows and continue to provide

liquidity to the market over a 365-day period of stress;

• a specified minimum stable funding (as defined by FHFA) to less-liquid asset ratio. Less-liquid assets are those

that are not eligible to be pledged as collateral to Fixed Income Clearing Corporation; and

• a requirement that we fund our assets with stable funding that has a specified minimum term relative to the

term of the assets.

As of December 31, 2025, we were in compliance with these requirements.

We execute operational testing of our ability to rely upon our U.S. Treasury collateral to obtain financing. We enter into

relatively small repurchase agreements to confirm that we have the operational and systems capability to do so. In

addition, we have positioned collateral in advance to clearing banks in the event we seek to enter into repurchase

agreements in the future. We do not, however, have committed repurchase agreements with specific counterparties, as

historically we have not relied on this form of funding. As a result, our use of such facilities and our ability to enter into

them in significant dollar amounts may be challenging in a stressed market environment. See “Corporate Liquidity

Portfolio” for further discussions of our alternative sources of liquidity if our access to the debt markets were to become

limited.

While our liquidity contingency planning attempts to address stressed market conditions and our status in

conservatorship, we believe accessing all liquidity sources in those plans could be difficult or impossible to execute

under stressed conditions for a company of our size in our circumstances. See “Risk Factors—Liquidity Risk” for a

description of the risks associated with our ability to fund operations and our liquidity contingency planning.

Debt Funding

We separately present the debt from consolidations (“Debt of consolidated trusts”) and the debt issued by us (“Debt of

Fannie Mae”) in our consolidated balance sheets. This discussion regarding debt funding focuses on the debt of Fannie

Mae. We primarily fund our business through MBS issuances, retained earnings, and the issuance of a variety of short-

term and long-term debt securities in the domestic and international capital markets. Accordingly, we are subject to “roll

over,” or refinancing, risk on our outstanding debt.

Our debt securities are actively traded in the over-the-counter market. We have a diversified funding base of domestic

and international investors. Purchasers of our debt securities are geographically diversified and include fund managers,

commercial banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foreign central banks, corporations, state and local

governments, and other municipal authorities. We compete for low-cost debt funding with institutions that hold mortgage

portfolios, including Freddie Mac and the FHLBs.

Our debt funding needs and debt funding activity may vary from period to period depending on factors such as market

conditions, refinance volumes, our capital and liquidity management, our net worth, and the size of our retained

mortgage portfolio. See “Retained Mortgage Portfolio” for information about our retained mortgage portfolio and limits on

its size.

The UPB of our aggregate indebtedness was $130.0 billion as of December 31, 2025. Pursuant to the terms of the

senior preferred stock purchase agreement, we are prohibited from issuing debt without the prior consent of Treasury if

it would result in our aggregate indebtedness exceeding our outstanding debt limit, which is set to $270 billion. The

calculation of our indebtedness for purposes of complying with our debt limit reflects the UPB and excludes debt basis

adjustments and debt of consolidated trusts.

Outstanding Debt

Total outstanding debt of Fannie Mae includes short-term and long-term debt and excludes debt of consolidated trusts.

Short-term debt of Fannie Mae consists of borrowings with an original contractual maturity of one year or less and,

therefore, does not include the current portion of long-term debt. Long-term debt of Fannie Mae consists of borrowings

with an original contractual maturity of greater than one year.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 115

MD&A | Liquidity and Capital Management

The following chart and table display information on our outstanding short-term and long-term debt based on original

contractual maturity. Our outstanding debt decreased in 2025 as our funding needs were primarily satisfied by earnings

retained from our operations. Additionally, we increased the proportion of short-term debt to replace maturing long-term

obligations.

Debt of Fannie Mae1

(Dollars in billions)

Short-term debt

Long-term debt maturing within one year

Long-term debt, excluding portion maturing within one year

(1) Outstanding debt balance consists of the UPB, premiums and discounts, fair value adjustments, hedge-related basis adjustments and

other cost basis adjustments. Reported amounts include net discount unamortized cost basis adjustments and fair value adjustments of

$2.6 billion and $3.7 billion as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Selected Debt Information

(Dollars in billions)

(1) Excludes the effects of fair value adjustments and hedge-related basis adjustments.

(2) Includes short-term callable debt of $40 million and $95 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

We intend to repay our short-term and long-term debt obligations as they become due primarily through cash from

business operations, the sale of assets in our corporate liquidity portfolio and the issuance of additional debt securities.

For information on the maturity profile of our outstanding long-term debt for each of the years 2026 through 2030 and

thereafter, see “Note 8, Short-Term and Long-Term Debt.”

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 116

MD&A | Liquidity and Capital Management

Debt Funding Activity

The table below displays activity in debt of Fannie Mae. This activity excludes the debt of consolidated trusts and

intraday borrowing. The reported amounts of debt issued and paid off during each period represent the face amount of

the debt at issuance and redemption.

Activity in Debt of Fannie Mae

(Dollars in millions)

(1) Consists of all payments on debt, including regularly scheduled principal payments, payments at maturity, payments resulting from calls

and payments for any other repurchases. Repurchases of debt and early retirements of zero-coupon debt are reported at original face

value, which does not equal the amount of actual cash payment.

(2) Includes interest generated from negative interest rates on certain repurchase agreements, which offset our short-term funding costs.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 117

MD&A | Liquidity and Capital Management

Corporate Liquidity Portfolio

The chart below displays information on the composition of our corporate liquidity portfolio. The balance and

composition of our corporate liquidity portfolio fluctuates as a result of factors such as changes in our cash flows,

liquidity in the fixed-income markets, our investment strategy, and our liquidity risk management framework and

practices. Our corporate liquidity portfolio decreased in 2025, primarily due to liquidating assets to pay off maturing debt

of Fannie Mae that was not replaced, and the sale of U.S. Treasury securities and maturities of securities purchased

under agreement to resell, with proceeds reinvested into agency MBS investments held in our retained mortgage

portfolio. For information on our expectation to continue to increase our holdings of agency MBS and how we intend to

fund those purchases, see “Retained Mortgage Portfolio.”

Corporate Liquidity Portfolio

(Dollars in billions)

U.S. Treasury securities

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

Cash

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We enter into certain business arrangements to facilitate our statutory purpose of providing liquidity to the secondary

mortgage market and to reduce our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. Some of these arrangements are not

recorded in our consolidated balance sheets or may be recorded in amounts different from the full contract or notional

amount of the transaction, depending on the nature or structure of, and the accounting required to be applied to, the

arrangement. These arrangements are commonly referred to as “off-balance sheet arrangements” and expose us to

potential losses in excess of the amounts recorded in our consolidated balance sheets.

Our off-balance sheet arrangements result primarily from the following:

• our guaranty of mortgage loan securitization and resecuritization transactions over which we have no control,

which are reflected in our unconsolidated Fannie Mae MBS net of any beneficial ownership interest we retain,

and other financial guarantees that we do not control;

• liquidity support transactions; and
• partnership interests.

The total amount of our off-balance sheet exposure related to unconsolidated Fannie Mae MBS net of any beneficial

interest that we retain, and other financial guarantees was $195.7 billion as of December 31, 2025 and $211.5 billion as

of December 31, 2024. The majority of the other financial guarantees consists of Freddie Mac securities backing Fannie

Mae structured securities. See “Guaranty Book of Business” and “Note 7, Financial Guarantees” for more information

regarding our maximum exposure to loss on unconsolidated Fannie Mae MBS and Freddie Mac securities.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 118

MD&A | Liquidity and Capital Management

Our total outstanding liquidity commitments to advance funds for securities backed by multifamily housing revenue

bonds totaled $3.6 billion as of December 31, 2025 and $4.3 billion as of December 31, 2024. These commitments

require us to advance funds to third parties that enable them to repurchase tendered bonds or securities that are unable

to be remarketed.

We have investments in various limited partnerships and similar legal entities, which consist of LIHTC investments,

community investments and investments in other entities. When we do not have a controlling financial interest in those

entities, our consolidated balance sheets reflect only our investment rather than the full amount of the partnership’s

assets and liabilities. See “Note 3, Consolidations and Transfers of Financial Assets—Unconsolidated VIEs” for

information regarding our investments in limited partnerships and similar legal entities.

Equity Funding

Under the current terms of the senior preferred stock purchase agreement, we are prohibited from issuing equity

securities without Treasury’s consent, except in limited circumstances. As a result, our current access to equity funding

is limited to draws under the senior preferred stock purchase agreement. Even if Treasury approves our issuance of

additional equity securities, there may not be a sufficient market for new issuances of our equity securities due to factors

such as our conservatorship status, the covenants under the senior preferred stock purchase agreement, Treasury’s

ownership of the warrant to purchase up to 79.9% of the total shares of our common stock outstanding, and the

uncertainty regarding our future, as described in “Risk Factors—GSE and Conservatorship Risk.” For a description of

the funding available and the covenants under the senior preferred stock purchase agreement, see “Business—

Conservatorship and Treasury Agreements—Treasury Agreements.”

Contractual Obligations

We have contractual obligations that affect our liquidity and capital resource requirements. These contractual obligations

primarily consist of debt obligations (and associated interest payment obligations) and mortgage purchase commitments

recognized on our consolidated balance sheet.

• For information about the amounts, maturities and contractual interest rates of our obligations related to debt,

see “Note 8, Short-Term and Long-Term Debt.”

• For information about our mortgage purchase commitments, see “Note 17, Commitments and Contingencies.”

Our contractual obligations also include $3.8 billion in cash received as collateral, unrecognized tax benefits, lease

obligations, and future cash payments due under our unconditional and legally binding obligations to fund LIHTC

partnership investments and other partnerships.

In addition, our short- and long-term liquidity and capital resource needs may be affected by our contractual obligations

to make the payments listed below. The amounts of these payments are uncertain and will depend on future events:

• payments on our obligations to stand ready to perform under our guarantees relating to Fannie Mae MBS and

other financial guarantees, including Fannie Mae commingled structured securities. The amount and timing of

payments under these arrangements are generally contingent upon the occurrence of future events. For a

description of the amount of our on- and off-balance sheet Fannie Mae MBS and other financial guarantees as

of December 31, 2025, see “Guaranty Book of Business” and “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements;”

• payments associated with our back-end credit risk transfer transactions, the amount and timing of which are

contingent upon the occurrence of future credit and prepayment events for the related reference pool of

mortgage loans. For more information on these transactions, see “Single-Family Business—Single-Family

Mortgage Credit Risk Management—Single-Family Credit Enhancement and Transfer of Mortgage Credit Risk

• Credit Risk Transfer Transactions” and “Multifamily Business—Multifamily Mortgage Credit Risk Management
• Multifamily Transfer of Mortgage Credit Risk;” and
• payments related to our interest-rate risk management derivatives that may require cash settlement in future

periods, the amount and timing of which depend on changes in interest rates. For more information on these

transactions, see “Note 9, Derivative Instruments.”

Credit Ratings

Our credit ratings from the major credit ratings organizations, as well as the credit ratings of the U.S. government, are

primary factors that could affect our ability to access the capital markets and our cost of funds. In addition, our credit

ratings are important when we seek to engage in certain long-term transactions, such as derivative transactions. See

“Risk Factors—Liquidity Risk” for a discussion of the risks to our business relating to a decrease in our credit ratings.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 119

MD&A | Liquidity and Capital Management

The table below displays our credit ratings issued by the three major credit rating agencies.

Fannie Mae Credit Ratings

On May 19, 2025, Moody’s downgraded our long-term senior unsecured debt rating to Aa1 from Aaa and changed the

outlook to stable from negative. This action followed Moody’s downgrade of the U.S. Government’s long-term issuer and

senior unsecured ratings to Aa1 from Aaa and change in outlook to stable from negative on May 16, 2025.

We have no covenants in our existing debt agreements that would be violated by a downgrade in our credit ratings.

However, in connection with certain derivatives counterparties, we could be required to provide additional collateral to or

terminate transactions with certain counterparties in the event that our senior unsecured debt ratings are downgraded.

See “Note 9, Derivative Instruments—Derivative Counterparty Credit Exposure” for a description of additional collateral

we would be required to post to derivatives counterparties in the event of certain credit ratings downgrades.

Cash Flows

Year Ended December 31, 2025. Cash and restricted cash increased from $38.5 billion as of December 31, 2024 to

$42.6 billion as of December 31, 2025. The increase was primarily driven by cash inflows from (1) proceeds from

repayments of loans, (2) the sale of Fannie Mae MBS to third parties, (3) proceeds from issuances of debt of Fannie

Mae, (4) sales of trading securities, and (5) maturity of investments in securities purchased under agreements to resell.

Largely offsetting these cash inflows were cash outflows primarily from (1) payments on outstanding debt of Fannie Mae

and consolidated trusts, (2) purchases of loans acquired as held for investment, and (3) advances to lenders.

Year Ended December 31, 2024. Cash and restricted cash increased from $34.0 billion as of December 31, 2023 to

$38.5 billion as of December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily driven by cash inflows from (1) proceeds from

repayments of loans, (2) the sale of Fannie Mae MBS to third parties, (3) issuances of funding debt, which outpaced

redemptions, and (4) maturity of investments in securities purchased under agreements to resell.

Partially offsetting these cash inflows were cash outflows primarily from (1) payments on outstanding debt of

consolidated trusts, (2) purchases of loans acquired as held for investment, and (3) advances to lenders.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 120

MD&A | Liquidity and Capital Management

Capital Management

Capital Requirements

For a description of our capital requirements under the enterprise regulatory capital framework, see “Business—

Legislation and Regulation—Capital Requirements.” Although the enterprise regulatory capital framework went into

effect in February 2021, we are not required to hold capital according to the framework’s requirements until the date of

termination of our conservatorship, or such later date as may be ordered by FHFA.

The table below sets forth information about our capital requirements under the standardized approach of the enterprise

regulatory capital framework. As of December 31, 2025, we had a deficit in available capital for purposes of the

enterprise regulatory capital framework even though we had positive net worth under GAAP of $109.0 billion primarily

because the $120.8 billion stated value of the senior preferred stock does not qualify as regulatory capital. Our deficit in

available capital for purposes of our risk-based adjusted total capital requirement declined $15 billion in 2025, from $37

billion as of December 31, 2024 to $22 billion as of December 31, 2025.

As of December 31, 2025, we had a $215 billion shortfall to our risk-based adjusted total capital requirement including

buffers of $193 billion, and a $135 billion shortfall to our minimum risk-based adjusted total capital requirement

excluding buffers of $113 billion. From December 31, 2024 to December 31, 2025, our capital shortfall including buffers

declined by $12 billion and our shortfall excluding buffers declined by $11 billion. These declines were primarily driven

by increased retained earnings, which more than offset the rise in minimum capital requirements associated with higher

risk-weighted assets during 2025. The increase in risk-weighted assets during 2025 was largely driven by loans we

acquired during the period that carried higher credit risk-weights compared to seasoned loans that liquidated, as well as

market risk associated with the increase in retained mortgage portfolio assets. Under the enterprise regulatory capital

framework, we are required to hold capital associated with the market risk of the mortgage assets held in our retained

mortgage portfolio. As a result, increases in purchases of agency MBS for our retained mortgage portfolio generally

result in an increase in the amount of capital we are required to hold.

Capital Metrics under the Enterprise Regulatory Capital Framework as of December 31, 2025(1)

(Dollars in billions)

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 121

MD&A | Liquidity and Capital Management

Capital Metrics under the Enterprise Regulatory Capital Framework as of December 31, 2024(1)

(Dollars in billions)

(1) Ratios are calculated as a percentage of risk-weighted assets for risk-based capital metrics and as a percentage of adjusted total assets

for leverage capital metrics.

(2) The capital shortfall in these columns represents the difference between the applicable capital requirement (without or with buffers, as

applicable) and the available capital deficit.

(3) Prescribed capital conservation buffer amount, or PCCBA, for risk-based capital and prescribed leverage buffer amount, or PLBA, for

leverage capital.

(4) The sum of (a) core capital (see definition in footnote 5 below); and (b) a general allowance for foreclosure losses.

(5) The sum of (a) the stated value of our outstanding common stock (common stock less treasury stock); (b) the stated value of our

outstanding perpetual, noncumulative preferred stock; (c) our paid-in capital; and (d) our retained earnings (accumulated deficit).

While it is not applicable until the date of termination of our conservatorship, our maximum payout ratio represents the

percentage of eligible retained income that we are permitted to pay out in the form of distributions or discretionary bonus

payments under the enterprise regulatory capital framework. As of December 31, 2025, our maximum payout ratio

under the enterprise regulatory capital framework was 0%. See “Note 13, Regulatory Capital Requirements” for

information on our capital ratios as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 under the enterprise regulatory

capital framework.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 122

MD&A | Liquidity and Capital Management

The table below presents certain components of our regulatory capital.

Regulatory Capital Components

(Dollars in millions)

The table below presents certain components of our core capital.

Statutory Capital Components

(Dollars in millions)

Capital Activity

Under the terms governing the senior preferred stock, no dividends were payable to Treasury for the fourth quarter of

2025 and none are payable for the first quarter of 2026.

Under the terms governing the senior preferred stock, through and including the capital reserve end date, any increase

in our net worth during a fiscal quarter results in an increase in the same amount of the aggregate liquidation preference

of the senior preferred stock in the following quarter. The capital reserve end date is defined as the last day of the

second consecutive fiscal quarter during which we have had and maintained capital equal to, or in excess of, all of the

capital requirements and buffers under the enterprise regulatory capital framework.

As a result of these terms governing the senior preferred stock, the aggregate liquidation preference of the senior

preferred stock increased to $227.0 billion as of December 31, 2025, from $223.1 billion as of September 30, 2025, due

to the $3.9 billion increase in our net worth in the third quarter of 2025. The aggregate liquidation preference of the

senior preferred stock will further increase to $230.5 billion as of March 31, 2026, due to the $3.5 billion increase in our

net worth in the fourth quarter of 2025. See “Business—Conservatorship and Treasury Agreements—Treasury

Agreements” for more information on the terms of our senior preferred stock, including how the aggregate liquidation

preference is determined.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 123

MD&A | Liquidity and Capital Management

Treasury Funding Commitment

Treasury made a commitment under the senior preferred stock purchase agreement to provide funding to us under

certain circumstances if we have a net worth deficit. As of December 31, 2025, the remaining amount of Treasury’s

funding commitment to us was $113.9 billion. We have not received any funding from Treasury under this commitment

since the first quarter of 2018. See “Note 2, Conservatorship, Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement and Related

Matters” for more information on Treasury’s funding commitment under the senior preferred stock purchase agreement.

Risk Management

Overview

We manage the risks that arise from our business activities through our enterprise risk management program. Our risk

management activities are aligned with the requirements of FHFA’s Enterprise Risk Management Program Advisory

Bulletin, which are consistent with the general principles set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the

Treadway Commission’s (“COSO”) Enterprise Risk Management—Integrating with Strategy and Performance

framework.

Risk Categories

We are exposed to the following principal risk categories:

• Credit Risk. Credit risk is the risk of loss arising from another party’s failure to meet its contractual obligations.

For financial securities or instruments, credit risk is the risk of not receiving principal, interest or other financial

obligation on a timely basis. Our credit risk exposure exists primarily in connection with our guaranty book of

business (including natural disaster-related exposure) and our institutional counterparties.

• Market Risk. Market risk is the risk of loss resulting from changes in the economic environment. This risk

arises from fluctuations in interest and exchange rates. This risk also includes the risk to earnings or capital

arising from movements in market rates or prices such as foreign exchange rates, equity prices, credit spreads,

and/or commodity prices. Market risk includes interest-rate risk and spread risk, which are discussed in “Risk

Management—Market Risk Management, including Interest-Rate Risk Management.”

• Liquidity Risk. Liquidity risk is the risk to our current or projected financial condition and resilience arising from

an inability to meet obligations when they come due, including the risk associated with the inability to access

funding sources or manage fluctuations in funding levels.

• Operational Risk. Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes,

people, systems, and third parties, or disruptions from external events. Operational risk includes cyber and

other information security risk.

• Model Risk. Model risk is the risk of potential adverse consequences (such as financial loss or reputational

damage) due to: inappropriate model design; errors in model coding, implementation, inputs or assumptions;

inadequate model performance; or incorrect use or application of model outputs or reports.

• Strategic Risk. Strategic risk is the risk of loss resulting from poor implementation of business decisions or the

failure to respond appropriately to changes in the industry or external environment.

• Compliance Risk. Compliance risk is the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, damage to current or projected

financial condition, damage to business resilience or damage to reputation resulting from nonconformance with

compliance obligations.

• Reputational Risk. Reputational risk is the risk that substantial negative publicity may cause a decline in public

perception of us, a decline in our customer base, costly litigation, revenue reductions or losses.

See “Risk Factors” for a more detailed discussion of risks that could materially adversely affect our business, results of

operations, financial condition, liquidity and net worth. The following discussion, as well as the “Single-Family Business

• Single-Family Mortgage Credit Risk Management,” “Multifamily Business—Multifamily Mortgage Credit Risk

Management” and “Liquidity and Capital Management” sections of this report, address how we manage the categories

of risk we have determined present the most significant exposure.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 124

MD&A | Risk Management | Overview

Components of Risk Management

Our risk management program is composed of four inter-related components.

• Governance & Organizational Structure. Our risk governance structure establishes authority, responsibility

and accountability for risk management, which we conduct through a variety of controls designed to act in

concert, including delegations of authority, risk committees, risk policies, risk appetite and risk limits.

• Risk Appetite Framework. We manage and govern our risk-taking activities through a risk appetite and limits

framework that is aligned to our corporate strategy and defines boundaries across businesses and risk types.

• Risk Identification, Assessment, Control & Monitoring. We identify, assess, respond to, control, and

monitor risks generated in the pursuit of our strategy and objectives. Performing these activities across the

company allows us to address risks arising from different sources and tailor appropriate responses.

• Reporting & Communication Processes. We identify, capture and communicate relevant information so that

stakeholders can carry out their responsibilities and make sound and informed risk management decisions.

Risk Management Governance

We manage risk by using the “three lines model.” Our Board of Directors and management-level risk committees are

also integral to our risk management program.

Governance

Board of Directors of Fannie Mae

Risk Policy & Capital Committee

Audit Committee

Management-Level Risk Committees

Business Units & Corporate

Functions

First Line: Identify, own and

manage risks

Corporate Risk & Compliance

Division

Second Line: Independent risk

oversight and effective challenge

Internal Audit

xxxxxxxxxxx

Third Line: Independent

assurance

Three Lines Model

Board of Directors

• Oversees our enterprise risk management program and its alignment with our strategy and business objectives
• Approves Board-level risk policies, risk appetite and risk limits
• Delegates authorities to the CEO and Enterprise Risk Committee
• Certain activities require conservator decision or notification. See “Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate

Governance—Corporate Governance” for more information

Risk Policy & Capital Committee

• Assists the Board in overseeing enterprise risk management and recommends for Board approval Board-level

risk policies, risk appetite and limits

• Approves Risk Policy & Capital Committee-level risk policies

Audit Committee

• Oversees our accounting, reporting, and financial practices, including the integrity of our financial statements

and internal control over financial reporting, as well as our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements

Management-Level Risk Committees

• Consist of an Enterprise Risk Committee chaired by our Chief Risk Officer and additional committees

overseeing risk across the company, including first-line risk committees

• Include members of management from the first and second line functions and senior members from the third

line function

• Approve management-level policies, establish risk parameters, and recommend risk policies

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 125

MD&A | Risk Management | Overview

• Provide a cross-functional forum for discussing and documenting risks and responses
• Review decisions on matters that may expose our enterprise to significant, new or unusual risk

Business Units & Corporate Functions (First Line)

• Accountable for identifying, assessing, controlling, monitoring and reporting on all risks in executing their

functions and operating in a sound control environment

• Conform to the risk appetite, policies, standards, and limits or thresholds approved by FHFA, the Board and the

relevant management-level risk committees

• Includes control functions that provide control and oversight

Corporate Risk & Compliance Division (Second Line)

• Oversees all first-line activities to create an aggregate view of the company’s financial and non-financial risks

relative to risk appetite

• Second line functions are independent and report directly to the Board of Directors and CEO

Internal Audit (Third Line)

• An independent, objective assurance and advisory function
• Provides an independent evaluation of the effectiveness of internal controls, risk management, and governance

Credit Risk Management Overview

Below we discuss how we manage mortgage credit risk, institutional counterparty credit risk, and natural disaster risk.

Mortgage Credit Risk Management

Mortgage credit risk arises from the risk of loss resulting from the failure of a borrower to make required mortgage

payments. We are exposed to credit risk on our book of business because we either hold mortgage assets, have issued

a guaranty in connection with the creation of Fannie Mae MBS backed by mortgage assets or have provided other credit

enhancements on mortgage assets. For information on how we manage mortgage credit risk, see “Single-Family

Business—Single-Family Mortgage Credit Risk Management” and “Multifamily Business—Multifamily Mortgage Credit

Risk Management.”

Institutional Counterparty Credit Risk Management

Overview

Institutional counterparty credit risk is the risk of loss resulting from the failure of an institutional counterparty to fulfill its

contractual obligations to us. Our primary exposure to institutional counterparty credit risk exists with our:

• credit guarantors, including mortgage insurers, reinsurers and multifamily lenders with risk sharing

arrangements;

• mortgage lenders that sell loans to us and mortgage lenders and other counterparties that service our loans;

and

• institutions that issue the investments held in our corporate liquidity portfolio.

We also have direct counterparty exposure to: derivatives counterparties, central counterparty clearing institutions,

custodial depository institutions, mortgage originators, investors and dealers, debt security dealers, and document

custodians. We also have counterparty credit risk exposure to Freddie Mac arising from our resecuritization of Freddie

Mac-issued securities, and to the MERS® System.

We routinely enter into a high volume of transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry resulting in a

significant credit concentration with respect to this industry. We also may have multiple exposures to particular

counterparties, as many of our institutional counterparties perform several types of services for us. Accordingly, if one of

these counterparties were to become insolvent or otherwise default on its obligations to us, it could harm our business

and financial results in a variety of ways. Our overall objective in managing institutional counterparty credit risk is to

maintain individual and portfolio-level counterparty exposures within acceptable ranges based on our risk-based rating

system. We seek to achieve this objective through the following:

• establishment and observance of counterparty eligibility standards appropriate to each exposure type and level;
• establishment of risk limits;
• requiring collateralization of exposures where appropriate; and
• exposure monitoring and management.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 126

MD&A | Risk Management | Institutional Counterparty Credit Risk Management

See “Risk Factors—Credit Risk” for additional discussion of the risks to our business if one or more of our institutional

counterparties fails to fulfill their contractual obligations to us.

Counterparty Risk Management Framework

Establishment and Observance of Counterparty Eligibility Standards

The institutions with which we do business vary in size, complexity and geographic footprint. Because of this,

counterparty eligibility criteria vary depending upon the type and magnitude of the risk exposure incurred. We use a risk-

based approach to assess the credit risk of our counterparties, which may include regular examination of their financial

statements, confidential communication with the management of those counterparties and regular monitoring of publicly

available credit rating information. This and other information is used to develop proprietary credit rating metrics that we

use to assess credit quality. Factors including corporate or third-party support or guarantees, our knowledge of the

counterparty and its management, reputation, quality of operations and experience are also important in determining the

initial and continuing eligibility of a counterparty.

Establishment of Risk Limits

Institutions are assigned a risk limit to ensure that our risk exposure is maintained at a level we believe is appropriate for

the institution’s credit assessment and the time horizon for the exposure, as well as to diversify exposure so that we

adequately manage our concentration risk. A corporate risk limit is first established at the counterparty level for the

aggregate of all activity and then is divided among our individual business units. Our business units may further

subdivide limits among products or activities.

Collateralization of Exposures

We may require collateral, letters of credit or investment agreements as a condition to approving exposure to a

counterparty. Collateral requirements are determined after a comprehensive review of the credit quality and the level of

risk exposure of each counterparty. We may require that a counterparty post collateral in the event of an adverse event

such as a ratings downgrade. Collateral requirements are monitored and adjusted as appropriate.

Exposure Monitoring and Management

The risk management functions of the individual business units are responsible for managing the counterparty

exposures associated with their activities within risk limits. An oversight team that reports to our Chief Risk Officer is

responsible for establishing and enforcing corporate policies and procedures regarding counterparties, establishing

corporate limits and aggregating and reporting institutional counterparty exposure. We regularly update exposure limits

for individual institutions and communicate changes to the relevant business units. We regularly report exposures

against the risk limits to the Risk Policy and Capital Committee of the Board of Directors.

Mortgage Insurers

We are generally required, pursuant to our charter, to obtain credit enhancements on single-family conventional

mortgage loans that we purchase or securitize with LTV ratios over 80% at the time of purchase. We use several types

of credit enhancements to manage our single-family mortgage credit risk, including primary and pool mortgage

insurance coverage. Our primary exposure associated with mortgage insurers is that they will fail to fulfill their

obligations to reimburse us for claims under our insurance policies.

Actions we take to manage this risk include:

• maintaining financial and operational eligibility requirements that an insurer must meet to become and remain a

qualified mortgage insurer;

• regularly monitoring our exposure to individual mortgage insurers and mortgage insurer credit ratings, including

in-depth financial reviews and analyses of the insurers’ portfolios and capital adequacy under hypothetical

stress scenarios;

• requiring certification and supporting documentation annually from each mortgage insurer; and
• performing periodic reviews of mortgage insurers to confirm compliance with eligibility requirements and to

evaluate their management, control and underwriting practices.

The master policies issued by our primary mortgage insurers govern their claim-paying obligations to us, including

circumstances in which significant underwriting or servicing defects might permit the mortgage insurer to rescind

coverage or deny a claim. Where a claim has not been properly paid as a result of lender non-compliance with their

obligation to maintain coverage, the lender is required to make us whole for losses not covered by the insurer. The risk

of coverage rescission is mitigated by the rescission relief principles we require in mortgage insurer master policies, and

may also be mitigated by the quality control standards required by our private mortgage insurer eligibility requirements

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 127

MD&A | Risk Management | Institutional Counterparty Credit Risk Management

(“PMIERs”). Generally, the rescission relief principles align with our representation and warranty framework and require

our primary mortgage insurers to waive their rescission rights after a mortgage has performed for at least 36 months or

if they have completed a full review of the loan and found no significant defects. See below for a discussion of the

PMIERs.

In describing our mortgage insurance coverage, “insurance in force” refers to the UPB of single-family loans in our

conventional guaranty book of business covered under the applicable mortgage insurance policies. Our total mortgage

insurance in force was $745.9 billion, or 21% of our single-family conventional guaranty book of business, as of

December 31, 2025, compared with $753.5 billion, or 21% of our single-family conventional guaranty book of business,

as of December 31, 2024.

“Risk in force” refers to the maximum potential loss recovery under the applicable mortgage insurance policies in force

and is generally based on the loan-level insurance coverage percentage and, if applicable, any aggregate pool loss

limit, as specified in the policy. As of December 31, 2025, our total mortgage insurance risk in force was $201.4 billion,

or 6% of our single-family conventional guaranty book of business, compared with $202.3 billion, or 6% of our single-

family conventional guaranty book of business, as of December 31, 2024.

Our total mortgage insurance in force and risk in force excludes insurance coverage provided by federal government

entities and credit insurance obtained through CIRT deals.

The charts below display our mortgage insurer counterparties that provided 10% or more of the risk-in-force mortgage

insurance coverage on the loans in our single-family conventional guaranty book of business.

Mortgage Insurer Concentration(1)

(1) Insurance coverage amounts provided for each counterparty may include coverage provided by affiliates and subsidiaries of the

counterparty.

Mortgage insurers must meet and maintain compliance with PMIERs to be eligible to write mortgage insurance on loans

acquired by Fannie Mae. The PMIERs are designed to ensure that mortgage insurers have sufficient liquid assets to

pay all claims under a hypothetical future stress scenario. In August 2024, FHFA announced that Fannie Mae and

Freddie Mac are issuing updates to the PMIERs, which are the financial and operational standards that private

mortgage insurance companies must meet to provide insurance on the mortgage loans that we and Freddie Mac

acquire. The updated standards primarily are designed to address the risk associated with the quality of a mortgage

insurer’s investment portfolio and the potential for that portfolio to lose value. FHFA stated that the updated standards

will improve Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac’s counterparty risk management and better prepare them to withstand a

future stress situation while fulfilling their mission to serve as a reliable source of liquidity for equitable and sustainable

housing finance throughout the economic cycle. The updated standards are expected to be implemented through a 24-

month phased-in approach, with a fully effective date of September 30, 2026.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 128

MD&A | Risk Management | Institutional Counterparty Credit Risk Management

Mortgage insurance only covers losses that are realized after the borrower defaults and title to the property is

subsequently transferred, such as after a foreclosure, short-sale, or a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure. Also, mortgage

insurance does not protect us from all losses on covered loans. For example, mortgage insurance is not intended to

cover property damage from hazards, including natural disasters; and the mortgage insurance policy permits the

exclusion of any material loss directly related to property damage.

We require single-family and multifamily borrowers to obtain and maintain property insurance to cover the risk of

damage to their homes or properties resulting from hazards such as fire, hail, wind and, for properties in areas identified

by FEMA as Special Flood Hazard Areas, flooding. Since we generally permit borrowers to select and obtain required

hazard insurance policies, our requirements for hazard insurance coverage are verified by the lender or servicer, as

applicable. For single-family loans, we require a minimum financial strength rating for non-governmental hazard insurers

that must be provided by S&P Global, Demotech, AM Best or KBRA. For multifamily loans, we require a minimum

financial strength rating for non-governmental hazard insurers that must be provided by AM Best. We do not

independently verify the financial condition of these hazard insurers and rely on these rating agencies for their

assessment of the financial condition of these insurers.

See “Risk Factors—Credit Risk” for a discussion of the risks to our business of claims under our mortgage insurance

policies not being paid in full or at all, as well as a discussion of risks if borrowers suffer property damage as a result of

hazards for which the borrowers have no or insufficient insurance.

Reinsurers

We use CIRT deals to transfer credit risk on a pool of loans to an insurance provider that retains the risk, or to an

insurance provider that simultaneously cedes all of its risk to one or more reinsurers. In CIRT transactions, we select the

insurance providers and approve the allocation of coverage that may be simultaneously transferred to reinsurers by a

direct provider of our CIRT insurance coverage. We take certain steps to increase the likelihood that we will recover on

the claims we file with the insurers, including the following:

• In our approval and selection of CIRT insurers and reinsurers, we take into account the financial strength of

those companies and the concentration risk that we have with those counterparties.

• We monitor the financial strength of CIRT insurers and reinsurers to confirm compliance with our requirements

and to minimize potential exposure. Changes in the financial strength of an insurer or reinsurer may impact our

future allocation of new CIRT insurance coverage to those providers. In addition, a material deterioration of the

financial strength of a CIRT insurer or reinsurer may permit us to terminate existing CIRT coverage pursuant to

terms of the CIRT insurance policy.

• We require a portion of the insurers’ or reinsurers’ obligations in a CIRT transaction to be collateralized with

highly-rated liquid assets held in a trust account. The required amount of collateral is initially determined

according to the ratings of the insurer or reinsurer. Contractual provisions require additional collateral to be

posted in the event of adverse developments with the counterparty, such as a ratings downgrade to specified

levels.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 129

MD&A | Risk Management | Institutional Counterparty Credit Risk Management

The charts below display the concentration of our credit risk exposure to our top five CIRT counterparties, measured by

maximum liability to us, excluding the benefit of collateral we hold to secure the counterparties’ obligations. For

purposes of determining our top five CIRT counterparties, we separately consider affiliated entities and do not combine

their concentrations.

CIRT Counterparty Concentration

Top 5 Others

• Our CIRT counterparties had a maximum liability to us of $17.9 billion as of December 31, 2025, and $17.5

billion as of December 31, 2024.

• There were $4.9 billion as of December 31, 2025, and $4.8 billion as of December 31, 2024, in liquid assets

securing CIRT counterparties’ obligations held in trust accounts.

• Our top five CIRT counterparties had a maximum liability to us of $8.5 billion as of December 31, 2025 and

December 31, 2024.

For information on our credit risk transfer transactions, see “Single-Family Business—Single-Family Mortgage Credit

Risk Management—Single-Family Credit Enhancement and Transfer of Mortgage Credit Risk—Credit Risk Transfer

Transactions” and “Multifamily Business—Multifamily Mortgage Credit Risk Management—Multifamily Transfer of

Mortgage Credit Risk.”

Multifamily Lenders with Risk Sharing

We enter into risk sharing agreements with multifamily lenders, primarily through the DUS program, pursuant to which

the lenders agree to bear a portion of the credit losses on the covered loans. Our maximum potential loss recovery from

lenders under risk sharing agreements on multifamily loans was $129.6 billion as of December 31, 2025, compared with

$119.8 billion as of December 31, 2024. As of December 31, 2025, 53% of our maximum potential loss recovery on

multifamily loans was from five DUS lenders compared with 52% as of December 31, 2024.

As noted above in “Multifamily Business,” our primary multifamily delivery channel is our DUS program, which is

composed of lenders that range from large depositories to independent non-bank financial institutions. As of December

31, 2025, approximately 28% of the UPB of loans in our multifamily guaranty book of business serviced by our DUS

lenders was from institutions with an external investment grade credit rating or a guaranty from an affiliate with an

external investment grade credit rating, compared with approximately 30% as of December 31, 2024. Given the

recourse nature of the DUS program, DUS lenders are bound by eligibility standards that dictate, among other items,

minimum capital and liquidity levels, and the posting of collateral at a highly rated custodian to secure a portion of the

lenders’ future obligations. We actively monitor the financial condition of these lenders to help ensure the level of risk

remains within our standards and to ensure required capital levels are maintained and are in alignment with actual and

modeled loss projections.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 130

MD&A | Risk Management | Institutional Counterparty Credit Risk Management

Mortgage Servicers and Sellers

The primary risk associated with mortgage servicers that service the loans in our guaranty book of business is that they

will fail to fulfill their servicing obligations. See “Single-Family Business—Single-Family Primary Business Activities—

Single-Family Mortgage Servicing” and “Multifamily Business—Multifamily Primary Business Activities—Multifamily

Mortgage Servicing” for more discussion on the services performed by our mortgage servicers.

A servicing contract breach could result in credit losses for us or could cause us to incur the cost of finding a

replacement servicer. Replacing a mortgage servicer can result in potentially significant increases in our costs, as well

as increased operational risks. If a mortgage servicer fails, it could result in a temporary disruption in servicing and loss

mitigation activities relating to the loans serviced by that mortgage servicer, particularly if there is a loss of experienced

servicing personnel. See “Risk Factors—Credit Risk” for a discussion of additional risks to our business and financial

results associated with mortgage servicers.

We mitigate these risks in several ways, including by:

• establishing minimum standards and financial requirements for our servicers;
• monitoring financial and portfolio performance as compared with peers and internal benchmarks;
• for our largest mortgage servicers, conducting periodic financial reviews to confirm compliance with servicing

guidelines and servicing performance expectations; and

• identifying a group of servicers as potential contingency sub-servicers to which we could transfer the servicing

of some of the loans in our guaranty book in the event one or more of our mortgage servicers is not able or

permitted to continue servicing our loans on our behalf.

We may take one or more of the following actions to mitigate our credit exposure to mortgage servicers that present a

higher risk:

• require a guaranty of obligations by higher-rated entities;
• transfer exposure to third parties;
• require collateral;
• establish more stringent financial requirements;
• work with underperforming major servicers to improve operational processes; and
• suspend or terminate the selling and servicing relationship if deemed appropriate.

As of December 31, 2025, over half of our single-family guaranty book and over half of our multifamily guaranty book

were serviced by non-depository servicers. Compared with depository financial institutions, these institutions pose

additional risks to us because they generally have lower financial strength and liquidity as compared with our mortgage

servicer counterparties that are depository institutions. Unlike for depository servicers, much of the capital of non-

depository servicers is represented by the value of mortgage servicing rights, which is subject to variability based on

market conditions and therefore is an important factor in determining capital adequacy. Non-depository servicers also

are generally not subject to the same level of regulatory oversight as our mortgage servicer counterparties that are

depository institutions. We require non-depository servicers to meet minimum liquidity requirements to maintain

eligibility with Fannie Mae. We actively monitor the financial condition and capital adequacy of non-depository servicers,

including their compliance with our requirements.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 131

MD&A | Risk Management | Institutional Counterparty Credit Risk Management

The charts below display the percentage of our single-family conventional guaranty book of business serviced by our

top five depository single-family mortgage servicers and top five non-depository single-family mortgage servicers. In the

fourth quarter of 2025, we updated our disclosure of servicer concentrations to be based on the counterparty performing

the servicing, including loans serviced by that counterparty on behalf of other servicers. Previously servicer

concentrations were disclosed based on loans for which the servicer was directly contractually responsible to us and

excluded loans serviced on behalf of another servicer. Prior period information in this report has been recast to reflect

this updated approach.

Single-Family Mortgage Servicer Concentration

Top 5 depository servicers Top 5 non-depository servicers Others

Following Rocket Companies, Inc.’s acquisition of Mr. Cooper Group in October 2025, Nationstar Mortgage LLC, doing

business as Mr. Cooper (“Mr. Cooper”) and Rocket Mortgage, LLC are affiliates. These companies serviced

approximately 23% of our single-family guaranty book of business based on UPB as of December 31, 2025. As of

December 31, 2024, these companies on a combined basis serviced approximately 23% of our single-family guaranty

book of business, based on UPB. No other single-family mortgage servicer serviced 10% or more of our single-family

conventional guaranty book of business as of December 31, 2025 or 2024. Rocket Mortgage, LLC and Mr. Cooper are

non-depository servicers.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 132

MD&A | Risk Management | Institutional Counterparty Credit Risk Management

The charts below display the percentage of our multifamily guaranty book of business serviced by our top five

depository multifamily mortgage servicers and top five non-depository multifamily mortgage servicers.

Multifamily Mortgage Servicer Concentration

Top 5 depository servicers Top 5 non-depository servicers Others

As of December 31, 2025, Walker & Dunlop, Inc. serviced 13% of our multifamily guaranty book of business based on

UPB, compared with 14% as of December 31, 2024. No other multifamily mortgage servicer serviced 10% or more of

our multifamily guaranty book of business as of December 31, 2025 or 2024. Walker & Dunlop, Inc. is a non-depository

servicer.

Counterparty Credit Exposure Relating to our Corporate Liquidity Portfolio

The primary credit exposure associated with assets held in our corporate liquidity portfolio is that issuers will not repay

principal and interest in accordance with the contractual terms. If one of these counterparties fails to meet its obligations

to us under the terms of the investments, it could result in financial losses to us and have a material adverse effect on

our earnings, liquidity, financial condition and net worth. We believe the risk of default is low because our corporate

liquidity portfolio primarily consists of cash, reverse repurchase agreements with a central counterparty clearing

institution or The Federal Reserve Bank of New York, and U.S. Treasury securities.

As of December 31, 2025, our corporate liquidity portfolio totaled $93.8 billion and included $55.2 billion of U.S.

Treasury securities. As of December 31, 2024, our corporate liquidity portfolio totaled $132.4 billion and included $77.6

billion of U.S. Treasury securities. We mitigate our risk by monitoring the credit risk position of our corporate liquidity

portfolio. As of December 31, 2025, we held $11.1 billion in overnight unsecured deposits with six financial institutions,

compared with $11.7 billion held with six financial institutions as of December 31, 2024. The short-term credit ratings for

each of these financial institutions by S&P, Moody’s and Fitch were at least A-1 or the Moody’s or Fitch equivalent of

A-1.

See “Liquidity and Capital Management—Liquidity Management—Corporate Liquidity Portfolio” for more information on

our corporate liquidity portfolio.

Other Counterparties

Derivative Counterparty Credit Exposure

The primary credit exposure that we have on a derivative transaction is that a counterparty will default on payments

due, which could result in us having to acquire a replacement derivative from a different counterparty at a higher cost or

we may be unable to find a suitable replacement. Our derivative counterparty credit exposure relates principally to

interest-rate derivative contracts.

Derivative instruments may be privately negotiated contracts, which are often referred to as over-the-counter (“OTC”)

derivatives, or they may be listed and traded on an exchange where they are accepted for clearing by a derivatives

clearing organization as our cleared derivative transactions.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 133

MD&A | Risk Management | Institutional Counterparty Credit Risk Management

Actions we take to manage our derivative counterparty credit exposure relating to our OTC derivative transactions

include:

• entering into enforceable master netting arrangements with these counterparties, which allow us to net

derivative assets and liabilities with the same counterparty; and

• requiring counterparties to post collateral, which includes cash, U.S. Treasury securities, agency debt and

agency mortgage-related securities.

We manage our credit exposure relating to our cleared derivative transactions through enforceable master netting

arrangements. These arrangements allow us to net our exposure to cleared derivatives by clearing organization and by

clearing member.

Our cleared derivative transactions are submitted to a derivatives clearing organization on our behalf through a clearing

member of the organization. A contract accepted by a derivatives clearing organization is governed by the terms of the

clearing organization’s rules and arrangements between us and the clearing member of the clearing organization. As a

result, we are exposed to the institutional credit risk of both the derivatives clearing organization and the member who is

acting on our behalf. As of December 31, 2025, approximately 88% of our derivatives transactions were cleared through

a clearing organization, compared with 82% as of December 31, 2024.

See “Note 9, Derivative Instruments” and “Note 15, Netting Arrangements” for additional information on our derivative

contracts as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Counterparty Credit Risk Exposure Arising from the Resecuritization of Freddie Mac-Issued Securities

We have been resecuritizing Freddie Mac-issued securities since June 2019 when we began issuing UMBS, which has

increased our credit risk exposure and operational risk exposure to Freddie Mac. Although we have an indemnification

agreement with Freddie Mac, in the event Freddie Mac were to fail (for credit or operational reasons) to make a

payment on Freddie Mac securities that we had resecuritized in a Fannie Mae-issued structured security, we would be

responsible for making the entire payment on the Freddie Mac securities included in that structured security in order to

make payments on any of our outstanding single-family Fannie Mae MBS to be paid on that payment date. Accordingly,

if Freddie Mac were to fail to meet its obligations under the terms of these securities, it could have a material adverse

effect on our earnings and financial condition. We believe the risk of default by Freddie Mac is negligible because of the

funding commitment available to Freddie Mac through its senior preferred stock purchase agreement with Treasury.

As of December 31, 2025, $184.3 billion in Freddie Mac securities were backing Fannie Mae-issued structured

securities, compared with $200.1 billion as of December 31, 2024. See “Risk Factors—GSE and Conservatorship Risk”

for more information on risks associated with our issuance of UMBS.

Central Counterparty Clearing Institutions

Fannie Mae is a clearing member of two divisions of Fixed Income Clearing Corporation (“FICC”), a central counterparty

(“CCP”). One FICC division clears our trades involving securities purchased under agreements to resell, securities sold

under agreements to repurchase, and other non-mortgage related securities. The other division clears our forward

purchase and sale commitments of mortgage-related securities, including dollar roll transactions. As a result of these

trades, we are required to post initial and variation margin payments as well as settle certain positions each business

day in cash. As a clearing member of FICC, we are exposed to the risk that the FICC or one or more of the CCP’s

clearing members fails to perform its obligations as described below.

• A default by or the financial or operational failure of FICC would require us to replace transactions cleared

through FICC, thereby increasing operational costs and potentially resulting in losses.

• We may also be exposed to losses if a clearing member of FICC defaults on its obligations as each clearing

member is required to absorb a portion of those fellow-clearing member losses. As a result, we could lose the

margin that we have posted to FICC. Moreover, our exposure could exceed the amount of margin that we

previously posted to FICC, since FICC’s rules require non-defaulting clearing members to cover, on a pro rata

basis, losses caused by a clearing member’s default.

We are unable to develop an estimate of the maximum potential amount of future payments that we could be required to

make to FICC under these arrangements as our exposure is dependent on the volume of trades FICC clearing

members execute now and in the future, which varies daily. Although we are unable to develop an estimate of our

maximum exposure, we expect that losses caused by any clearing member would be partially offset by the fair value of

margin posted by the defaulting clearing member and any other available assets of the CCP for those purposes. We

believe that the risk of a material loss is remote due to the FICC's margin and settlement requirements, guarantee funds

and other resources that are available in the event of a default.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 134

MD&A | Risk Management | Institutional Counterparty Credit Risk Management

We actively monitor the risks associated with the FICC in order to effectively manage this counterparty risk and our

associated liquidity exposure.

Custodial Depository Institutions

Our mortgage servicer counterparties are required by our Servicing Guide to use custodial depository institutions to hold

remittances of borrower payments of principal and interest on our behalf. If a custodial depository institution were to fail

while holding such remittances, we would be exposed to risk for balances in excess of the deposit insurance protection

and might not be able to recover all of the principal and interest payments being held by the depository on our behalf, or

there might be a substantial delay in receiving these amounts. If this were to occur, we would be required to replace

these amounts with our own funds to make payments that are due to Fannie Mae MBS certificateholders. Accordingly,

the insolvency of one of our principal custodial depository institutions could result in significant financial losses to us. To

mitigate these risks, our Servicing Guide requires our mortgage servicer counterparties to use custodial depository

institutions that are insured, that are rated as “well capitalized” by their regulator and that meet certain minimum

financial ratings from third-party agencies.

Mortgage Originators, Investors and Dealers

We are routinely exposed to pre-settlement risk through the purchase or sale of mortgage loans and mortgage-related

securities with mortgage originators, mortgage investors and mortgage dealers. The risk is the possibility that the

counterparty will be unable or unwilling to either deliver mortgage assets or compensate us for the cost to cancel or

replace the transaction. We manage this risk by determining position limits with these counterparties, based upon our

assessment of their creditworthiness, and by monitoring and managing these exposures.

Debt Security Dealers

The credit risk associated with dealers that commit to place our debt securities is that they will fail to honor their

contracts to take delivery of the debt, which could result in delayed issuance of the debt through another dealer. We

manage these risks by establishing approval standards, monitoring our exposure positions and monitoring changes in

the credit quality of dealers.

Document Custodians

We use third-party document custodians to provide loan document certification and custody services for some of the

loans that we purchase and securitize. In many cases, our lenders or their affiliates also serve as document custodians

for us. Our ownership rights to the mortgage loans that we own or that back our Fannie Mae MBS could be challenged if

a lender intentionally or negligently pledges or sells the loans that we purchased or fails to obtain a release of prior liens

on the loans that we purchased, which could result in financial losses to us. When a lender or one of its affiliates acts as

a document custodian for us, the risk that our ownership interest in the loans may be adversely affected is increased,

particularly in the event the lender were to become insolvent. We mitigate these risks through legal and contractual

arrangements with these custodians that identify our ownership interest, as well as by establishing qualifying standards

for document custodians and requiring removal of the documents to our possession or to an independent third-party

document custodian if we have concerns about the solvency or competency of the document custodian.

The MERS System

The MERS® System is an electronic registry owned by Intercontinental Exchange that is widely used by participants in

the mortgage finance industry to track servicing rights and ownership of loans in the United States. A majority of the

loans we own or guarantee are registered and tracked in the MERS System. Though we believe it is unlikely, if we are

unable to use the MERS System, or if our use of the MERS System adversely affects our ability to enforce our rights

with respect to our loans registered and tracked in the MERS System, it could create operational and legal risks for us

and increase the costs and time it takes to record loans or foreclose on loans.

Natural Disaster Risk Management

Natural Disaster-Related Risk Exposure and Mitigation

Major weather events or other natural disasters expose us to credit risk in a variety of ways, including by damaging

properties that secure mortgage loans in our book of business and by negatively impacting the ability of borrowers to

make payments on their mortgage loans. The amount of losses we incur as a result of a major weather event or natural

disaster depends significantly on the extent to which the resulting property damage is covered by hazard or flood

insurance and whether borrowers can continue making payments on their mortgages. The amount of losses we incur

can also be affected by the extent that a disaster impacts the region, especially if it depresses the local economy, and

by the availability of federal, state, or local assistance to borrowers affected by a disaster. To date, our losses from

natural disasters have been limited by geographic diversity in our book of business, the availability of insurance

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 135

MD&A | Risk Management | Natural Disaster Risk Management

coverage for damages sustained, the availability of federal, state, or local disaster assistance, and borrowers with equity

in their homes continuing to pay their mortgages. Fannie Mae is obligated by our charter to support residential mortgage

liquidity nationwide. We generally do not disqualify any single-family or multifamily property on the basis of its

geographic location in the U.S., nor do we charge higher guaranty fees in geographic areas that may pose potentially

higher natural disaster-related risk.

We require borrowers to obtain and maintain property insurance to cover the risk of damage to their property resulting

from hazards such as fire, hail, wind and, for properties in areas identified by FEMA as Special Flood Hazard Areas,

flooding. At the time of origination, a borrower is required to provide proof of such insurance, and our servicers have the

right and the obligation to obtain such insurance, at the borrower’s cost, if the borrower allows the required coverage to

lapse. Our servicers monitor flood maps, and will require a flood insurance policy if a mortgaged property is remapped

into a Special Flood Hazard Area during the life of the loan. We do not require property insurance to cover earthquake

damage to single-family properties. We only require property insurance to cover earthquake damage to multifamily

properties if required by a seismic-risk assessment. We estimate that, as of December 31, 2025, 3.2% of loans in our

single-family guaranty book of business and 7.3% of loans in our multifamily guaranty book of business were located in

a Special Flood Hazard Area.

We also mitigate natural disaster-related risk exposure, in part, through credit risk transfer and risk-sharing transactions.

To the extent weather and disaster-related losses on loans covered by these transactions exceed the amount of losses

we retain, a portion of those losses would be covered by these credit risk transfer transactions. In addition, we enter into

risk-sharing agreements with multifamily lenders, primarily through the DUS program. For more information on our

single-family credit risk transfer transactions, see “Single-Family Business—Single-Family Mortgage Credit Risk

Management—Single-Family Credit Enhancement and Transfer of Mortgage Credit Risk—Credit Risk Transfer

Transactions” and for more information on our multifamily credit risk transfer transactions and our DUS program, see

“Multifamily Business—Multifamily Mortgage Credit Risk Management—Multifamily Transfer of Mortgage Credit Risk.”

In the event of a natural or other disaster, our servicers work with affected borrowers to develop a plan that addresses

the borrower’s specific situation. Depending on the circumstances, the plan may include one or more of the following: a

payment forbearance plan; a repayment or reinstatement plan; a payment deferral; loan modification; coordination with

insurance companies and administration of insurance proceeds; and, if appropriate, foreclosure alternatives such as

short sales and deeds-in-lieu of foreclosure, or foreclosure. See “Risk Factors—Credit Risk” for additional information

on the risks we face from the occurrence of major natural or other disasters, including additional ways that such events

could negatively impact our business, financial results and financial condition.

Market Risk Management, including Interest-Rate Risk Management

We are subject to market risk, which includes interest-rate risk and spread risk. Interest-rate risk is the risk that

movements in interest rates will adversely affect the value of our assets or liabilities or our future earnings or capital.

Spread risk is the risk from changes in an instrument’s value that relate to factors other than changes in interest rates.

Interest-Rate Risk Management

Our exposure to interest-rate risk primarily arises from two sources: our net portfolio and our consolidated MBS trusts.

We collectively define our net portfolio as: our retained mortgage portfolio assets; our corporate liquidity portfolio;

outstanding debt of Fannie Mae; mortgage commitments; and risk management derivatives.

We actively manage the market value sensitivity to interest rate movements of our net portfolio, targeting a low level of

interest rate exposure. We also manage our earnings sensitivity to interest rate movements. We employ an integrated

interest-rate risk management strategy that allows for informed risk taking within pre-defined corporate risk limits.

Decisions regarding our strategy in managing interest-rate risk are based upon our corporate market risk policy and

limits that are approved by our Board of Directors and FHFA.

We monitor current market conditions, including the interest-rate environment, to assess the impact of these conditions

on individual positions and our interest-rate risk profile. In addition to qualitative factors, we use various quantitative risk

metrics to remain within pre-defined risk tolerance levels that we consider acceptable. We regularly disclose two

interest-rate risk metrics that estimate the market value sensitivity of our net portfolio: (1) market value sensitivity to

changes in interest-rate levels and the slope of the yield curve and (2) duration gap.

Sources of Interest-Rate Risk Exposure

We have multiple sources of interest-rate risk exposure. We discuss the primary sources of our interest rate risk

exposure below.

• Duration of Net Portfolio. Interest rates affect the value of our net portfolio, which includes fixed- and floating-

rate securities, debt, derivatives, and loans and other non-mortgage assets. As interest rates decline, the value

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 136

MD&A | Risk Management | Market Risk Management, including Interest-Rate Risk Management

of our fixed-rate securities tends to increase, and as interest rates increase, the value of our fixed-rate

securities tends to decrease. For example, in a declining interest-rate environment, existing mortgage assets

held in our net portfolio tend to increase in value or price because these mortgages are likely to have higher

interest rates than new mortgages, which are being originated at the then-current lower interest rates.

• Convexity of Net Portfolio. Our mortgage assets consist mainly of single-family and multifamily mortgage loans.

For single-family loans, borrowers have the option to prepay at any time before the scheduled maturity date.

This prepayment uncertainty results in a potential mismatch between the timing of receipt of cash flows related

to our assets and the timing of payment of cash flows related to our liabilities. Changes in interest rates, as well

as other factors, influence mortgage prepayment rates and duration. When interest rates decrease, prepayment

rates on fixed-rate mortgages generally accelerate because some borrowers can pay off their existing

mortgages and refinance at lower rates. Accelerated prepayment rates have the effect of shortening the

duration and average life of the fixed-rate mortgage assets we hold in our net portfolio. Conversely, when

interest rates increase, prepayment rates generally slow, which extends the duration and average life of our

mortgage assets.

• Duration and Convexity of Consolidated MBS Trusts. We are also exposed to interest-rate risk in connection

with cost basis adjustments related to mortgage assets, mainly single-family and multifamily mortgage loans,

held by our consolidated MBS trusts. These cost basis adjustments often result from upfront cash fees

exchanged at the time of loan acquisition, which include buy-ups, buy-downs, and risk-based loan-level price

adjustments. The timing of when we recognize amortization income related to cost basis adjustments may be

affected by prepayments, thereby impacting our earnings. See “Consolidated Results of Operations—Net

Interest Income—Analysis of Unamortized Deferred Guaranty Fee Income” for more information on our

outstanding net cost basis adjustments related to consolidated MBS trusts.

We are also exposed to interest-rate risk in connection with the float income earned by MBS trusts on the short-

term reinvestment of loan payments received from borrowers in highly liquid investments with short maturities,

such as reverse repurchase agreements. This float income is paid to us as trust management income and

recorded within “Net interest income” in our consolidated financial statements. Changes in interest rates impact

the amount of float income generated by MBS trusts and our float reinvestment yields. Typically, interest-rate

driven changes in the timing of income recognition related to cost basis amortization are partially offset by

interest-rate driven changes in the amount of float income earned.

• Earnings Sensitivity. Changes in interest rates also affect the earnings on our investments in our corporate

liquidity portfolio, our retained mortgage portfolio, and our other assets. When interest rates decline, we

typically earn less on these investments, which can result in volatility in our earnings. In addition, our earnings

can experience volatility due to interest-rate changes and differing accounting treatments that apply to certain

financial instruments on our balance sheet, such as fair-value changes on derivatives and certain securities, as

well as earnings impacts related to assets carried at amortized cost.

For additional discussion of how interest rates can affect our financial results, see “Key Market Economic Indicators—

How Interest Rates Can Affect Our Financial Results.”

Interest-Rate Risk Management Strategy

Historically, our interest-rate risk management strategy focused primarily on maintaining an asset duration closely

matched to our liability duration, net of derivatives, to minimize exposure to interest-rate movements. Beginning in the

fourth quarter of 2025, we adjusted our interest-rate risk management strategy to balance this objective with the goal of

managing the volatility of our earnings associated with short-term interest rate changes. As a result, pursuant to this

new strategy, we are accepting additional interest rate risk associated with duration by increasing our exposure to

longer-term rate positions, which reduces the sensitivity of our earnings to short-term interest rate movements and helps

manage interest-rate related volatility associated with our retained mortgage portfolio and corporate liquidity portfolio

investments.

Market Value Sensitivity

Our goal for managing the interest-rate risk of our net portfolio is to manage to a low level of exposure to movements in

interest rates and volatility. This involves asset selection and structuring of our liabilities to match and offset the interest-

rate characteristics of our retained mortgage portfolio and our investments in non-mortgage securities. We actively

manage the interest-rate risk of our net portfolio through a strategy incorporating the following principal elements:

• Debt Instruments. We issue a broad range of short- and long-term, callable and non-callable debt instruments

to manage the duration and prepayment risk of expected cash flows of the mortgage assets we own.

• Derivative Instruments. We supplement our issuance of debt with derivative instruments to further reduce

duration and prepayment risks.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 137

MD&A | Risk Management | Market Risk Management, including Interest-Rate Risk Management

• Monitoring and Active Portfolio Rebalancing. We continually monitor our risk positions and actively rebalance

our portfolio of interest rate-sensitive financial instruments to remain within Board approved risk limits.

See “Liquidity and Capital Management—Liquidity Management—Debt Funding” for additional information on our debt

activity. Also see “Note 9, Derivative Instruments” for a description of the derivatives we use for interest-rate risk

management purposes and the factors we consider in deciding whether to use derivatives.

Earnings Sensitivity

We also manage the earnings sensitivity of our consolidated balance sheet arising from interest rate movements. The

risk management approach utilizes financial instruments, such as U.S. Treasuries, agency mortgage-backed securities

and interest rate derivatives, to mitigate earnings volatility driven by interest rate movements. While this strategy

reduces downside risk to our earnings when interest rates drop, it may limit potential upside benefits of our earnings

when interest rates rise.

We utilize fair value hedge accounting to align the timing of when we recognize the interest-rate driven fair value

changes in hedged mortgage loans and funding debt with derivative hedging instruments to mitigate GAAP earnings

exposure to interest-rate changes, including any short-term earnings volatility that might result from economic hedging.

Our hedge accounting program is specifically designed to address the volatility of our financial results associated with

changes in fair value related to changes in benchmark interest rates. As such, earnings variability driven by other

factors, such as spreads or changes in cost basis amortization recognized in net interest income, remains. In addition,

our ability to effectively reduce earnings volatility is dependent upon the volume and type of interest-rate swaps

available for hedging, which is driven by our interest-rate risk management strategy discussed above. As our range of

available interest-rate swaps varies over time, our ability to reduce earnings volatility through hedge accounting may

vary as well. When the shape of the yield curve shifts significantly from period to period, hedge accounting may be less

effective. In our current program, we typically establish new hedging relationships each business day to provide

flexibility in our overall risk management strategy.

Other Market Risk

Spread risk is the risk from changes in an instrument’s value that relate to factors other than changes in interest rates.

Our spread risk includes the impact of changes in the spread between our mortgage assets and financial liabilities after

we purchase mortgage assets. For mortgage assets in our portfolio that we intend to hold to maturity to realize the

contractual cash flows, we accept period-to-period volatility in our financial results attributable to changes in mortgage-

to-debt spreads that occur after our purchase of mortgage assets. Changes in mortgage spreads could cause significant

fair value losses, and could adversely affect our near-term financial results and net worth. If our agency MBS holdings

increase as we expect, it will increase our exposure to spread risk. Spread risk is intrinsic to our business model. While

we monitor our spread risk exposure and manage the risk where feasible and appropriate, we do not seek to fully

mitigate this risk and accept some level of spread risk.

See “Risk Factors—Market and Industry Risk” for a discussion of the risks to our business posed by changes in interest

rates and changes in spreads.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 138

MD&A | Risk Management | Market Risk Management, including Interest-Rate Risk Management

Measurement of Market Value Sensitivity of our Net Portfolio

Below we present two quantitative metrics that provide estimates of the market value sensitivity of our net portfolio: (1)

market value sensitivity of our net portfolio to changes in interest-rate levels and slope of yield curve; and (2) duration

gap. The metrics used to measure the market value sensitivity of our net portfolio are generated using internal models.

Our internal models, consistent with standard practice for models used in our industry, require numerous assumptions,

including assumptions regarding interest rates and future prepayments of principal over the remaining life of our

securities. These assumptions are derived based on the characteristics of the underlying structure of the securities and

historical prepayment rates experienced at specified interest-rate levels, taking into account current market conditions,

the current mortgage rates of our existing outstanding loans, loan age and other factors. On a regular basis,

management makes judgments about the appropriateness of the risk assessments and will make adjustments as

necessary to properly assess our interest-rate exposure and manage our interest-rate risk. The methodologies used to

calculate risk estimates are periodically changed on a prospective basis to reflect improvements in the underlying

estimation process. There are inherent limitations in any methodology used to estimate the exposure to changes in

market interest rates. The reliability of our prepayment estimates and interest-rate risk metrics depends on the

availability and quality of historical data. When market conditions change rapidly and dramatically, the assumptions of

our models may no longer accurately capture or reflect the changing conditions. See “Risk Factors—Operational and

Model Risk” for a discussion of the risks associated with our reliance on models to manage risk.

Market Value Sensitivity to Changes in Interest-Rate Level and Slope of Yield Curve

Pursuant to a disclosure commitment with FHFA, we disclose on a monthly basis in our Monthly Summary report the

estimated adverse impact on the fair value of our net portfolio that would result from the following hypothetical

situations:

• a 50 basis point shift in interest rates; and
• a 25 basis point change in the slope of the yield curve.

In measuring the estimated impact of changes in the level of interest rates, we assume a parallel shift in all maturities of

the SOFR interest-rate swap curve.

In measuring the estimated impact of changes in the slope of the yield curve, we assume a constant 7-year rate and a

shift of 16.7 basis points for the 1-year rate and shorter tenors and an opposite shift of 8.3 basis points for the 30-year

rate. Rate shocks for remaining maturity points are interpolated. Our practice is to allow interest rates to go below zero

in the downward shock models unless otherwise prevented through contractual floors. We believe the aforementioned

interest-rate shocks for our monthly disclosures represent moderate movements in interest rates over a one-month

period.

Duration Gap

Duration gap measures the price sensitivity of our assets and liabilities in our net portfolio to changes in interest rates by

quantifying the difference between the estimated durations of our assets and liabilities. Our duration gap analysis

reflects the extent to which the estimated maturity and cash flows for our assets are matched, on average, over time

and across interest-rate scenarios to those of our liabilities. A positive duration gap indicates that the duration of our

assets exceeds the duration of our liabilities. We disclose duration gap on a monthly basis under the caption “Interest

Rate Risk Disclosures” in our Monthly Summary report, which is available on our website.

While our goal is to reduce the price sensitivity of our net portfolio to movements in interest rates, various factors can

contribute to a duration gap that is either positive or negative. The primary factor for the recent changes in our duration

gap is the change in our strategy described above in “Interest-Rate Risk Management—Interest-Rate Risk Management

Strategy.” Other factors that can result in changes to our duration gap include the market environment and composition

of the assets, debt, and derivatives in our net portfolio.

Results of Market Value Sensitivity Measures

The interest-rate risk measures discussed below exclude the impact of changes in the fair value of our guaranty assets

and liabilities resulting from changes in interest rates. We exclude our guaranty business from these sensitivity

measures based on our current assumption that the guaranty fee income generated from future business activity will

largely replace guaranty fee income lost due to mortgage prepayments.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 139

MD&A | Risk Management | Market Risk Management, including Interest-Rate Risk Management

The table below displays the pre-tax market value sensitivity of our net portfolio to changes in the level of interest rates

and the slope of the applicable yield curve as measured on the last day of each period presented. The table below also

provides the daily average, minimum, maximum and standard deviation values for duration gap and for the most

adverse market value impact on the net portfolio to changes in the level of interest rates and the slope of the applicable

yield curve for the three months ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

The sensitivity measures displayed in the table below, which we disclose on a quarterly basis pursuant to a disclosure

commitment with FHFA, are an extension of our monthly sensitivity measures discussed above. There are three primary

differences between our monthly sensitivity disclosure and the quarterly sensitivity disclosure presented below:

• the quarterly disclosure is expanded to include the sensitivity results for larger rate level shocks of positive or

negative 100 basis points;

• the monthly disclosure reflects the estimated pre-tax impact on the market value of our net portfolio calculated

based on a daily average, while the quarterly disclosure reflects the estimated pre-tax impact calculated based

on the estimated financial position of our net portfolio and the market environment as of the last business day of

the quarter; and

• the monthly disclosure shows the most adverse pre-tax impact on the market value of our net portfolio from the

hypothetical interest-rate shocks, while the quarterly disclosure includes the estimated pre-tax impact of both

up and down interest-rate shocks.

Interest-Rate Sensitivity of Net Portfolio to Changes in Interest-Rate Level and Slope of Yield Curve

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

(1) Computed based on changes in SOFR interest-rates swap curve.

(2) Measured on the last business day of each period presented.

(3) Computed based on daily values during the period presented.

The market value sensitivity of our net portfolio varies across a range of interest-rate shocks depending upon the

duration and convexity profile of our net portfolio. The market value sensitivity of the net portfolio is measured by

quantifying the change in the present value of the cash flows of our financial assets and liabilities that would result from

an instantaneous shock to interest rates, assuming spreads are held constant.

We use derivatives to help manage the residual interest-rate risk exposure between the assets and liabilities in our net

portfolio. Derivatives have enabled us to keep our economic interest-rate risk exposure well managed in a wide range of

interest-rate environments. The table below displays an example of how derivatives impacted the net market value

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 140

MD&A | Risk Management | Market Risk Management, including Interest-Rate Risk Management

exposure for a 50 basis point parallel interest-rate shock. For additional information on our derivative positions, see

“Note 9, Derivative Instruments.”

Derivative Impact on Interest-Rate Risk (50 Basis Points)

(Dollars in millions)

(1) Measured on the last business day of each period presented.

Liquidity Risk Management

See “Liquidity and Capital Management” for a discussion of how we manage liquidity risk.

Operational Risk Management

Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, systems, and third

parties, or disruptions from external events. Our corporate operational risk framework aligns with our Enterprise Risk

policy and has evolved based on the changing needs of our business and FHFA regulatory guidance. The Non-Financial

Risk Management group is responsible for overseeing and monitoring compliance with our operational risk program’s

requirements. The Non-Financial Risk Management group reports to the Chief Risk Officer and works in conjunction

with other second line teams to oversee and aggregate the full range of operational risks, including fraud, resiliency,

business interruptions, processing errors, damage to physical assets, workplace safety and employment practices. To

quantify our operational risk exposure, we rely on the Basel Standardized Approach, which is based on a percentage of

gross income. In addition, where we deem it appropriate, we purchase insurance policies to mitigate the impact of

operational losses.

We have made investments in existing and emerging technology designed to support our new initiatives and business

transformation efforts, including efforts to improve the quality and accuracy of the mortgage origination process for

lenders, improve our risk management, and drive efficiency improvements. We currently use artificial intelligence (“AI”),

including generative AI, to support a number of business needs. Generative AI is an evolution of artificial intelligence

that is rapidly developing and is expected to transform the way many businesses operate and make decisions, creating

both opportunities for and risks to our business. Our initial uses of generative AI have been focused on areas that we

believe pose lower risk, such as applications focused on improving operational efficiency and employee productivity. We

have also begun to use AI systems capable of orchestrating multi-step workflows and are expanding our use of these

systems. We are expanding our use of AI, in particular generative AI, to assist with our business transformation efforts.

We believe the use of AI tools has significant potential to enhance employee productivity, improve our business

processes, and change the way we engage with our stakeholders. We also believe that if we do not effectively use and

appropriately adopt AI in our business processes, it will result in a competitive disadvantage to us.

We continue to enhance our governance and controls to support the development and implementation of AI in our

business processes, including implementing guiding ethical principles on the appropriate use of AI and enhancing our

risk management framework. To help mitigate AI risks such as hallucination, cybersecurity, data privacy and third-party

risks, we employ a federated approach that assigns first and second line risk reviewers.

See “Risk Factors—Operational and Model Risk” for more information regarding our operational risk, including risks

associated with AI, and “Risk Management—Overview—Risk Management Governance” for more information regarding

our governance of operational risk management. See “Cybersecurity” for a discussion of cybersecurity risk

management.

Model Risk Management

Model risk is the risk of potential adverse consequences (such as financial loss or reputational damage) due to:

inappropriate model design; errors in model coding, implementation, inputs or assumptions; inadequate model

performance; or incorrect use or application of model outputs or reports. The use of models requires numerous

assumptions and there are inherent limitations in any methodology used to estimate macroeconomic factors such as

home prices, multifamily property values, unemployment and interest rates, and their impact on borrower behavior.

When market conditions change rapidly and dramatically, the assumptions used by models may no longer accurately

capture or reflect the changing conditions. Given the challenges of predicting future behavior, management judgment is

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 141

MD&A | Risk Management | Model Risk Management

used throughout the modeling process, from model design decisions regarding core underlying assumptions, to

interpreting and applying final model output.

We manage model risk through a model risk management framework that establishes the roles and responsibilities for

managing model risk through the model management lifecycle, as well as related governance requirements. Under our

model risk management framework, model owners and users have responsibility for monitoring whether models are

performing accurately and complying with the framework’s control requirements. We have an independent model risk

management team within our Corporate Risk & Compliance division that is responsible for establishing and maintaining

the model risk management framework, as well as providing independent review and approval of models prior to use.

We also have a management-level Model Risk Committee that oversees risk management activities related to model

risk. In addition to internally-developed models, we also use third-party models.

While we employ strategies to manage and govern the risks associated with our use of models, they have not always

been fully effective. Errors were previously discovered in some of the models we use, and we continue to have

deficiencies in our current processes for managing model risk. We have completed remediation of our model

governance and standards, and are in the process of implementing the updated governance and standards across our

modeling inventory.

See “Risk Factors—Operational and Model Risk” for a discussion of the risks associated with the use of models,

including our use of third-party models and third-party data providers.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make a number of

judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, income and expenses in our

consolidated financial statements. Understanding our accounting policies and the extent to which we use management

judgment and estimates in applying these policies is integral to understanding our financial statements. We describe our

most significant accounting policies in “Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.”

We evaluate our critical accounting estimates and judgments required by our policies on an ongoing basis and update

them as necessary based on changing conditions. Management has discussed any significant changes in judgments

and assumptions in applying our critical accounting estimates with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors. See

“Risk Factors—General Risk” for a discussion of the risks associated with the need for management to make judgments

and estimates in applying our accounting policies and methods. We have identified one of our accounting estimates,

allowance for loan losses, as critical because it involves significant judgments and assumptions about highly complex

and inherently uncertain matters, and the use of reasonably different judgments and assumptions could have a material

impact on our reported results of operations or financial condition.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is an estimate of single-family and multifamily HFI loan receivables that we expect will not

be collected related to loans held by Fannie Mae or by consolidated Fannie Mae MBS trusts. The expected credit losses

are deducted from the amortized cost basis of HFI loans to present the net amount expected to be received.

The allowance for loan losses involves substantial judgment on a number of matters including the development and

weighting of macroeconomic forecasts, the reversion period applied, the assessment of similar risk characteristics,

which determines the historic loss experience used to derive probability of loan default, the valuation of collateral, which

includes judgments about the property condition at the time of foreclosure, and the determination of a loan’s remaining

expected life. Our most significant judgments involved in estimating our allowance for loan losses relate to the modeled

macroeconomic data used to develop reasonable and supportable forecasts for key economic drivers, which are subject

to significant inherent uncertainty. Most notably, for single-family, the model uses forecasted single-family home prices

as well as a range of possible future interest rate environments. For multifamily, the model uses forecasted net

operating income and property valuations. In developing a reasonable and supportable forecast, the model simulates

multiple paths of interest rates, net operating income and property values based on current market conditions.

Quantitative Component

We use a discounted cash flow method to measure expected credit losses on our single-family mortgage loans and an

undiscounted loss method to measure expected credit losses on our multifamily mortgage loans.

Our modeled loan performance is based on our historical experience of loans with similar risk characteristics adjusted to

reflect current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Our historical loss experience and our loan loss

estimates capture the possibility of a multitude of events, including remote events that could result in credit losses on

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 142

MD&A | Critical Accounting Estimates

loans that are considered low risk. Our credit loss models, including the macroeconomic forecast data used as key

inputs, are subject to our model oversight and review processes as well as other established governance and controls.

Qualitative Component

Our process for measuring expected credit losses is complex and involves significant management judgment, including

a reliance on historical loss information and current economic forecasts that may not be representative of credit losses

we ultimately realize. Management adjustments may be necessary to take into consideration external factors and

current macroeconomic events that have occurred but are not yet reflected in the data used to derive the model outputs.

Qualitative factors and events not previously observed by the models through historical loss experience may also be

considered, as well as the uncertainty of their impact on credit loss estimates.

Macroeconomic Variables and Sensitivities

Our (provision) benefit for credit losses can vary substantially from period to period based on forecasted

macroeconomic inputs. For single-family, we have determined that our most significant macroeconomic inputs used in

determining our allowance for loan losses consist of forecasted home price growth rates and interest rates. For

multifamily, we have determined that our most significant macroeconomic inputs used in determining our allowance for

loan losses consist of net operating income and property value growth rates.

In evaluating the sensitivities of our allowance to these macroeconomic inputs, it is difficult to estimate how potential

changes in any one factor or input might affect the overall credit loss estimates, because management considers a wide

variety of factors and inputs in estimating the allowance for loan losses. Changes in the factors and inputs considered

may not occur at the same rate and may not be consistent across all geographies or loan types, and changes in factors

and inputs may be directionally inconsistent, such that improvement in one factor or input may offset deterioration in

others. Changes in our assumptions and forecasts of economic conditions could significantly affect our estimate of

expected credit losses and lead to significant changes in the estimate from one reporting period to the next.

We provide more detailed information on our accounting for the allowance for loan losses in “Note 1, Summary of

Significant Accounting Policies.” See “Note 5, Allowance for Credit Losses” for additional information about our current

period (provision) benefit for loan losses.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 143

MD&A | Critical Accounting Estimates

Single-Family Sensitivities and Inputs

The table below provides information about our most significant macroeconomic inputs used in determining our single-

family allowance for loan losses: forecasted home price growth rates and interest rates. Although the model consumes a

wide range of possible regional home price forecasts and interest rate scenarios that take into account inherent

uncertainty, the forecasts below represent the mean path of those simulations used in determining the single-family

allowance for each quarter during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, and how those forecasts have

changed between periods of estimate. Below we present our home price growth and interest rate estimates used in our

estimate of expected credit losses. Our forecasts include estimates for periods beyond those presented below.

Select Single-Family Macroeconomic Model Inputs(1)

* Represents less than 0.05% of home price growth (decline).

(1) These forecasts are provided solely for the purpose of providing insight into our credit loss model. Forecasts for future periods are subject

to significant uncertainty, which increases for periods that are further in the future. We provide our most recent forecasts for certain

macroeconomic and housing market conditions in “Key Market Economic Indicators.” In addition, each month our Economic and Strategic

Research Group provides its economic and housing forecasts, which are available in the “Data and Insights” section of our website,

www.fanniemae.com (http://www.fanniemae.com). Information on our website is not incorporated into this report.

(2) These estimates are based on our national home price index, which is calculated differently from the S&P Cotality Case-Shiller U.S.

National Home Price Index and therefore results in different percentages for comparable growth. We periodically update our home price

growth estimates and forecasts as new data become available. The forecast data in this table may also differ from the forecasted home

price growth rate presented in “Key Market Economic Indicators,” because that section reflects our most recent forecast as of the filing

date of this report, while this table reflects the quantitative forecast data we used in our model to estimate credit losses for the periods

shown. Management continues to monitor macroeconomic updates to our inputs in our credit loss model from the time they are approved

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 144

MD&A | Critical Accounting Estimates

as part of our established governance process, to assess the reasonableness of the inputs used to calculate estimated credit losses. The

forecast data excludes the impact of any qualitative adjustments.

(3) Forecasted 30-year interest rates represent the mean of possible future interest rate environments that are simulated by our interest rate

model and used in the estimation of credit losses. Forecasts through the end of December 31, 2025 and 2024, represent the average

forecasted rate from the quarter-end through the calendar year end of December 31st. The fourth quarter of 2025 and 2024 interest rates

represent the 30-year interest rate as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. This table reflects the forecasted

interest rate data we used in estimating credit losses for the periods shown and does not reflect changes in interest rates that occurred

after the forecast date.

As noted above, our single-family allowance for loan losses is sensitive to changes in home prices and interest rate

changes. We present in the table below the impact of hypothetical changes in home prices and 30-year interest rates,

with all other factors held constant.

(1) Calculated as a percentage of our single-family allowance for loan losses.

(2) Change in home price shown on a normalized basis.

The above sensitivity analyses are hypothetical and are provided solely for the purpose of providing insight into our

credit loss model inputs. In addition, sensitivities for home price and interest rate changes are non-linear. As a result,

changes in these estimates are not always incrementally proportional. The purpose of this analysis is to provide an

indication of the impact of changes in home prices and 30-year interest rates on the estimate of the single-family

allowance for credit losses. This analysis is not intended to imply management’s expectation of future changes in our

forecasts or any other variables that may change as a result.

See “Key Market Economic Indicators” for additional information about how home prices and interest rates can affect

our credit loss estimates, including a discussion of home price growth rates and our home price forecast. Also see

“Consolidated Results of Operations—(Provision) Benefit for Credit Losses” for information on how our home price and

interest rate forecasts impacted our single-family (provision) benefit for credit losses.

Multifamily Sensitivities and Inputs

The table below provides information about our most significant macroeconomic inputs used in determining our

multifamily allowance for loan losses: multifamily property net operating income and property value growth rates.

Although the model consumes a wide range of possible future economic scenarios, the forecasts below represent the

mean path of those simulations used in determining the multifamily allowance for the years ended December 31, 2025

and 2024, and how those forecasts have changed between periods of estimate. Our forecasts include estimates for

periods beyond those presented below.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 145

MD&A | Critical Accounting Estimates

Select Multifamily Macroeconomic Model Inputs(1)

N/ANot applicable. For purposes of this disclosure, we provide the forecasted net operating income growth rate and property value growth rate

for the period of estimate and the two years following the period of estimate.

(1) These forecasts are provided solely for the purpose of providing insight into our credit loss model. Forecasts for future periods are

subject to significant uncertainty, which increases for periods that are further in the future, and may not align to other market forecasts.

As noted above, our multifamily allowance for loan losses is sensitive to changes in net operating income and property

value growth changes. We present in the table below the impact of hypothetical changes in net operating income and

property value growth, with all other factors held constant.

(1) Calculated as a percentage of our multifamily allowance for loan losses.

The above sensitivity analyses are hypothetical and are provided solely for the purpose of providing insight into our

credit loss model inputs. In addition, sensitivities for net operating income and property value growth changes are non-

linear. As a result, changes in these estimates are not always incrementally proportional. The purpose of this analysis is

to provide an indication of the impact of net operating income and property value growth changes on the estimate of the

multifamily allowance for credit losses. This analysis is not intended to imply management’s expectation of future

changes in our forecasts or any other variables that may change as a result.

See “Consolidated Results of Operations—(Provision) Benefit for Credit Losses” for information on how our net

operating income and property valuations impacted our multifamily (provision) benefit for credit losses.

Impact of Future Adoption of New Accounting Guidance

We evaluate the impact on our consolidated financial statements of recently issued accounting guidance in “Note 1,

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.”

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 146

MD&A | Glossary of Terms Used in This Report

Glossary of Terms Used in This Report

Terms used in this report have the following meanings, unless the context indicates otherwise.

“Agency mortgage-related securities” refers to mortgage-related securities issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and

Ginnie Mae.

“Back-end credit risk transfer transactions” refers to credit enhancements that we obtain after acquiring a loan.

“Business volume” refers to the sum in any given period of the UPB of: (1) the mortgage loans and non-Fannie Mae

mortgage-related securities we purchase for our retained mortgage portfolio; (2) the mortgage loans we securitize into

Fannie Mae MBS that are acquired by third parties; and (3) credit enhancements that we provide on our mortgage

assets. It excludes mortgage loans we securitize from our retained mortgage portfolio and the purchase of Fannie Mae

MBS for our retained mortgage portfolio.

“Capital reserve end date” refers to the date that is the last day of the second consecutive fiscal quarter during which we

have had and maintained capital equal to, or in excess of, all of the capital requirements and buffers under the

enterprise regulatory capital framework.

“CEO” refers to Chief Executive Officer.

“CFO” refers to Chief Financial Officer.

“Connecticut Avenue Securities” or “CAS” refers to a type of security that allows Fannie Mae to transfer a portion of the

credit risk from loan reference pools, consisting of certain mortgage loans in our guaranty book of business, to third-

party investors.

“Connecticut Avenue Securities REMICs” or “CAS REMICs” refers to Connecticut Avenue Securities that are structured

as notes issued by trusts that qualify as REMICs.

“Conventional mortgage” refers to a mortgage loan that is not guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or its

agencies, such as the VA, the FHA or the Rural Development Housing and Community Facilities Program of the

Department of Agriculture.

“COO” refers to Chief Operating Officer.

“Credit enhancement” refers to an agreement used to reduce credit risk by requiring collateral, letters of credit,

mortgage insurance, corporate guarantees, inclusion in a credit risk transfer transaction reference pool, or other

agreements to provide an entity with some assurance that it will be compensated to some degree in the event of a

financial loss.

“Credit Insurance Risk Transfer” or “CIRT” refers to insurance transactions whereby we obtain actual loss coverage on

pools of loans either directly from an insurance provider that retains the risk, or from an insurance provider that

simultaneously cedes all of its risk to one or more reinsurers.

“Debt service coverage ratio” or “DSCR” refers to a ratio of annualized net cash flow to the annualized debt service,

which may include both principal and interest payments, of a multifamily property.

“Deferred guaranty fee income” refers to income primarily from the upfront fees that we receive at the time of loan

acquisition related to single-family loan-level price adjustments or other fees we receive from lenders, which are

amortized over the contractual life of the loan. Deferred guaranty fee income also includes the amortization of cost basis

adjustments on our mortgage loans and debt of consolidated trusts that are not associated with upfront fees.

“Desktop Underwriter” or “DU” refers to our proprietary automated underwriting system used by mortgage lenders to

evaluate the substantial majority of our single-family loan acquisitions.

“Delegated Underwriting and Servicing program” or “DUS program” refers to our multifamily business program whereby

DUS lenders, who must be pre-approved by us, are delegated the authority to underwrite and service loans for delivery

to us in accordance with our standards and requirements.

“Enterprise regulatory capital framework” refers to the regulatory capital framework established by FHFA applicable to

us that was initially published in December 2020 and subsequently amended in 2022 and 2023, as described in

“Business—Legislation and Regulation—Capital Requirements.”

“FHFA” refers to the Federal Housing Finance Agency. FHFA is an independent agency of the federal government with

general supervisory and regulatory authority over Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and the Federal Home Loan Banks. FHFA

is our safety and soundness regulator and our mission regulator. FHFA also has been acting as our conservator since

September 2008. For more information on FHFA’s authority as our conservator and as our regulator, see “Business—

Conservatorship and Treasury Agreements” and “Business—Legislation and Regulation.”

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 147

MD&A | Glossary of Terms Used in This Report

“Front-end credit enhancements” refers to credit enhancements that we obtain at the time we acquire a loan.

“GSE” refers to the government-sponsored enterprises Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac.

“GSE Act” refers to the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992, as amended.

“Guaranty book of business” refers to the sum of the UPB of: (1) Fannie Mae MBS outstanding (excluding the portions

of any structured securities Fannie Mae issues that are backed by Freddie Mac securities); (2) mortgage loans of

Fannie Mae held in our retained mortgage portfolio; and (3) other credit enhancements that we provide on mortgage

assets. It also excludes non-Fannie Mae mortgage-related securities held in our retained mortgage portfolio for which

we do not provide a guaranty.

“Guaranty fee income” or “guaranty fees” refers to compensation we receive for assuming the credit risk on our single-

family and multifamily guaranty books of business that we recognize in net interest income. There are two components

of our single-family guaranty fee: (1) base fees, which are ongoing fees that factor into a mortgage loan’s interest rate

and are collected each month over the life of the mortgage loan; and (2) upfront fees, which are one-time payments

made by lenders upon loan delivery and are amortized into net interest income over the life of the loan. For multifamily

loans, base fees are the primary component of our guaranty fee. Multifamily guaranty fee income does not include

upfront fees.

“HFI loans” or “held-for-investment loans” refer to mortgage loans we acquire for which we have the ability and intent to

hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity.

“HFS loans” or “held-for-sale loans” refer to mortgage loans we acquire that we intend to sell or securitize via trusts that

will not be consolidated.

“Low Income Housing Tax Credit” or “LIHTC” refers to a federal program that encourages private equity investment in

creating and preserving affordable units throughout the country by awarding federal tax credits to affordable housing

developers, who then exchange those tax credits with corporate investors in return for capital contributions.

“Loans,” “mortgage loans” and “mortgages” refer to both whole loans and loan participations, secured by residential real

estate, cooperative shares or by manufactured housing units.

“Loss reserves” consists of our allowance for loan losses and our reserve for guaranty losses.

“Mortgage assets,” when referring to our assets, refers to both mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities we hold

in our retained mortgage portfolio. For purposes of the senior preferred stock purchase agreement, the definition of

mortgage assets is based on the UPB of such assets and does not reflect market valuation adjustments, allowance for

loan losses, impairments, unamortized premiums and discounts and the impact of our consolidation of variable interest

entities. Our mortgage asset calculation also includes 10% of the notional value of interest-only securities we hold. We

disclose the amount of our mortgage assets for purposes of the senior preferred stock purchase agreement on a

monthly basis in the “Endnotes” to our Monthly Summary reports, which are available on our website.

“Mortgage-backed securities” or “MBS” refers generally to securities that represent beneficial interests in pools of

mortgage loans or other mortgage-related securities. These securities may be issued by Fannie Mae or by others.

“Multifamily Connecticut Avenue Securities” or “MCAS” refers to Connecticut Avenue Securities that are structured as

notes issued by trusts to transfer credit risk on our multifamily guaranty book of business to third-party investors.

“Multifamily mortgage loan” refers to a mortgage loan secured by a property containing five or more residential dwelling

units.

“New business purchases” refers to single-family and multifamily whole mortgage loans purchased during the period

and single-family and multifamily mortgage loans underlying Fannie Mae MBS issued during the period pursuant to

lender swaps.

“Notional amount” refers to the hypothetical dollar amount in an interest rate swap transaction on which exchanged

payments are based. The notional amount in an interest rate swap transaction generally is not paid or received by either

party to the transaction, or generally perceived as being at risk. The notional amount is typically significantly greater

than the potential market or credit loss that could result from such transaction.

“Outstanding Fannie Mae MBS” refers to the total UPB of any type of mortgage-backed security that we issue, including

UMBS, Supers, REMICs and other types of single-family or multifamily mortgage-backed securities that are held by

third-party investors or in our retained mortgage portfolio. For securities held by third-party investors, it excludes the

portions of any structured securities Fannie Mae issues that are backed by Freddie Mac-issued securities.

“Private-label securities” refers to mortgage-related securities issued by entities other than agency issuers Fannie Mae,

Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae.

Fannie Mae 2025 Form 10-K 148

MD&A | Glossary of Terms Used in This Report

“Refi Plus loans” refers to loans we acquired under our Refi Plus initiative, which offered refinancing flexibility to eligible

Fannie Mae borrowers who were current on their loans and who applied prior to the initiative’s December 31, 2018

sunset date. Refi Plus had no limits on maximum LTV ratio and provided mortgage insurance flexibilities for loans with

LTV ratios greater than 80%.

“REMIC” or “Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduit” refers to a type of mortgage-related security in which interest

and principal payments from mortgages or mortgage-related securities are structured into separately traded securities.

“REO” refers to real-estate owned by Fannie Mae because we have foreclosed on the property or obtained the property

through a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure.

“Representations and warranties” refers to a lender’s assurance that a mortgage loan sold to us complies with the

standards outlined in our Mortgage Selling and Servicing Contract, which incorporates the Selling and Servicing Guides,

including underwriting and documentation. Violation of any representation or warranty is a breach of the lender contract,

including the warranty that the loan complies with all applicable requirements of the contract, which provides us with

certain rights and remedies.

“Retained mortgage portfolio” refers to the mortgage-related assets we own (excluding the portion of assets that back

mortgage-related securities owned by third parties).

“Single-family mortgage loan” refers to a mortgage loan secured by a property containing four or fewer residential

dwelling units.

“Structured Fannie Mae MBS” refers to Fannie Mae securitizations that are resecuritizations of UMBS, MBS, or

previously-issued structured securities. Our structured securities can be commingled—that is, they can include Freddie

Mac securities as part or all of the underlying collateral for the security.

“TCCA fees” refers to the expense recognized as a result of the 10 basis point increase in guaranty fees on all single-

family mortgages delivered to us on or after April 1, 2012 pursuant to the Temporary Payroll Tax Cut Continuation Act of

2011 and as extended by the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act, which we pay to Treasury on a quarterly basis.

“Uniform Mortgage-Backed Securities” or “UMBS” refers to uniform single-family mortgage-backed securities issued by

Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac that are directly backed by fixed-rate mortgage loans and generally eligible for trading in the

to-be-announced (“TBA”) market.

“UPB” or “unpaid principal balance” refers to the remaining principal balance due on a loan or mortgage-backed

security.

“Write-off” refers to loan amounts written off as uncollectible bad debts. These loan amounts are removed from our

consolidated balance sheet and charged against our loss reserves when the balance is deemed uncollectible, which is

generally at foreclosure or other liquidation events (such as a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or a short-sale). Also includes

write-offs related to the redesignation of loans from held for investment to held for sale.

“Yield maintenance fees” refers to multifamily prepayment premiums, which are fees that a multifamily borrower typically

pays when they prepay their loan.